Finance Act 1989

1989 CHAPTER 26

An Act to grant certain duties, to alter other duties, and to amend the law relating to the National Debt and the Public Revenue, and to make further provision in connection with Finance.

[27th July 1989]

X1 X2 Most Gracious Sovereign, WE, Your Majesty’s most dutiful and loyal subjects, the Commons of the United Kingdom in Parliament assembled, towards raising the necessary supplies to defray Your Majesty’s public expenses, and making an addition to the public revenue, have freely and voluntarily resolved to give and grant unto Your Majesty the several duties hereinafter mentioned; and do therefore most humbly beseech Your Majesty that it may be enacted, and be it enacted by the Queen’s most Excellent Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the Lords Spiritual and Temporal, and Commons, in this present Parliament assembled, and by the authority of the same, as follows:—

Editorial Information

X1 The text of ss. 1-5, 8(2), 15-17, 28, 29, 187(1), 188, Sch.17 Pt. I was taken from SIF Group 40:1 (Customs and Excise: Customs and Excise Duties), the text of ss. 18-27, 29, 186(2), 187(1), 188, Sch. 3, Sch. 17 Pt. III was taken from SIF Group 40:2 (Customs and Excise: Value added Tax and Car Tax), the text of ss. 30-90, 91(1)(3), 92(1)(2)(4)-(7), 93-95, 96(1)(2)(4),97-121, 130, 138, 142-170, 178-180, 182, 186(1)(3), 187(1), 188, Schs. 4-13,Sch. 17 Pts IV-VI, VIII, X was taken from SIF Group 63:1 (Income, Corporation and Capital Gains Taxes: Income and Corporation Taxes), the text of ss. 91(2)(3), 92(3)-(7), 96(3), 107, 122-137, 139-141, 186(1)(3), 187, 188, Sch.12 para. 6, Schs. 14, 15, Sch. 17 Pts. VII, XIV was taken from SIF Group 63:2 (Income, Corporation and Capital Gains Taxes: Capital Gains Tax), the text of ss. 138(6)-(12), 171, 172, 178, 179(1)(d)(e)(3)(4), 180(4)(7), 186(1)(3),187(1), 188, Sch. 17 Pt. X was taken from SIF Group 65 (Inheritance Tax), the text of ss. 181, 187(1), 188, Sch. 16, Sch. 17 Pt. XI was taken from SIF Group96 (Posts and Telecommunications), the text of ss. 185, 187, 188, Sch. 17 Pt. XIV was taken from SIF Group 98:5 (Property, England and Wales: Tithe), the text of ss. 183, 187, 188, Sch. 17 Pts. XII, XIV was taken from SIF Group 99:3 (Public Finance and Economic Controls: National Debt), the text of ss. 6, 7,8(1), 9-14, 187(1), 188, Schs. 1, 2, Sch. 17 Pt. II was taken from SIF Group 107:2 (Road Traffic: Vehicle Excise Duty), the text of ss. 142(9)(10), 184,187(1), 188, Sch. 17 Pt. XIII was taken from SIF Group 110 (Savings Banks) andthe text of ss. 173-178, 179(1)(f)(4), 180(5)(7), 186(1), 187(1), 188, Sch.17 Pt. IX was taken from SIF Group 114 (Stamp Duty). This Act is presented basically in the form in which it appears in the 1990 Edition of The Taxes Acts edited by the Inland Revenue and published by HMSO (any references incommentary to volumes 1, 2, etc are to volumes of that edition). The style of editing differs from that applicable to most Acts published in Statutes in Force.

X2 General amendments to Tax Acts, Income Tax Acts, and/or Corporation Tax Acts made by legislation after 1.2.1991 are noted against Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 (c. 1, SIF 63:1) but not against each Act

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C1 General amendments etc. to Tax Acts (or Income Tax Acts or Corporation Tax Acts as the case may be) made by Taxes Management Act 1970 (c. 9, SIF 63:1), s. 41A(7) (as added by Finance Act 1990 (c. 29, SIF 63:1), s. 95(1)(2)), British Telecommunications Act 1981 (c. 38, SIF 96), s. 82(2)(7);Telecommunications Act 1984 (c. 12, SIF 96), s. 72(3); Finance Act 1984 (c. 43, SIF 63:1), ss. 82(6), 85(2), 89(1)(7), 96(1)(7), 98(7), Sch. 9 para. 3(2)(9), Sch. 16 paras. 6, 12 and Finance Act 1985 (c. 54, SIF 63:1), ss. 72(1), 74(5), Sch. 23 para. 15(4), S.I. 1987/530, regs. 11(2), 13(1), 14, Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 (c. 1, SIF 63:1), ss. 4, 6, 7, 9, 32, 34, 78, 134, 135, 141, 142, 185, 191, 193, 194, 195, 200, 203, 209, 212, 213, 219, 247, 253, 272, 287, 314, 315, 317, 318, 325, 326, 327, 345, 350, 351, 368, 375, 381, 397, 414, 432, 440, 442, 446, 458, 460, 461, 463, 463(2)(3) (as added by Finance Act 1990 (c. 29, SIF 63:1), s. 50(2)), 468, 474, 475, 486, 490, 491,503, 511, 518, 524, 532, 544, 550, 556, 558, 569, 572, 582, 595, 601, 613, 617, 619, 621, 639, 656, 660, 663, 676, 689, 691, 694, 700, 701, 714, 716, 739, 743, 754, 763, 776, 780, 781, 782, 787, 789, 811, 828, 829, 832, 833, 834, 835, 837, 838, 839, 840, 841, 842, Sch. 2 para. 5, Sch. 4 para. 5, Sch. 13 para. 10, Sch. 16 para. 10, Sch. 21 para. 6, Sch. 26 para. 1, Sch. 27 para. 20, Finance Act 1988 (c. 39, SIF 63:1), ss. 66, 127(1)(6), Sch. 12 para. 6, Capital Allowances Act 1990 (c. 1, SIF 63:1), ss. 28(1), 68(8), 74, 82, 83(5),148(5), 163(4), 164(2), S.I. 1990/627 and Finance Act 1990 (c. 29, SIF 63:1), s. 25(10)

Part I U.K. Customs and Excise, Value Added Tax and Car Tax

CHAPTER I U.K. Customs and Excise

Hydrocarbon oil duties U.K.

1 Rates. U.K.

(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F1

(2) In section 13A of that Act (rebate on unleaded petrol), for “£0.0202” there shall be substituted “£0.0272”.

(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F1

(4) This section shall be deemed to have come into force at 6 o’clock in the evening of 14th March 1989.

Textual Amendments

F1 S. 1(1)(3) repealed by Finance Act 1990 (c. 29, SIF 40:1),s. 132, Sch. 19 Pt. I Note

2 Reliefs. U.K.

(1) The following section shall be inserted after section 20A of the M1 Hydrocarbon Oil Duties Act 1979—

“20AA Power to allow reliefs.

(1) The Commissioners may make regulations allowing reliefs as regards—

(a) any duty of excise which has been charged in respect of hydrocarbon oil, petrol substitute, spirits used for making power methylated spirits, or road fuel gas;

(b) any amount which has been paid to the Commissioners under section 12(2)above;

(c) any amount which would (apart from the regulations) be payable to the Commissioners under section 12(2) above.

(2) The regulations may include such provision as the Commissioners think fit in connection with allowing reliefs, and in particular may—

(a) provide for relief to take the form of a repayment or remission;

(b) provide for relief to be allowed in cases or classes of case set out in the regulations;

(c) provide for relief to be allowed to the extent set out in the regulations;

(d) provide for relief to be allowed subject to conditions imposed by the regulations;

(e) provide for relief to be allowed subject to such conditions as the Commissioners may impose on the person claiming relief;

(f) provide for the taking of samples of hydrocarbon oil in order to as certain whether relief should be allowed or has been properly allowed;

(g) make provision as to administration (which may include provision requiring the making of applications for relief);

(h) make different provision in relation to different cases or classes of case;

(i) include such supplementary, incidental, consequential or transitional provisions as appear to the Commissioners to be necessary or expedient.

(3) The conditions which may be imposed as mentioned in subsection (2)(d) or(e) above may include conditions as to the physical security of premises, the provision (by bond or otherwise) of security for payment, or such other matters as the Commissioners think fit.

(4) Where a person contravenes or fails to comply with any regulation made under this section or any condition imposed by or under such a regulation—

(a) he shall be liable on summary conviction to a penalty of three times the value of any goods in respect of which the contravention or failure occurred or a penalty of an amount represented by level 3 on the standard scale, whichever is the greater, and

(b) any goods in respect of which the contravention or failure occurred shall be liable to forfeiture.

(5) A reference in this section to a duty of excise includes a reference to any addition to such duty by virtue of section 1 of the Excise Duties (Surcharges or Rebates) Act 1979.

(6) Schedule 5 to this Act shall have effect with respect to any sample of hydrocarbon oil taken in pursuance of regulations made under this section.”

(2) In consequence of subsection (1) above, in paragraph 6 of Schedule 5 to the M2 Hydrocarbon Oil Duties Act 1979 after “section” there shall be inserted “20AA or”.

Marginal Citations

M1 1979c. 5.

M2 1979 c. 5.

Alcoholic liquor duties U.K.

F2 3 Original gravity of beer. U.K.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Textual Amendments

F2 S. 3 repealed (1.6.1993) by Finance Act 1991 (c. 31, SIF 40:1), ss. 7, 123, Sch. 19 Pt. II; S.I. 1993/1152, art. 3, Sch. 1 (with arts. 4-8)

4 Blending made-wines etc. U.K.

(1) Section 55 of the Alcoholic Liquor Duties Act 1979 (charge of excise duty on made-wine) shall be amended as follows.

(2) In subsection (5) (which, where certain conditions are satisfied, lifts the requirement to hold a licence for premises where made-wine is produced),after paragraph (d) there shall be added “and

(e) he does not blend or otherwise mix—

(i) two or more made-wines, or

(ii) one or more made-wines and one or more wines,

so as to produce made-wine the rate of duty applicable to which is higher than the rate applicable to at least one of the constituent liquors. ”

(3) After subsection (5) there shall be inserted—

“(5A) For the purposes of subsection (5) above—

(a) the rate of duty applicable to any made-wine is that which is or would be chargeable under subsection (1) above on its importation into the United Kingdom; and

(b) the rate of duty applicable to any wine is that which is or would be chargeable under subsection (1) of section 54 above on its importation into the United Kingdom.”

(4) This section shall have effect in relation to the blending or other mixing of made-wines, or of made-wines and wines, on or after the day on which this Act is passed.

5 Description as beer. U.K.

Section 73 of the M3 Alcoholic Liquor Duties Act 1979(which prohibits anyone from describing as beer any substance on which beer duty has not been paid) shall cease to have effect.

Marginal Citations

M3 1979 c. 4.

Vehicles excise duty U.K.

6 Rates. U.K.

F3 (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

F3 (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(3), (4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F4

F3 (5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

F5 (6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

F3 (7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Textual Amendments

F3 S. 6(1)(2)(5)(7) repealed (1.9.1994) by 1994 c. 22, ss. 65, 66(1), Sch. 5 Pt. I (with s. 57(4))

F4 S. 6(3)(4), Sch. 1 Pt. II, Sch. 2 para. 3 repealed byFinance Act 1990 (c. 29, SIF 58), s. 132, Sch. 19 Pt. II Note 3

F5 S. 6(6) repealed (27.7.1993 with effect in relation to licences taken out after 16.3.1993) by 1993 c. 34, s. 213, Sch. 23 Pt. I(6)

F6 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

Textual Amendments

F6 S. 7 repealed (1.9.1994) by 1994 c. 22, ss. 65, 66(1), Sch. 5 Pt. I (with s. 57(4))

F7 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

Textual Amendments

F7 S. 8 repealed (1.9.1994) by 1994 c. 22, ss. 65, 66(1), Sch. 5 Pt. I (with s. 57(4))

F8 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

Textual Amendments

F8 S. 9 repealed (1.9.1994) by 1994 c. 22, ss. 65, 66(1), Sch. 5 Pt. I (with s. 57(4))

F9 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

Textual Amendments

F9 S. 10 repealed (1.9.1994) by 1994 c. 22, ss. 65, 66(1), Sch. 5 Pt. I (with s. 57(4))

F10 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

Textual Amendments

F10 S. 11 repealed (1.9.1994) by 1994 c. 22, ss. 65, 66(1), Sch. 5 Pt. I (with s. 57(4))

F11 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

Textual Amendments

F11 S. 12 repealed (1.9.1994) by 1994 c. 22, ss. 65, 66(1), Sch. 5 Pt. I (with s. 57(4))

F12 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

Textual Amendments

F12 S. 13 repealed (1.9.1994) by 1994 c. 22, ss. 65, 66(1), Sch. 5 Pt. I (with s. 57(4))

14 Dishonoured cheques. U.K.

F13 (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

F14 (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

F13 (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

F14 (4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

F13 (5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

F14 (6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

F13 (7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Textual Amendments

F13 S. 14(1)(3)(5)(7) repealed (1.9.1994) by 1994 c. 22, ss. 65, 66(1), Sch. 5 Pt. I (with s. 57(4))

F14 S. 14(2)(4)(6) repealed (1.10.1991) by Finance Act 1991 (c. 31, SIF 107:2), ss. 10, 123, Sch. 19 Pt. IV; S.I. 1991/2021, art. 2.

General U.K.

F15 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

Textual Amendments

F15 S. 15 repealed (1.1.1995) by 1994 c. 9, s. 258, Sch. 26 Pt. III, note (with s. 19(3)); S.I. 1994/2679, art. 3

16 Time limits for proceedings. U.K.

(1) After section 146 of the Customs and Excise Management Act 1979 there shall be inserted—

“146A Time limit for proceedings.

(1) Except as otherwise provided in the customs and excise Acts, and notwithstanding anything in any other enactment, the following provisions shall apply in relation to proceedings for an offence under those Acts.

(2) Proceedings for an indictable offence shall not be commenced after the end of the period of 20 years beginning with the day on which the offence was committed.

(3) Proceedings for a summary offence shall not be commenced after the end of the period of 3 years beginning with that day but, subject to that, may be commenced at any time within 6 months from the date on which sufficient evidence to warrant the proceedings came to the knowledge of the prosecuting authority.

(4) For the purposes of subsection (3) above, a certificate of the prosecuting authority as to the date on which such evidence as is there mentioned came to that authority’s knowledge shall be conclusive evidence of that fact.

(5) In the application of this section to Scotland—

(a) in subsection (3), “proceedings for an indictable offence” means proceedings on indictment;

(b) in subsection (3), “proceedings for a summary offence” means summary proceedings.

(6) In the application of this section to Northern Ireland—

(a) “indictable offence” means an offence which, if committed by an adult, is punishable on conviction on indictment (whether only on conviction on indictment, or either on conviction on indictment or on summary conviction);

(b) “summary offence” means an offence which, if committed by an adult, is punishable only on summary conviction.

(7) In this section, “prosecuting authority” means the Commissioners and includes, in Scotland, the procurator fiscal.”

(2) Section 147(1) of that Act shall cease to have effect.

F16 (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(4) This section shall have effect in relation to offences committed on or after the day on which this Act is passed.

Textual Amendments

F16 S. 16(3) repealed (1.9.1994) by 1994 c. 22, ss. 65, 66(1), Sch. 5 Pt. I (with s. 57(4))

17 Disbursements in Port of London. U.K.

In section 17 of the M4 Customs and Excise Management Act1979 (general rule that customs and excise receipts, after deduction of disbursements, are to be paid into the Commissioners’ General Account at the Bank of England) paragraph (a) of subsection (5) (special rule that disbursements in Port of London are to be paid out of that Account) shall cease to have effect.

Marginal Citations

M4 1979 c. 2.

CHAPTER II U.K. Value Added Tax

Zero-rating etc. U.K.

F17 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

Textual Amendments

F17 S. 18 repealed (1.9.1994 with effect as mentioned in s. 101(1) of the amending Act) by 1994 c. 23, s. 100(2), Sch. 15

F18 19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

Textual Amendments

F18 S. 19 repealed (1.9.1994 with effect as mentioned in s. 101(1) of the amending Act) by 1994 c. 23, s. 100(2), Sch. 15

F19 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

Textual Amendments

F19 S. 20 repealed (1.9.1994 with effect as mentioned in s. 101(1) of the amending Act) by 1994 c. 23, s. 100(2), Sch. 15

F20 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

Textual Amendments

F20 S. 21 repealed (1.9.1994 with effect as mentioned in s. 101(1) of the amending Act) by 1994 c. 23, s. 100(2), Sch. 15

F21 22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

Textual Amendments

F21 S. 22 repealed (1.9.1994 with effect as mentioned in s. 101(1) of the amending Act) by 1994 c. 23, s. 100(2), Sch. 15

F22 23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

Textual Amendments

F22 S. 23 repealed (1.9.1994 with effect as mentioned in s. 101(1) of the amending Act) by 1994 c. 23, s. 100(2), Sch. 15

Other provisions U.K.

F23 24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

Textual Amendments

F23 S. 24 repealed (1.9.1994 with effect as mentioned in s. 101(1) of the amending Act) by 1994 c. 23, s. 100(2), Sch. 15

F24 25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

Textual Amendments

F24 S. 25 repealed (1.9.1994 with effect as mentioned in s. 101(1) of the amending Act) by 1994 c. 23, s. 100(2), Sch. 15

F25 26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

Textual Amendments

F25 S. 26 repealed (1.9.1994 with effect as mentioned in s. 101(1) of the amending Act) by 1994 c. 23, s. 100(2), Sch. 15

Chapter III U.K. Miscellaneous

27 Relief from car tax where vehicle leased to the handicapped. U.K.

(1) After section 5 of the M5 Car Tax Act 1983 there shall be inserted the following section—

“5A Relief where vehicle leased to the handicapped.

(1) This section applies where on the date when, apart from subsection (2)(a)below, tax on a chargeable vehicle would become due from a person registered under this Act, there is held by him or on his behalf a certificate of a person to whom the vehicle is sold (“the lessor”) that the lessor intends to supply the vehicle to another in such circumstances that the supply will be a zero-rated supply by virtue of item 12 of Group 14 (letting on hire of motor vehicles to the handicapped) of Schedule 5 to the Value Added Tax Act 1983.

(2) Tax on the vehicle—

(a) shall not be payable by the registered person, but

(b) if, within the period of three years beginning with that date, the lessor supplies the vehicle in any circumstances other than those mentioned in subsection (1) above, shall be payable by the lessor and shall become due and payable at the time of the supply.

(3) In this section—

• “certificate” means a certificate in a form for the time being approved by the Commissioners, and

• “supply” has the same meaning as in the Value Added Tax Act1983.”

(2) In section 5 of the Car Tax Act 1983 (liability and payment), in subsection (1), at the end of paragraph (a), there shall be inserted the words “subject to section 5A below”.

(3) The powers conferred by Schedule 1 to that Act to require accounts and records to be preserved and produced shall be exercisable also in relation to any certificate which has been held by or on behalf of a registered person for the purposes of section 5A of that Act.

(4) In paragraph 13 of that Schedule (restriction on registration of chargeable vehicles), after sub-paragraph (c) there shall be inserted “or

(d) that, by virtue of section 5A of this Act, tax on it has not become due and payable.”

Marginal Citations

M5 1983 c. 53.

28 Reliefs from duties and taxes for persons enjoying certain immunities and privileges. U.K.

(1) After section 13 of the M6 Customs and Excise Duties(General Reliefs) Act 1979 there shall be inserted the following sections—

“13A Reliefs from duties and taxes for persons enjoying certain immunities and privileges.

(1) The Commissioners may by order make provision for conferring in respect of any persons to whom this section applies reliefs, by way of remission or repayment, from payment by them or others of duties of customs or excise, value added tax or car tax.

(2) An order under this section may make any relief for which it provides subject to such conditions binding the person in respect of whom the relief is conferred and, if different, the person liable apart from the relief for payment of the tax or duty (including conditions which are to be compiled with after the time when, apart from the relief, the duty or tax would become payable) as may be imposed by or under the order.

(3) An order under this section may include any of the provisions mentioned in subsection (4) below for cases where—

(a) relief from payment of any duty of customs or excise, value added tax or car tax chargeable on any goods, or on the supply of any goods or services or the importation of any goods has been conferred (whether by virtue of an order under this section or otherwise) in respect of any person to whom this section applies, and

(b) in the case of goods, provision for forfeiture of the goods.

(4) The provisions referred to in subsection (3) above are—

(a) provision for payment to the Commissioners of the tax or duty by—

(i) the person liable, apart from the relief, for its payment, or

(ii) any person bound by the condition, or

(iii) any person who is or has been in possession of the goods or has received the benefit of the services,

or for two or more of those persons to be jointly and severally liable for such payment, and

(5) An order under this section—

(a) may contain such incidental and supplementary provisions as the Commissioners think necessary or expedient, and

(b) may make different provision for different cases.

(6) In this section and section 13C of this Act—

“duty of customs” includes any agricultural levy within the meaning of section 6 of the European Communities Act 1972 chargeable on goods imported into the United Kingdom, and

“duty of excise” means any duty of excise chargeable on goods and includes any addition to excise duty by virtue of section 1 of the Excise Duties (Surcharges or Rebates) Act 1979.

(7) For the purposes of this section and section 13C of this Act, where in respect of any person to whom this section applies relief is conferred (whether by virtue of an order under this section or otherwise) in relation to the use of goods by any persons or for any purposes, the relief is to be treated as conferred subject to a condition binding on him that the goods will be used only by those persons or for those purposes.

(8) Nothing in any order under this section shall be construed as authorising a person to import any thing in contravention of any prohibition or restriction for the time being in force with respect to it under or by virtue of any enactment.

13B Persons to whom section 13A applies.

(1) The persons to whom section 13A of this act applies are—

(a) any person who, for the purposes of any provision of the Visiting Forces Act 1952 or the International Headquarters and Defence Organisations Act 1964 is—

(i) a member of a visiting force or of a civilian component of such a force or a dependant of such a member, or

(ii) a headquarters, a member of a headquarters or a dependant of such a member,

(b) any person enjoying any privileges or immunities under or by virtue of—

(i) the Diplomatic Privileges Act 1964,

(ii) the Commonwealth Secretariat Act 1966,

(iii) the Consular Relations Act 1968,

(iv) the International Organisations Act 1968, or

(v) the Overseas Development and Co-operation Act 1980,

(c) any person enjoying, under or by virtue of section 2 of the European Communities Act 1972, any privileges or immunities similiar to those enjoyedunder or by virtue of the enactments referred to in paragraph (b) above.

(2) The Secretary of State may by order amend subsection (1) above to include any persons enjoying any privileges or immunities similiar to those enjoyed under or by virtue of the enactments referred to in paragraph (b) of that subsection.

(3) No order shall be made under this section unless a draft of the order has been laid before and approved by resolution of each House of Parliament.

13C Offence where relieved goods used, etc., in breach of condition.

(1) Subsection (2) below applies where—

(a) any relief from payment of any duty of customs or excise, value added tax or car tax chargeable on, or on the supply or importation of, any goods has been conferred (whether by virtue of an order under section 13A of this Actor otherwise) in respect of any person to whom that section applies subject to any condition as to the persons by whom or the purposes for which the goods may be used, and

(b) if the tax or duty has subsequently become payable, it has not been paid.

(2) If any person—

(a) acquires the goods for his own use, where he is not permitted by the condition to use them, or for use for a purpose that is not permitted by the condition or uses them for such a purpose, or

(b) acquires the goods for use, or causes or permits them to be used, by a person not permitted by the condition to use them or by a person for a purpose that is not permitted by the condition or disposes of them to a person not permitted by the condition to use them,

with intent to evade payment of any tax or duty that has become payable or that, by reason of the disposal, acquisition or use, becomes or will become payable, he is guilty of an offence.

(3) For the purposes of this section—

(a) in the case of a condition as to the persons by whom goods may be used, a person is not permitted by the condition to use them unless he is a person referred to in the condition as permitted to use them, and

(b) in relation to a condition as to the purposes for which goods may be used, a purpose is not permitted by the condition unless it is a purpose referred to in the condition as a permitted purpose,

and in this section “dispose” includes “lend” and “let on hire”, and “acquire” shall be interpreted accordingly.

(4) A person guilty of an offence under this section may be detained and shall be liable—

(a) on summary conviction, to a penalty of the statutory maximum or of three times the value of the goods (whichever is the greater), or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding six months, or to both, or

(b) on conviction on indictment, to a penalty of any amount, or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding seven years, or to both.”

(2) Section 13C of the M7 Customs and Excise Duties (General Reliefs) Act 1979 inserted by subsection (1) above shall have effect where relief is conferred on or after the day on which this Act is passed.

(3) In section 17 of the Customs and Excise Duties (General Reliefs) Act 1979,in subsection (3), for “or 13” there shall be substituted “13 or13A” and, in subsection (4), for “or 13(1)” there shall be substituted “13(1) or 13A”.

Marginal Citations

M6 1979 c. 3.

M7 1979 c. 3.

29 Recovery of overpaid excise duty and car tax. U.K.

(1) This section applies to proceedings for restitution of an amount paid to the Commissioners of Customs and Excise by way of excise duty or car tax.

(2) Proceedings to which this section applies shall not be dismissed by reason only of the fact that the amount was paid by reason of a mistake of law.

(3) In any proceedings to which this section applies it shall be a defence that repayment of an amount would unjustly enrich the claimant.

(4) This section shall have effect in relation to proceedings commenced on orafter the day on which this Act is passed.

Part II U.K. Income Tax, Corporation Tax and Capital Gains Tax

CHAPTER I U.K. General

Income tax rates and allowances U.K.

30 Charge and rates of income tax for 1989-90. U.K.

(1) Income tax shall be charged for the year 1989-90, and the basic rate of tax shall be 25 per cent.

(2) The higher rate at which income tax is charged for the year 1989-90 in respect of so much of an individual’s total income as exceeds the basic rate limit (20,700) shall be 40 per cent.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C2 For earlier years see Table C, Vol. 1

31 Age allowance. U.K.

(1) In section 257 of the Taxes Act 1988—

(a) in subsection (3) (increased allowance for those aged 80 and over) for “80”, wherever occurring, there shall be substituted “75”, and

(b) in subsection (5) (age allowance withdrawn by two-thirds of amount by which income exceeds a specified limit) for “two-thirds” there shall be substituted “one half”.

(2) This section shall have effect for the year 1989-90.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C3 For earlier years see Table E(1), Vol. 1

32 Operative date for PAYE. U.K.

For the year 1989-90, sections 1(5) and 257(10) of the Taxes Act 1988(which specify the date from which indexed changes in the basic rate limit and in allowances are to be brought into account for the purposes of PAYE) shall have effect as if for the reference to 5th May there were substituted a reference to 18th May.

33 Married couples. U.K.

(1) Sections 257 to 257F and 265 of the M8 Taxes Act 1988,as inserted for the year 1990-91 and subsequent years by the Finance Act 1988,shall be amended as follows.

(2) In section 257(1) for “£2,605” there shall be substituted “£2,785”.

(3) In section 257(2) for “£3,180” there shall be substituted “£3,400”.

(4) In section 257(3)—

(a) for “80” there shall be substituted “75”, and

(b) for “£3,310” there shall be substituted “£3,540”.

(5) In section 257(5)—

(a) for “£10,600” there shall be substituted “£11,400”,and

(b) for “two-thirds” there shall be substituted “one half”.

(6) In section 257A(1) for “£1,490” there shall be substituted “£1,590”.

(7) In section 257A(2) for “£1,855” there shall be substituted “£1,985”.

(8) In section 257A(3)—

(a) for “80” there shall be substituted “75”, and

(b) for “£1,895” there shall be substituted “£2,025”.

(9) In section 257A(5)—

(a) for “£10,600” there shall be substituted “£11,400”,and

(b) for “two-thirds” there shall be substituted “one half”.

(10) In sections F26 . . . 257D(8) and 265(3) after paragraph (b) there shall be inserted “or

(c) on account of any payments to which section 593(2) or 639(3) applies,”.

(11) In section 257E(1)(b) for “80” there shall be substituted “75”.

(12) In section 257E(2)(a) for “£3,180” there shall be substituted “£3,400”.

(13) In section 257E(2)(b) for “£3,310” there shall be substituted “£3,540”.

Textual Amendments

F26 Words in s. 33(10) repealed (16.7.1992) by virtue of Finance (No. 2) Act 1992 (c. 48), ss. 20, 82, Sch. 5 para. 10, Sch. 18 Pt.VII(1)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C4 See Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 (c. 1,SIF 63:1), s. 257for 1989–1990and see Income andCorpartion Taxes Act 1988 (c. 1, SIF 63:1), 257–257Ffor1990–1991

Marginal Citations

M8 1988 c. 39.

Corporation tax rates etc. U.K.

34 Charge and rate of corporation tax for financial year 1989. U.K.

Corporation tax shall be charged for the financial year 1989 at the rate of 35 per cent.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C5 For earlier years see Table K, Vol. 1

35 Corporation tax: small companies. U.K.

(1) For the financial year 1989—

(a) the small companies’ rate shall be 25 per cent., and

(b) the fraction mentioned in section 13(2) of the Taxes Act 1988 (marginal relief for small companies) shall be one fortieth.

(2) In section 13(3) of that Act (limits of marginal relief), in paragraphs (a) and (b)—

(a) for “£100,000” there shall be substituted “£150,000”, and

(b) for “£500,000” there shall be substituted “£750,000”.

(3) Subsection (2) above shall have effect for the financial year 1989 and subsequent financial years; and where by virtue of that subsection section 13of the Taxes Act 1988 has effect with different relevant maximum amounts in relation to different parts of a company’s accounting period, then for the purposes of that section those parts shall be treated as if they were separate accounting periods and the profits and basic profits of the company for that period shall be apportioned between those parts.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C6 For earlier years see Table K, Vol. 1

C7 For earlier years see Table L, Vol. 1

Receipts basis etc. U.K.

36 Schedule E: revised Cases. U.K.

(1) The Taxes Act 1988 shall be amended as follows.

(2) In paragraph 1 of section 19(1) the following Cases shall be substituted for Cases I, II and III—

“Case I: any emoluments for any year of assessment in which the person holding the office or employment is resident and ordinarily resident in the United Kingdom, subject however to section 192 if the emoluments are foreign emoluments (within the meaning of that section) and to section 193(1) if in the year of assessment concerned he performs the duties of the office or employment wholly or partly outside the United Kingdom;

Case II: any emoluments, in respect of duties performed in the United Kingdom, for any year of assessment in which the person holding the office or employment is not resident (or, if resident, not ordinarily resident) in the United Kingdom, subject however to section 192 if the emoluments are foreign emoluments (within the meaning of that section);

Case III: any emoluments for any year of assessment in which the person holding the office or employment is resident in the United Kingdom (whether or not ordinarily resident there) so far as the emoluments are received in the United Kingdom;”.

(3) The following paragraph shall be inserted after paragraph 4 of section19(1)—

“4A

Where (apart from this paragraph) emoluments from an office or employment would be for a year of assessment in which a person does not hold the office or employment, the following rules shall apply for the purposes of the Cases set out in paragraph 1 above—

(a) if in the year concerned the office or employment has never been held, the emoluments shall be treated as emoluments for the first year of assessment in which the office or employment is held;

(b) if in the year concerned the office or employment is no longer held, the emoluments shall be treated as emoluments for the last year of assessment in which the office or employment was held.”

(4) Subsection (2) above shall apply where the year of assessment mentioned in the substituted Case I, II or III is 1989-90 or a subsequent year of assessment.

(5) Subsection (3) above shall apply where each of the years mentioned in the new paragraph 4A(a) or (b) (as the case may be) is 1989-90 or a subsequent year of assessment.

37 Schedule E: assessment on receipts basis. U.K.

(1) The following sections shall be inserted immediately before section 203of the Taxes Act 1988—

“202A Assessment on receipts basis.

(1) As regards any particular year of assessment—

(a) income tax shall be charged under Cases I and II of Schedule E on the full amount of the emoluments received in the year in respect of the office or employment concerned;

(b) income tax shall be charged under Case III of Schedule E on the full amount of the emoluments received in the United Kingdom in the year in respect of the office or employment concerned.

(2) Subsection (1) above applies—

(a) whether the emoluments are for that year or for some other year of assessment;

(b) whether or not the office or employment concerned is held at the time the emoluments are received or (as the case may be) received in the United Kingdom.

(3) Where subsection (1) above applies in the case of emoluments received, or(as the case may be) received in the United Kingdom, after the death of the person who held the office or employment concerned, the charge shall be a charge on his executors or administrators; and accordingly income tax—

(a) shall be assessed and charged on the executors or administrators, and

(b) shall be a debt due from and payable out of the deceased’s estate.

(4) Section 202B shall have effect for the purposes of subsection (1)(a)above.

202B Receipts basis: meaning of receipt.

(1) For the purposes of section 202A(1)(a) emoluments shall be treated as received at the time found in accordance with the following rules (taking the earlier or earliest time in a case where more than one rule applies)—

(a) the time when payment is made of or on account of the emoluments;

(b) the time when a person becomes entitled to payment of or on account of the emoluments;

(c) in a case where the emoluments are from an office or employment with a company, the holder of the office or employment is a director of the company and sums on account of the emoluments are credited in the company’s accounts or records, the time when sums on account of the emoluments are so credited;

(d) in a case where the emoluments are from an office or employment with a company, the holder of the office or employment is a director of the company and the amount of the emoluments for a period is determined before the period ends, the time when the period ends;

(e) in a case where the emoluments are from an office or employment with a company, the holder of the office or employment is a director of the company and the amount of the emoluments for a period is not known until the amount is determined after the period has ended, the time when the amount isdetermined.

(2) Subsection (1)(c), (d) or (e) above applies whether or not the office or employment concerned is that of director.

(3) Paragraph (c), (d) or (e) of subsection (1) above applies if the holder of the office or employment is a director of the company at any time in the year of assessment in which the time mentioned in the paragraph concerned falls.

(4) For the purposes of the rule in subsection (1)(c) above, any fetter on the right to draw the sums is to be disregarded.

(5) In subsection (1) above “director” means—

(a) in relation to a company whose affairs are managed by a board of directors or similar body, a member of that board or similar body,

(b) in relation to a company whose affairs are managed by a single director or similar person, that director or person, and

(c) in relation to a company whose affairs are managed by the members themselves, a member of the company.

(6) In subsection (1) above “director”, in relation to a company, also includes any person in accordance with whose directions or instructions the company’s directors (as defined in subsection (5) above) are accustomed to act; and forthis purpose a person is not to be deemed to be a person in accordance with whose directions or instructions the company’s directors are accustomed to act by reason only that the directors act on advice given by him in a professional capacity.

(7) Subsections (1) to (6) above shall have effect subject to subsections (8)to (11) below.

(8) In a case where section 141(1)(a), 142(1)(a), 143(1)(a) or 148(4) treats a person as receiving or being paid an emolument or emoluments at a particular time, for the purposes of section 202A(1)(a) the emolument or emoluments shall be treated as received at that time; and in such a case subsections (1) to (6)above shall not apply.

(9) In a case where section 145(1) treats a person as receiving emoluments, for the purposes of section 202A(1)(a) the emoluments shall be treated as received in the period referred to in section 145(1); and in such a case subsections (1) to (6) above shall not apply.

(10) In a case where section 154(1), 157(1), 158(1), 160(1), 160(2), 162(6) or164(1) treats an amount as emoluments, for the purposes of section 202A(1)(a)the emoluments shall be treated as received in the year referred to in section154(1) or the other provision concerned; and in such a case subsections (1)to (6) above shall not apply.

(11) In a case where—

(a) emoluments take the form of a benefit not consisting of money, and

(b) subsection (8), (9) or (10) above does not apply,

for the purposes of section 202A(1)(a) the emoluments shall be treated as received at the time when the benefit is provided; and in such a case subsections (1) to (6) above shall not apply.”

(2) This section shall apply where the year of assessment mentioned in the new section 202A(1) is 1989-90 or a subsequent year of assessment even if the emoluments concerned are for a year of assessment before 1989-90.

(3) This section shall not apply in the case of emoluments of an office or employment held by a person who died before 6th April 1989.

38 Schedule E: unpaid emoluments. U.K.

(1) This section applies to emoluments of an office or employment if—

(a) they are emoluments for a year of assessment (a relevant year) before1989-90,

(b) they fall within Case I or II of Schedule E as the Case applies for years before 1989-90,

(c) they have not been paid before 6th April 1989, and

(d) they have been received on or after 6th April 1989 and before 6th April1991;

and section 202B of the Taxes Act 1988 shall apply for the purposes of paragraph (d) above as it applies for the purposes of section 202A(1)(a) of that Act.

(2) The emoluments shall be charged to income tax only by reference to the year of assessment in which they are received.

(3) Any adjustments consequential on this section (such as the amendment of assessments or the repayment or setting-off of tax paid) shall be made.

(4) This section shall not apply to emoluments of an office or employment held by a person who died before 6th April 1989.

(5) This section shall not apply if the only emoluments of the office or employment not paid before 6th April 1989 are emoluments for a period consisting of or falling within the period beginning with 5th March 1989 and ending with 5th April 1989.

(6) This section shall not apply unless—

(a) written notice that it is to apply is given to the inspector before 6thApril 1991,

(b) the notice is given by or on behalf of the person who holds or held the office or employment concerned, and

(c) the notice states the amount of the emoluments falling within subsection(1) above.

(7) Subsection (8) below applies where emoluments of an office or employment have been or fall to be computed by reference to the accounts basis as regards the year 1987-88 or years of assessment including that year.

(8) In deciding for the purposes of subsection (1)(a) above whether emoluments are emoluments for a particular year, the emoluments of the office or employment for the year or (as the case may be) years mentioned in subsection(7) above, and for the year 1988-89, shall be computed by reference to that basis.

(9) In deciding whether subsection (8) above applies in a particular case, any request to revoke the application of the accounts basis shall be ignored if—

(a) it is made after 5th April 1989, or

(b) it is made before 6th April 1989 otherwise than in writing.

(10) In the application of this section to emoluments of an office or employment under or with a person carrying on business as an authorised Lloyd’s underwriting agent, the references in subsections (1)(d) and (6)(a)above to 6th April 1991 shall be construed as references to 6th April 1994.

(11) Subsection (10) above shall not apply unless the duties of the office or employment relate wholly or mainly to the underwriting agency business.

(12) The reference in subsection (10) above to an authorised Lloyd’s underwriting agent is to a person permitted by the Council of Lloyd’s to act as an underwriting agent at Lloyd’s.

(13) If in a particular case it appears to the Board reasonable to do so they may direct that subsections (1)(d) and (6)(a) above shall have effect in relation to that case as if for the references to 6th April 1991 or (as the case may be) 6th April 1994 there were substituted references to such later date as they may specify in the direction.

(14) In this section “the accounts basis” means the basis commonly so called (under which emoluments for a year of assessment are computed by reference to the emoluments for a period other than the year of assessment).

39 Schedule E: unremitted emoluments. U.K.

(1) This section applies to emoluments of an office or employment if—

(a) they are emoluments for a year of assessment (a relevant year) before1989-90,

(b) they are received in the United Kingdom after 5th April 1989, and

(c) had this Act not been passed they would have fallen within Case III of Schedule E.

(2) The emoluments shall be treated as if they were not emoluments for the relevant year.

(3) But they shall be treated as if they were emoluments for the year of assessment in which they are received in the United Kingdom and as if they fell within Case III as substituted by section 36 above; and accordingly income tax shall be charged, in accordance with section 202A of the Taxes Act1988, by reference to the year of assessment in which the emoluments are received in the United Kingdom.

40 Schedule E: emoluments already paid. U.K.

(1) Subsection (2) below applies to emoluments of an office or employment if—

(a) they are emoluments for a year of assessment after 1988-89,

(b) they have been paid before 6th April 1989, and

(c) they fall within Case I or II of Schedule E as substituted by section 36above.

(2) The emoluments shall be treated as if they were received, within the meaning of section 202B of the Taxes Act 1988, on 6th April 1989; and accordingly income tax shall be charged, in accordance with section 202A ofthat Act, by reference to the year 1989-90.

(3) Subsection (4) below applies to emoluments of an office or employment if—

(a) they are emoluments for a year of assessment after 1988-89,

(b) they have been received in the United Kingdom before 6th April 1989, and

(c) they fall within Case III of Schedule E as substituted by section 36above.

(4) The emoluments shall be treated as if they were received in the United Kingdom on 6th April 1989; and accordingly income tax shall be charged, in accordance with section 202A of the Taxes Act 1988, by reference to the year1989-90.

41 Schedule E: pensions etc. U.K.

(1) This section applies in relation to the following pensions and other benefits—

(a) a pension, stipend or annuity chargeable to income tax under Schedule E by virtue of paragraph 2, 3 or 4 of section 19(1) of the Taxes Act 1988;

(b) a pension or annual payment chargeable to income tax under Schedule E by virtue of section 133 of that Act (voluntary pensions);

(c) income support chargeable to income tax under Schedule E by virtue of section 151 of that Act;

(d) a pension chargeable to income tax under Schedule E by virtue of section597 of that Act (retirement benefit schemes);

(e) a benefit chargeable to income tax under Schedule E by virtue of section617(1) of that Act (social security benefits).

(2) As regards any particular year of assessment income tax shall be charged on the amount of the pension or other benefit accruing in respect of the year; and this shall apply irrespective of when any amount is actually paid in respect of the pension or other benefit.

(3) This section shall apply where the year of assessment mentioned in subsection (2) above is 1989-90 or a subsequent year of assessment.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C8 S. 41 extended (3.5.1994) by 1994 c. 9, s. 139(3)

42 Schedule E: supplementary. U.K.

(1) The Taxes Act 1988 shall be amended as follows.

(2) In section 131(2) (interaction of Cases) the words “for the same or another chargeable period” shall be omitted.

(3) In section 149(1) (sick pay chargeable as emoluments of employment for a certain period) the words “for that period” and the words “for that or any other period” shall be omitted.

(4) Section 170 (profit-related pay charged for year of assessment in which it is paid) shall cease to have effect.

(5) In paragraph 2(2) of Schedule 12 (foreign earnings) for the words from “emoluments from” to “year of assessment” there shall be substituted the words “emoluments for the year of assessment from the relevant employment in respect of which such a deduction is allowed”.

(6) This section shall apply for the year 1989-90 and subsequent years of assessment.

43 Schedule D: computation. U.K.

(1) Subsection (2) below applies where—

(a) a calculation is made of profits or gains which are to be charged under Schedule D and are for a period of account ending after 5th April 1989,

(b) relevant emoluments would (apart from that subsection) be deducted in making the calculation, and

(c) the emoluments are not paid before the end of the period of nine months beginning with the end of that period of account.

(2) The emoluments—

(a) shall not be deducted in making the calculation mentioned in subsection(1)(a) above, but

(b) shall be deducted in calculating profits or gains which are to be charged under Schedule D and are for the period of account in which the emoluments are paid.

(3) Subsections (4) and (5) below apply where—

(a) a calculation such as is mentioned in subsection (1)(a) above is made,

(b) the calculation is made before the end of the period of nine months beginning with the end of the period of account concerned,

(c) relevant emoluments would (apart from subsection (2) above) be deducted in making the calculation, and

(d) the emoluments have not been paid when the calculation is made.

(4) It shall be assumed for the purpose of making the calculation that the emoluments will not be paid before the end of that period of nine months.

(5) But the calculation shall be adjusted if—

(a) the emoluments are paid after the calculation is made but before the end of that period of nine months,

(b) a claim to adjust the calculation is made to the inspector, and

(c) the claim is made before the end of the period of two years beginning with the end of the period of account concerned.

F27 (6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

F27 (7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(8) In a case where the period of account mentioned in subsection (1)(a) above begins before 6th April 1989 and ends before 6th April 1990, the references in subsections (1)(c), (3)(b), (4) and (5)(a) above to nine months shall be construed as references to eighteen months.

(9) In this section “period of account” means a period forwhich an account is made up.

(10) For the purposes of this section “relevant emoluments” are emoluments for a period after 5th April 1989 allocated either—

(a) in respect of particular offices or employments (or both), or

(b) generally in respect of offices or employments (or both).

(11) This section applies in relation to potential emoluments as it applies in relation to relevant emoluments, and for this purpose—

(a) potential emoluments are amounts or benefits reserved in the accounts of an employer, or held by an intermediary, with a view to their becoming relevant emoluments;

(b) potential emoluments are paid when they become relevant emoluments which are paid.

(12) In deciding for the purposes of this section whether emoluments are paidat any time after 5th April 1989, section 202B of the Taxes Act 1988 (time when emoluments are treated as received) shall apply as it applies for the purposes of section 202A(1)(a) of that Act, but reading “paid” for “received” throughout.

(13) In section 436(1)(b) of the Taxes Act 1988 (profits to be computed in accordance with provisions of that Act applicable to Case I of Schedule D) the reference to that Act shall be deemed to include a reference to this section.

Textual Amendments

F27 S. 43(6)(7) repealed (27.7.1993 with effect in relation to periods of account ending on or after 30.6.1993) by 1993 c. 34, ss. 181, 184(3), 213, Sch. 23 Pt. III(12) Note 3

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C9 S. 43 applied (31.7.1998 with effect as mentioned in s. 38(2)(3) of 1998 c. 36) by 1988 c. 1, s. 21A(2) (as substituted by 1998 c. 36, s. 38(1), Sch. 5 Pt. I paras. 4, 73)

S. 43 excluded (31.7.1998) by 1998 c. 36, s. 38, Sch. 5 Pt. IV paras. 66(2), 69

44 Investment and insurance companies: computation. U.K.

(1) Subsection (2) below applies where—

(a) a calculation is made for the purposes of corporation tax of the profits of an investment company for an accounting period ending after 5th April 1989,

(b) relevant emoluments would (apart from that subsection) be deducted in making the calculation, and

(c) the emoluments are not paid before the end of the period of nine months beginning with the end of the relevant period of account.

(2) The emoluments—

(a) shall not be deducted in making the calculation mentioned in subsection(1)(a) above, but

(b) shall be deducted in calculating for the purposes of corporation tax the profits of the company concerned for the accounting period in which the emoluments are paid.

(3) Subsections (4) and (5) below apply where—

(a) a calculation such as is mentioned in subsection (1)(a) above is made,

(b) the calculation is made before the end of the period of nine months beginning with the end of the relevant period of account,

(c) relevant emoluments would (apart from subsection (2) above) be deducted in making the calculation, and

(d) the emoluments have not been paid when the calculation is made.

(4) It shall be assumed for the purpose of making the calculation that the emoluments will not be paid before the end of that period of nine months.

(5) But the calculation shall be adjusted if—

(a) the emoluments are paid after the calculation is made but before the end of that period of nine months,

(b) a claim to adjust the calculation is made to the inspector by or on behalf of the company concerned, and

(c) the claim is made before the end of the period of two years beginning with the end of the period of account concerned.

(6) In a case where the accounting period mentioned in subsection (1)(a) above begins before 6th April 1989 and ends before 6th April 1990, the references in subsections (1)(c), (3)(b), (4) and (5)(a) above to nine months shall be construed as references to eighteen months.

(7) In this section “investment company” has the same meaning as in Part IV of the Taxes Act 1988.

(8) For the purposes of this section “relevant emoluments” are emoluments for a period after 5th April 1989 allocated either—

(a) in respect of particular offices or employments (or both), or

(b) generally in respect of offices or employments (or both).

(9) This section applies in relation to potential emoluments as it applies in relation to relevant emoluments, and for this purpose—

(a) potential emoluments are amounts or benefits reserved in the accounts of an employer, or held by an intermediary, with a view to their becoming relevant emoluments;

(b) potential emoluments are paid when they become relevant emoluments which are paid.

(10) For the purpose of this section the relevant period of account is the period of account which—

(a) includes the accounting period concerned, or

(b) begins when the accounting period concerned begins and ends when the accounting period concerned ends.

(11) In deciding for the purposes of this section whether emoluments are paid at any time after 5th April 1989, section 202B of the Taxes Act 1988 (time when emoluments are treated as received) shall apply as it applies for the purposes of section 202A(1)(a) of that Act, but reading “paid” for “received” throughout.

(12) Where the profits of a company carrying on life assurance business are not charged under Case I of Schedule D, this section shall apply in calculating the profits as it applies in calculating the profits of an investment company; but the effect of section 86 below shall be ignored in construing subsection(1)(b) above.

(13) In a case where, apart from this subsection and by virtue of subsection(2)(b) above as it applies by virtue of subsection (12) above, emoluments fall to be deducted in calculating profits for a particular accounting period—

(a) subsection (2)(b) above shall have effect subject to section 86 below;

(b) in construing section 86 the emoluments shall be treated as expenses for that accounting period.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C10 S. 44 modified (23.3.1999 with effect with respect to accounting periods of insurance companies ending on or after 1.7.1999) by S.I. 1999/498, regs. 1, 9

45 PAYE: meaning of payment. U.K.

(1) The Taxes Act 1988 shall be amended as follows.

(2) The following section shall be inserted after section 203—

“203A PAYE: meaning of payment.

(1) For the purposes of section 203 and regulations under it a payment of, or on account of, any income assessable to income tax under Schedule E shall be treated as made at the time found in accordance with the following rules(taking the earlier or earliest time in a case where more than one rule applies)—

(a) the time when the payment is actually made;

(b) the time when a person becomes entitled to the payment;

(c) in a case where the income is income from an office or employment with a company, the holder of the office or employment is a director of the company and sums on account of the income are credited in the company’s accounts or records, the time when sums on account of the income are so credited;

(d) in a case where the income is income from an office or employment with a company, the holder of the office or employment is a director of the company and the amount of the income for a period is determined before the period ends, the time when the period ends;

(e) in a case where the income is income from an office or employment with a company, the holder of the office or employment is a director of the company and the amount of the income for a period is not known until the amount is determined after the period has ended, the time when the amount is determined.

(2) Subsection (1)(c), (d) or (e) above applies whether or not the office or employment concerned is that of director.

(3) Paragraph (c), (d) or (e) of subsection (1) above applies if the holder of the office or employment is a director of the company at any time in the year of assessment in which the time mentioned in the paragraph concerned falls.

(4) For the purposes of the rule in subsection (1)(c) above, any fetter on the right to draw the sums is to be disregarded.

(5) Subsections (5) and (6) of section 202B shall apply for the purposes of subsection (1) above as they apply for the purposes of section 202B(1).”

(3) Section 203(4) (regulations may define payment) shall cease to have effect.

(4) Subsection (2) above shall have effect to determine whether anything occurring on or after the day on which this Act is passed constitutes a payment for the purposes mentioned in the new section 203A.

(5) But if an event occurring before the day on which this Act is passed constituted a payment of or on account of income for the purposes mentioned in the new section 203A, nothing occurring on or after that day shall constitute a payment of or on account of the same income for those purposes.

Interest U.K.

46 Relief for interest. U.K.

For the year 1989-90 the qualifying maximum defined in section 367(5) of the Taxes Act 1988 (limit on relief for interest on certain loans) shall be£30,000.

47 Close company loans: business expansion scheme. U.K.

In section 360 of the Taxes Act 1988 (loans to buy interest in close company), after subsection (3) there shall be inserted—

“(3A) Interest shall not be eligible for relief under section 353 by virtue of paragraph (a) of subsection (1) above in respect of shares acquired on or after 14th March 1989 if at any time the person by whom they are acquired, or that person’s husband or wife, makes a claim for relief in respect of the munder Chapter III of Part VII.”

48 Close company loans: material interest. U.K.

(1) In section 360 of the Taxes Act 1988 for subsection (4) there shall be substituted—

“(4) Subject to section 360A, in this section expressions to which a meaning is assigned by Part XI have that meaning.”

(2) The following section shall be inserted after that section—

“360A Meaning of “material interest” in section 360.

(1) For the purposes of section 360(2)(a) an individual shall be treated as having a material interest in a company—

(a) if he, either on his own or with one or more of his associates, or if any associate of his with or without other such associates, is the beneficial owner of, or able (directly or through the medium of other companies or by any other indirect means) to control, more than 5 per cent. of the ordinary share capital of the company, or

(b) if, on an amount equal to the whole distributable income of the company falling to be apportioned under Part XI for the purpose of computing total income, more than 5 per cent. of that amount could be apportioned to him together with his associates (if any), or to any associate of his, or any such associates taken together.

(2) Subject to the following provisions of this section, in subsection (1)above “associate”, in relation to an individual, means—

(a) any relative or partner of the individual;

(b) the trustee or trustees of a settlement in relation to which the individual is, or any relative of his (living or dead) is or was, a settlor(“settlement” and “settlor” having the same meaning as in section 681(4)); and

(c) where the individual is interested in any shares or obligations of the company which are subject to any trust, or are part of the estate of a deceased person, the trustee or trustees of the settlement concerned or, as the case may be, the personal representative of the deceased.

(3) In relation to any loan made after 5th April 1987, there shall be disregarded for the purposes of subsection (2)(c) above—

(a) the interest of the trustees of an approved profit sharing scheme (within the meaning of section 187) in any shares which are held by them in accordance with the scheme and have not yet been appropriated to an individual; and

(b) any rights exercisable by those trustees by virtue of that interest.

(4) In relation to any loan made on or after the day on which the Finance Act1989 was passed, where the individual has an interest in shares or obligations of the company as a beneficiary of an employee benefit trust, the trustees shall not be regarded as associates of his by reason only of that interest unless subsection (6) below applies in relation to him.

(5) In subsection (4) above “employee benefit trust” has the same meaning as in paragraph 7 of Schedule 8, except that in its application for this purpose paragraph 7(5)(b) shall have effect as if it referred to the day on which the Finance Act 1989 was passed instead of to 14th March 1989.

(6) This subsection applies in relation to an individual if at any time on or after the day on which the Finance Act 1989 was passed—

(a) the individual, either on his own or with any one or more of his associates, or

(b) any associate of his, with or without other such associates,

has been the beneficial owner of, or able (directly or through the medium of other companies or by any other indirect means) to control, more than 5 percent. of the ordinary share capital of the company.

(7) Sub-paragraphs (9) to (12) of paragraph 7 of Schedule 8 shall apply for the purposes of subsection (6) above in relation to an individual as they apply for the purposes of that paragraph in relation to an employee.

(8) In relation to any loan made before 14th November 1986, where the individual is interested in any shares or obligations of the company which are subject to any trust, or are part of the estate of a deceased person, subsection (2)(c) above shall have effect as if for the reference to the trustee or trustees of the settlement concerned or, as the case may be, the personal representative of the deceased there were substituted a reference to any person (other than the individual) interested in the settlement or estate, but subject to subsection (9) below.

(9) Subsection (8) above shall not apply so as to make an individual an associate as being entitled or eligible to benefit under a trust—

(a) if the trust relates exclusively to an exempt approved scheme as defined in section 592; or

(b) if the trust is exclusively for the benefit of the employees, or the employees and directors, of the company or their dependants (and not wholly or mainly for the benefit of directors or their relatives), and the individual in question is not (and could not as a result of the operation of the trust become), either on his own or with his relatives, the beneficial owner of more than 5 per cent. of the ordinary share capital of the company;

and in applying paragraph (b) above any charitable trusts which may arise on the failure or determination of other trusts shall be disregarded.

(10) In this section “relative” means husband or wife, parent or remoter forebear, child or remoter issue or brother or sister.”

Benefits in kind U.K.

49 Car benefits. U.K.

(1) In Schedule 6 to the Taxes Act 1988 (taxation of directors and others in respect of cars) for Part I (tables of flat rate cash equivalents) there shall be substituted—

“Part I U.K. Tables of Flat Rate Cash Equivalents

table A

cars with an original market value up to £19,250 and having a cylinder capacity

Cylinder capacity of car in cubic centimetres	Age of car at end of relevant year of assessment
	Under 4 years	4 years or more
1400 or less	£1,400	£950
More than 1400 but not more than 2000	£1,850	£1,250
More than 2000	£2,950	£1,950

table B

Cars with an original market value up to £19,250 and not having a cylinder capacity

Original market value of car	Age of car at end of relevant year of assessment
	Under 4 years	4 years or more
Less than £6,000	£1,400	£950
£6,000 or more but less than £8,500	£1,850	£1,250
£8,500 or more but not more than £19,250	£2,950	£1,950

table B

Cars with an original market value of more than £19,250

Original market value of car	Age of car at end of relevant year of assessment
	Under 4 years	4 years or more
More than £19,250 but not more than £29,000	£3,850	£2,600
More than £29,000	£6,150	£4,100”

(2) This section shall have effect for the year 1989-90 and subsequent years of assessment.

50 Security assets and services. U.K.

(1) For the purposes of this section a security asset is an asset which improves personal security, and a security service is a service which improves personal security.

(2) In a case where—

(a) a security asset or security service is provided for an employee by reason of his employment, or is used by an employee, and

(b) the cost is wholly or partly borne by or on behalf of a person (the provider) other than the employee,

in charging tax under Schedule E on the emoluments from the employment a deduction shall be allowed of an amount equal to so much of the cost so borne as falls to be included in the emoluments of the employment.

(3) In a case where—

(a) a security asset or security service is provided for or used by an employee,

(b) expenses in connection with the provision or use are incurred out of the emoluments of the employment, and

(c) the expenses are reimbursed by or on behalf of a person (the provider)other than the employee,

in charging tax under Schedule E on the emoluments from the employment a deduction shall be allowed of an amount equal to the amount of the expenses.

(4) Subsection (2) or (3) above shall not apply unless the asset or service is provided for or used by the employee to meet a threat which—

(a) is a special threat to his personal physical security, and

(b) arises wholly or mainly by virtue of the particular employment concerned.

(5) Subsection (2) or (3) above shall not apply unless the provider has the meeting of that threat as his sole object in wholly or partly bearing the cost or reimbursing the expenses (as the case may be).

(6) Subsection (2) or (3) above shall not apply in the case of a service unless the benefit resulting to the employee consists wholly or mainly of an improvement of his personal physical security.

(7) Subsection (2) or (3) above shall not apply in the case of an asset unless the provider intends the asset to be used solely to improve personal physical security.

51 Assets used partly for security. U.K.

(1) In a case where—

(a) apart from section 50(7) above, section 50(2) above would apply in the case of an asset, and

(b) the provider intends the asset to be used partly to improve personal physical security,

section 50(2) shall nevertheless apply, but only so as to allow a deduction of the appropriate proportion of the amount there mentioned.

(2) For the purposes of subsection (1) above the appropriate proportion of the amount mentioned in section 50(2) above is such proportion of that amount as is attributable to the provider’s intention that the asset be used to improve personal physical security.

(3) In a case where—

(a) apart from section 50(7) above, section 50(3) above would apply in the case of an asset, and

(b) the provider intends the asset to be used partly to improve personal physical security,

section 50(3) shall nevertheless apply, but only so as to allow a deduction of the appropriate proportion of the amount there mentioned.

(4) For the purposes of subsection (3) above the appropriate proportion of the amount mentioned in section 50(3) above is such proportion of that amount as is attributable to the provider’s intention that the asset be used to improve personal physical security.

52 Security: supplementary. U.K.

(1) If the provider intends the asset to be used solely to improve personal physical security, but there is another use for the asset which is incidental to improving personal physical security, that other use shall be ignored in construing section 50(7) above.

(2) The fact that an asset or service improves the personal physical security of any member of the employee’s family or household, as well as that of the employee, shall not prevent section 50(2) or (3) above from applying.

(3) In sections 50 and 51 above and this section—

(a) references to an asset do not include references to a car, a ship or an aircraft,

(b) references to an asset or service do not include references to a dwelling, grounds appurtenant to a dwelling, or living accommodation,

(c) references to an asset include references to equipment and a structure(such as a wall),

(d) references to an employee are to a person who holds an employment, and

(e) references to an employment include references to an office.

(4) For the purposes of sections 50 and 51 above and this section in their application to an asset, it is immaterial whether or not the asset becomes affixed to land (whether constituting a dwelling or otherwise).

(5) For the purposes of sections 50 and 51 above and this section in their application to an asset, it is immaterial whether or not the employee is or becomes entitled to the property in the asset or (in the case of a fixture)an estate or interest in the land concerned.

(6) Sections 50 and 51 above and this section apply where expenditure is incurred on or after 6th April 1989 in or towards bearing a cost or in reimbursing expenses (as the case may be).

53 Employees earning £8,500 or more and directors. U.K.

(1) For section 167 of the Taxes Act 1988 (which defines “director’s or higher-paid employment” for the purposes of Chapter II of Part V)there shall be substituted—

“167 Employment to which this Chapter applies.

(1) This Chapter applies—

(a) to employment as a director of a company (but subject to subsection (5)below), and

(b) to employment with emoluments at the rate of £8,500 a year or more.

(2) For this purpose emoluments are to be calculated—

(a) on the basis that they include all such amounts as come, or would but for section 157(3) come, into charge under this Chapter or section 141, 142, 143or 145, and

(b) without any deduction under section 198, 201 or 332(3).

(3) Where a person is employed in two or more employments by the same employer and either—

(a) the total of the emoluments of those employments (applying this section)is at the rate of £8,500 a year or more, or

(b) this Chapter applies (apart from this subsection) to one or more of those employments,

this Chapter shall apply to all the employments.

(4) All employees of a partnership or body over which an individual or another partnership or body has control are to be treated for the purposes of this section (but not for any other purpose) as if the employment were an employment by the individual or by that other partnership or body as the case may be.

(5) This Chapter shall not apply to a person’s employment by reason only of its being employment as a director of a company (without prejudice to its application by virtue of subsection (1)(b) or (3) above) if he has no material interest in the company and either—

(a) his employment is as a full-time working director; or

(b) the company is non-profit making (meaning that neither does it carry on a trade nor do its functions consist wholly or mainly in the holding of investments or other property) or is established for charitable purposes only.”

(2) In consequence of subsection (1) above—

(a) for the heading to Chapter II of Part V of the Taxes Act 1988 there shall be substituted “EMPLOYEES EARNING £8,500 OR MORE AND DIRECTORS”;

(b) the words “ employment to which this Chapter applies ” shall be substituted for the words “director’s or higher-paid employment” in sections 153(1), 154(1), 157(1), 158(1), 160(1) and (2), 162(1), 163(1) and165(6)(b) of that Act;

(c) for section 160(3) of that Act there shall be substituted—

“(3) Where—

(a) there was outstanding, at any time when a person was in employment to which this Chapter applies, the whole or part of a loan to him (or a relative of his) the benefit of which was obtained by reason of his employment, and

(b) that employment has terminated or ceased to be employment to which this Chapter applies,

subsection (2) above applies as if the employment had not terminated or, as the case may be, had not ceased to be employment to which this Chapter applies.”;

(d) in section 162(5) of that Act, after the words “section 160(2)” there shall be inserted the words “(and where appropriate section 160(3))”;

(e) for section 162(7) of that Act there shall be substituted—

“(7) If at the time of the event giving rise to a charge by virtue of subsection (6) above the employment in question has terminated, that subsection shall apply as if it had not.”

(f) the words “ employment to which Chapter II of Part V applies ”shall be substituted for the words from “director’s” to “section167)” in sections 332(2)(c) and 418(3)(a) of that Act;

(g) the words “ employment to which Chapter II of Part V of the principal Act applies ” shall be substituted for the words “director’s or higher paid employment” in section 15(3)(a) of the M9 TaxesManagement Act 1970.

Marginal Citations

M9 1970 c. 9.

Medical insurance U.K.

54 Relief. U.K.

(1) This section applies where—

(a) on or after 6th April 1990 an individual makes a payment in respect of a premium under a contract of private medical insurance (whenever issued),

(b) the contract meets the requirement in subsection (2) below as to the person or persons insured,

(c) at the time the payment is made the contract is an eligible contract,

(d) the individual making the payment does not make it out of resources provided by another person for the purpose of enabling it to be made, and

(e) the individual making the payment is not entitled to claim any relief or deduction in respect of it under any other provision of the Tax Acts.

(2) The requirement mentioned in subsection (1)(b) above is that the contract insures—

(a) an individual who at the time the payment is made is aged 60 or over and resident in the United Kingdom,

(b) individuals each of whom at that time is aged 60 or over and resident in the United Kingdom, or

(c) two individuals who are married to each other at that time, at least one of whom is aged 60 or over at that time, and each of whom is resident in the United Kingdom at that time.

[F28 (2A) In a case where—

(a) a payment is made in respect of a premium under a contract at a time when the contract meets the requirement in subsection (2) above by virtue of paragraph (c) of that subsection, and

(b) a payment is made under the same contract at a time after one of the individuals has died and when the contract does not (apart from this subsection) meet the requirement in subsection (2) above by virtue only of the fact that the surviving spouse is not aged 60 or over at the time,

for the purposes of subsection (2) above in its application to the contract the surviving spouse shall be deemed to be aged 60 or over at the time mentioned in paragraph (b) above.]

(3) If the payment is made by an individual who at the time it is made is resident in the United Kingdom (whether or not he is the individual or one of the individuals insured by the contract) [F29 the individual shall be entitled to relief under this subsection in respect of the payment; and (except where subsections (4) to (6) below apply) relief under this subsection shall be given—

(a) in accordance with subsections (3A) to (3C) below, and

(b) only on a claim made for the purpose.]

[F30 (3A) Where an individual is entitled to relief under subsection (3) above in respect of one or more payments made in a given year of assessment, the amount of his liability for that year of assessment to income tax on his total income shall be the amount to which he would be liable apart from this section less whichever is the smaller of—

(a) the amount found under subsection (3B) below, and

(b) the amount which reduces his liability to nil.

(3B) The amount referred to in subsection (3A)(a) above is an amount found by—

(a) taking the amount of the payment referred to in subsection (3A) above or (as the case may be) the aggregate amount of the payments there referred to, and

(b) finding an amount equal to tax on the amount taken under paragraph (a) above at the basic rate for the year of assessment concerned.

(3C) In determining for the purposes of subsection (3A) above the amount of incomers on would be liable apart from this section, no account shall be taken of—

(a) any income tax reduction under Chapter I of Part VII of the Taxes Act 1988 or under section 347B of that Act;

(b) any income tax reduction under section 353(1A) of the Taxes Act 1988;

(c) any relief by way of a reduction of liability to tax which is given in accordance with any arrangements having effect by virtue of section 788 of the Taxes Act 1988 or by way of a credit under section 790(1) of that Act;

(d) any tax at the basic rate on so much of that person’s income as is income the income tax on which he is entitled to charge against any other person or to deduct, retain or satisfy out of any payment.]

(4) In such cases and subject to such conditions as the Board may specify in regulations, relief under subsection (3) above shall be given in accordance with subsections (5) and (6) below.

(5) An individual who is entitled to such relief in respect of a payment may deduct and retain out of it an amount equal to income tax on it at the basic rate for the year of assessment in which it is made.

(6) The person to whom the payment is made—

(a) shall accept the amount paid after deduction in discharge of the individual’s liability to the same extent as if the deduction had not beenmade, and

(b) may, on making a claim, recover from the Board an amount equal to the amount deducted.

(7) The Treasury may make regulations providing that in circumstances prescribed in the regulations—

(a) an individual who has made a payment in respect of a premium under a contract of private medical insurance shall cease to be and be treated as not having been entitled to relief under subsection (3) above; and

(b) he or the person to whom the payment was made (depending on the terms of the regulations) shall account to the Board for tax from which relief has been given on the basis that the individual was so entitled.

(8) Regulations under subsection (7) above may include provision adapting or modifying the effect of any enactment relating to income tax in order to secure the performance of any obligation imposed under paragraph (b) of that subsection.

(9) In this section—

(a) references to a premium, in relation to a contract of insurance, are to any amount payable under the contract to the insurer, and

(b) references to an individual who is resident in the United Kingdom at anytime include references to an individual who is at that time performing duties which are treated by virtue of section 132(4)(a) of the Taxes Act 1988 as performed in the United Kingdom.

Textual Amendments

F28 S. 54(2A) inserted (3.5.1994 with effect as mentioned in Sch. 10 para. 4(2) of the amending Act) by 1994 c. 9, s. 83, Sch. 10 para. 4(1)

F29 Words and paras. (a)(b) substituted for words in s. 54(3) (3.5.1994 with effect in relation to payments on or after 6.4.1994) by 1994 c. 9, s. 83, Sch. 10 para. 2(2)(4)

F30 S. 54(3A)-(3C) inserted (3.5.1994 with effect in relation to payments on or after 6.4.1994) by 1994 c. 9, s. 83, Sch. 10 para. 2(3)(4)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C11 For regulations see S.I. 1989/2387andS.I. 1989/2389 (in Part III Vol. 5under “Private medicalinsurance”)

55 Eligible contracts. U.K.

(1) This section has effect to determine whether a contract is at a particular time (the relevant time) an eligible contract for the purposes of section 54above.

(2) A contract is an eligible contract at the relevant time if—

(a) it was entered into by an insurer who at the time it was entered into was a qualifying insurer and was approved by the Board for the purposes of this section,

(b) the period of insurance under the contract does not exceed one year(commencing with the date it was entered into),

[F31 (ba) at the relevant time the contract satisfies the conditions set out in subsection (2A) below,

(bb) the contract is not one in the case of which subsection (2D) below applies,]

(c) the contract is not connected with any other contract at the relevant time and has not been connected with any other contract at any time since it was entered into, [F32 and]

(d) no benefit has been provided by virtue of the contract other than an approved benefit, [F33 and

(e) the contract meets one or more of the three conditions set out below.]

[F34 (2A) The conditions referred to in subsection (2)(ba) above are that—

(a) the contract either provides indemnity in respect of all or any of the costs of all or any of the treatments, medical services and other matters for the time being specified in regulations made by the Treasury, or in addition to providing indemnity of that description provides cash benefits falling within rules for the time being so specified,

(b) the contract does not confer any right other than such a right as is mentioned in paragraph (a) above or is for the time being specified in regulations made by the Treasury,

(c) the premium under the contract is reasonable, and

(d) the contract satisfies such other requirements as are for the time being specified in regulations made by the Treasury.

(2B) In a case where—

(a) at the relevant time the contract confers a material right, or more than one such right, but

(b) the total cost to the insurer of providing benefits in pursuance of the material right or (as the case may be) in pursuance of all the material rights would not exceed the prescribed sum,

the contract shall not thereby be regarded as failing to satisfy at the relevant time the condition set out in subsection (2A)(b) above.

(2C) For the purposes of subsection (2B) above a material right is a right which—

(a) is not a right such as is mentioned in subsection (2A)(a) above or such as is for the time being specified in regulations made under subsection (2A)(b) above, and

(b) is not a right to a cash benefit.

(2D) This subsection applies in the case of a contract (the main contract) if—

(a) at least one other contract is entered into which is a contract (a collateral contract) under which a benefit is provided in consideration of the insured’s entering into the main contract, and

(b) the cost to the insurer of fulfilling his obligations under the collateral contract (or, if there is more than one collateral contract, of fulfilling his obligations under all of them) exceeds the prescribed sum.]

[F35 (3) The first condition is that the contract is certified by the Board under section 56 below at the relevant time.

F35 (4) The second condition is that, at the time the contract was entered into, it conformed with a standard form certified by the Board as a standard form of eligible contract.

F35 (5) The third condition is that, at the time the contract was entered into, it conformed with a form varying from a standard form so certified in no other respect than by making additions—

(a) which were (at the time the contract was entered into) certified by the Board as compatible with an eligible contract when made to that standard form, and

(b) which (at that time) satisfied any conditions subject to which the additions were so certified.

F35 (6) Where a contract is varied, and the relevant time falls after the time the variation takes effect, subsections (1) to (5) above shall have effect as if “entered into” read “varied” in each place where it occurs in subsections (4) and (5) above.]

(7) For the purposes of this section a contract is connected with another contract at any time if—

(a) they are simultaneously in force at that time,

(b) either of them was entered into with reference to the other, or with a view to enabling the other to be entered into on particular terms, or with a view to facilitating the other being entered into on particular terms, and

(c) the terms on which either of them was entered into would have been significantly less favourable to the insured if the other had not been entered into.

(8) For the purposes of this section each of the following is a qualifying insurer—

(a) an insurer lawfully carrying on in the United Kingdom business of any of the classes specified in Part I of Schedule 2 to the M10 Insurance Companies Act 1982;

(b) an insurer not carrying on business in the United Kingdom but carrying on business in another member State and being either a national of a member State or a company or partnership formed under the law of any part of the United Kingdom or another member State and having its registered office, central administration or principal place of business in a member State.

(9) For the purposes of this section a benefit is an approved benefit if it is provided in pursuance of a right of a description

[F36 (a) mentioned in subsection (2A)(a) above, or

(b) for the time being specified in regulations made under subsection (2A)(b) above.]

[F37 (10) For the purposes of this section a benefit is also an approved benefit if it is not a cash benefit and—

(a) it is a single benefit provided otherwise than as mentioned in subsection (9) above and the cost to the insurer of providing it does not exceed the prescribed sum, or

(b) it is one of a number of benefits provided otherwise than as mentioned in subsection (9) above and the total cost to the insurer of providing the benefits does not exceed the prescribed sum.

(11) In this section the reference to a premium, in relation to a contract of insurance, is to any amount payable under the contract to the insurer.

(12) For the purposes of this section the prescribed sum is £30.

(13) The Treasury may by order substitute for the sum for the time being specified in subsection (12) above such sum as may be specified in the order; and any such substitution shall have effect in relation to cases where the relevant time falls on or after such date as is specified in the order.]

Textual Amendments

F31 S. 55(2)(ba)(bb) inserted (3.5.1994 with effect as mentioned in Sch. 10 para. 5(8) of the amending Act) by 1994 c. 9, s. 83, Sch. 10 para. 5(2)

F32 Word in s. 55(2)(c) inserted (3.5.1994 with effect as mentioned in Sch. 10 para. 5(8) of the amending Act) by 1994 c. 9, s. 83, Sch. 10 para. 5(3)(a)

F33 S. 55(2)(e) and the word “and” immediately preceding it repealed (3.5.1994 with effect as mentioned in Sch. 10 para. 5(8) of the amending Act) by 1994 c. 9, ss. 83, 258, Sch. 10 para. 5(3)(b), Sch. 26 Pt. V(3), Note 2

F34 S. 55(2A)-(2D) inserted (3.5.1994 with effect as mentioned in Sch. 10 para. 5(8) of the amending Act) by 1994 c. 9, s. 83, Sch. 10 para. 5(4)

F35 S. 55(3)-(6) repealed (3.5.1994 with effect as mentioned in Sch. 10 para. 5(8) of the amending Act) by 1994 c. 9, ss. 83, 258, Sch. 10 para. 5(5), Sch. 26 Pt. V(3), Note 2

F36 Paras. (a)(b) substituted for words in s. 55(9) (3.5.1994 with effect as mentioned in Sch. 10 para. 5(8) of the amending Act) by 1994 c. 9, s. 83, Sch. 10 para. 5(6)

F37 S. 55(10)-(13) inserted (3.5.1994 with effect as mentioned in Sch. 10 para. 5(8) of the amending Act) by 1994 c. 9, s. 83, Sch. 10 para. 5(7)

Marginal Citations

M10 1982 c.50.

56 Certification of contracts. U.K.

(1) The Board shall certify a contract under this section if it satisfies the conditions set out in subsection (3) below; and the certification shall be expressed to take effect from the time the conditions are satisfied, and shal ltake effect accordingly.

(2) The Board shall revoke a certification of a contract under this section if it comes to their notice that the contract has ceased to satisfy the conditions set out in subsection (3) below; and the revocation shall be expressed to take effect from the time the conditions ceased to be satisfied, and shall take effect accordingly.

(3) The conditions referred to above are that—

(a) the contract either provides indemnity in respect of all or any of the costs of all or any of the treatments, medical services and other matters for the time being specified in regulations made by the Treasury, or in addition to providing indemnity of that description provides cash benefits falling within rules for the time being so specified,

(b) the contract does not confer any right other than such a right as is mentioned in paragraph (a) above or is for the time being specified in regulations made by the Treasury,

(c) the premium under the contract is in the Board’s opinion reasonable, and

(d) the contract satisfies such other requirements as are for the time being specified in regulations made by the Treasury.

(4) The certification of a contract by the Board under this section shall cease to have effect if the contract is varied; but this is without prejudice to the application of the preceding provisions of this section to the contract as varied.

(5) Where the Board refuse to certify a contract under this section, or they revoke a certification, an appeal may be made to the Special Commissioners by—

(a) the insurer, or

(b) any person who (if the policy were certified) would be entitled to relief under section 54 above.

(6) Where a contract is certified under this section, or a certification is revoked or otherwise ceases to have effect, any adjustments resulting from the certification or from its revocation or ceasing to have effect shall be made.

(7) Subsection (6) above applies where a certification or revocation takes place on appeal as it applies in the case of any other certification or revocation.

(8) In this section the reference to a premium, in relation to a contract of insurance, is to any amount payable under the contract to the insurer.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C12 For regulations see S.I. 1989/2389 (inPart III Vol. 5under “Private medical insurance”)

57 Medical insurance: supplementary. U.K.

(1) The Board may by regulations—

(a) provide that a claim under section 54(3) or (6)(b) above shall be made in such form and manner, shall be made at such time, and shall be accompanied by such documents, as may be prescribed;

(b) make provision, in relation to payments in respect of which a person is entitled to relief under section 54 above, for the giving by insurers in such circumstances as may be prescribed of certificates of payment in such form as may be prescribed to such persons as may be prescribed;

(c) provide that a person who provides (or has at any time provided) insurance under contracts of private medical insurance shall comply with any notice which is served on him by the Board and which requires him within a prescribed period to make available for the Board’s inspection documents (of a prescribed kind) relating to such contracts;

(d) provide that persons of such a description as may be prescribed shall, within a prescribed period of being required to do so by the Board, furnish to the Board information (of a prescribed kind) about contracts of private medical insurance;

(e) make provision with respect to the approval of insurers for the purposes of section 55 above and the withdrawal of approval for the purposes of that section;

(f) make provision for and with respect to appeals against decisions of the Board with respect to the giving or withdrawal of approval of insurers for the purposes of section 55 above;

(g) make provision with respect to the certification by the Board of standard forms of eligible contract and variations from standard forms of eligible contract certified by them;

(h) make provision for and with respect to appeals against decisions of the Board with respect to the certification of standard forms of eligible contractor variations from standard forms of eligible contract certified by them;

(i) provide that certification, or the revocation of a certification, under section 56 above shall be carried out in such form and manner as may be prescribed;

(j) make provision with respect to appeals against decisions of the Board with respect to certification or the revocation of certification under section 56 above;

(k) make provision generally as to administration in connection with sections 54 to 56 above.

(2) The words “ Regulations under section 57 of the Finance Act 1989 ” shall be added at the end of each column in the Table in section 98 of the M11 Taxes Management Act 1970 (penalties for failure to furnish information etc.).

(3) The following provisions of the Taxes Management Act 1970, namely—

(a) section 29(3)(c) (excessive relief),

(b) section 30 (tax repaid in error etc.),

(c) section 88 (interest), and

(d) section 95 (incorrect return or accounts),

shall apply in relation to the payment of an amount claimed under section 54(6)(b) above to which the claimant was not entitled as if it had been income tax repaid as a relief which was not due.

(4) In sections F38 . . . 257D(8) and 265(3) of the Taxes Act 1988 after paragraph (c) there shall be inserted “or

(d) on account of any payments to which section 54(5) of the Finance Act 1989 applies”.

(5) In subsection (1) above—

• “eligible contract” has the meaning given by section 55 above, and

• “prescribed” means prescribed by or, in relation to form, under the regulations.

Textual Amendments

F38 Words in s. 57(4) repealed (16.7.1992) by virtue of Finance (No. 2) Act 1992 (c. 48), ss. 20, 82, Sch. 5 para. 10, Sch. 18 Pt. VII(1)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C13 See S.I. 1989/2387

Marginal Citations

M11 1970 c. 9.

Charities U.K.

58 Payroll deduction scheme. U.K.

(1) In section 202(7) of the Taxes Act 1988 (which limits to £240 the deductions attracting relief) for “£240” there shall be substituted “£480”.

(2) This section shall have effect for the year 1989-90 and subsequent years of assessment.

59 Covenanted subscriptions. U.K.

(1) In determining whether a payment made to a charity within subsection (2)below is —

(a) an annual payment for the purposes of the Tax Acts, or

(b) a payment to which section 125(1) of the Taxes Act 1988 applies, or

(c) a covenanted payment to charity within the meaning given by [F39 section 347A(7)]of that Act,

there shall be disregarded any consideration for the payment which is ofa kind described in subsection (3) below.

(2) A charity is within this subsection if its sole or main purpose is—

(a) the preservation of property for the public benefit, or

(b) the conservation of wildlife for the public benefit.

(3) The consideration referred to in subsection (1) above is the right ofadmission—

(a) to view property the preservation of which is the sole or main purpose ofthe charity, or

(b) to observe wildlife the conservation of which is the sole or main purposeof the charity.

(4) In subsection (3) above “right of admission” refers to admission ofthe person making the payment (or of any member of his family who may beadmitted because of the payment) either free of the charges normally payablefor admission by members of the public, or on payment of a reduced charge.

(5) Subsection (1) above shall not apply unless the opportunity to makepayments of the kind in question is available to members of the public.

(6) For the purposes of this section—

(a) “charity” means a body of persons or trust established forcharitable purposes only, and

(b) the bodies mentioned in section 507 shall each be treated as having beenso established.

(7) This section shall apply to payments due on or after 14th March 1989.

Textual Amendments

F39 Words in s. 59(1)(c) substituted (1.5.1995 with effect as mentioned in s. 74(2) of the amending Act) by 1995 c. 4, s. 74(1), Sch. 17 Pt. III para. 24

60 British Museum and Natural History Museum. U.K.

(1) In subsection (1) of section 507 of the Taxes Act 1988 (which gives tax exemption to the National Heritage Memorial Fund and the Historic Buildings and Monuments Commission) after paragraph (b) there shall be inserted—

“(c) the Trustees of the British Museum;

(d) the Trustees of the British Museum (Natural History);”and subsection (2) of that section (which gives partial tax exemption to those Trustees) shall cease to have effect.

(2) In section 339(9) of that Act, for the words from “the Trustees”(where those words first occur) to “History) and” there shall be substituted the words “each of the bodies mentioned in section 507, and in subsections (1) to (5) above includes”.

F40 (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(4) Subsection (1) above shall apply in relation to accounting periods ending on or after 14th March 1989, and [F41 subsection (2)] above shall apply to payments due on or after that day.

Textual Amendments

F40 S. 60(3) repealed (1.5.1995 with effect as mentioned in s. 74(2), Sch. 29 Pt. VIII(8) of the amending Act) by 1995 c. 4, ss. 74(1), 162, Sch. 17 Pt. III para. 25, Sch. 29 Pt. VIII(8)

F41 Words in s. 60(4) substituted (1.5.1995 with effect as mentioned in s. 74(2) of the amending Act) by 1995 c. 4, s. 74, Sch. 17 Pt. III para. 25

Profit-related pay, share schemes etc. U.K.

61 Profit-related pay. U.K.

Schedule 4 to this Act (which amends the provisions of the Taxes Act 1988 relating to profit-related pay) shall have effect.

62 Savings-related share option schemes. U.K.

(1) Part III of Schedule 9 to the Taxes Act 1988 (requirements applicable to savings-related share option schemes) shall be amended as follows.

F42 (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(3) In paragraph 25(b) (requirement that price at which share may be acquired under scheme be not less than 90 per cent. of market value), for the words “90 per cent.” there shall be substituted the words “80 per cent.”.

(4) Subsection (2) above shall come into force on such day as the Treasury may by order made by statutory instrument appoint.

Textual Amendments

F42 S. 62(2) repealed (1.9.1991) by Finance Act 1991 (c. 31, SIF 63:1), ss. 40, 123, Sch. 19 Pt. V Note 10; S.I. 1991/1741, art. 2

F43 63 Profit sharing schemes. U.K.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Textual Amendments

F43 S. 63 repealed(having effect for the year 1991-92 and subsequent years of assessment) by Finance Act 1991 (c. 31, SIF 63:1), s. 123, Sch. 19 Pt.V Note 6.

64 Share option and profit sharing schemes: shares of consortium member. U.K.

In paragraph 10 of Schedule 9 to the Taxes Act 1988, paragraph (c)(ii)(which requires a consortium member to hold not less than three-twentieths of share capital of grantor company etc. if member’s shares are to qualify as scheme shares) shall cease to have effect.

65 Employee share schemes: material interest. U.K.

In Schedule 9 to the Taxes Act 1988 the following paragraph shall be inserted after paragraph 39—

“ Shares subject to an employee benefit trust

40 (1) Where an individual has an interest in shares or obligations of the company as a beneficiary of an employee benefit trust, the trustees shall not be regarded as associates of his by reason only of that interest unless sub-paragraph (3) below applies in relation to him.

(2) In this paragraph “employee benefit trust” has the same meaning as in paragraph 7 of Schedule 8.

(3) This sub-paragraph applies in relation to an individual if at any time on or after 14th March 1989—

(a) the individual, either on his own or with any one or more of his associates, or

(b) any associate of his, with or without other such associates,

has been the beneficial owner of, or able (directly or through the medium of other companies or by any other indirect means) to control, more than 25per cent., or in the case of a share option scheme which is not a savings-related share option scheme more than 10 per cent., of the ordinary share capital of the company.

(4) Sub-paragraphs (9) to (12) of paragraph 7 of Schedule 8 shall apply for the purposes of this paragraph in relation to an individual as they apply for the purposes of that paragraph in relation to an employee.”

66 Priority share allocations for employees etc. U.K.

(1) In relation to offers made on or after 11th October 1988, section 68 of the M12 Finance Act 1988 (which provides for the benefits derived from priority rights in share offers to be disregarded in certain circumstances) shall have effect with the following amendments.

(2) In subsection (1), the words from “at the fixed price” to “tendered” shall be omitted.

(3) After that subsection there shall be inserted—

“(1A) Where the price payable by the director or employee is less than the fixed price or the lowest price successfully tendered, subsection (1) above shall not apply to the benefit represented by the difference in price.”

(4) In subsection (2), for paragraph (a) (priority shares not to exceed 10 percent. of shares subject to the offer) there shall be substituted—

“(a) that the aggregate number of shares subject to the offer that may be allocated as mentioned in subsection (1)(b) above does not exceed the limit specified in subsection (2A) below or, as the case may be, either of the limits specified in subsection (2B) below”.

(5) After subsection (2) there shall be inserted—

“(2A) Except where subsection (2B) below applies, the limit relevant for the purposes of subsection (2)(a) above is 10 per cent. of the shares subject to the offer (including the shares that may be allocated as mentioned in subsection (1)(b) above).

(2B) Where the offer is part of arrangements which include one or more other offers to the public of shares of the same class, the limits relevant for the purposes of subsection (2)(a) above are—

(a) 40 per cent. of the shares subject to the offer (including the shares that may be allocated as mentioned in subsection (1)(b) above), and

(b) 10 per cent. of all the shares of the class in question (including the shares that may be so allocated) that are subject to any of the offers forming part of the arrangements.”

Marginal Citations

M12 1988 c. 39.

Employee share ownership trusts U.K.

67 Tax relief. U.K.

(1) This section applies where—

(a) a company expends a sum in making a payment by way of contribution to the trustees of a trust which is a qualifying employee share ownership trust at the time the sum is expended,

(b) at that time, the company or a company which it then controls has employees who are eligible to benefit under the terms of the trust deed,

(c) at that time the company is resident in the United Kingdom,

(d) before the expiry of the expenditure period the sum is expended by th etrustees for one or more of the qualifying purposes, and

(e) before the end of the claim period a claim for relief under this section is made.

(2) In such a case the sum—

(a) shall be deducted in computing for the purposes of Schedule D the profits or gains of a trade carried on by the company, or

(b) if the company is an investment company or a company in the case of which section 75 of the Taxes Act 1988 applies by virtue of section 76 of that Act, shall be treated as expenses of management.

(3) For the purposes of subsection (1)(b) above, the question whether one company is controlled by another shall be construed in accordance with section840 of the Taxes Act 1988.

(4) For the purposes of subsection (1)(d) above each of the following is a qualifying purpose—

(a) the acquisition of shares in the company which established the trust;

(b) the repayment of sums borrowed;

(c) the payment of interest on sums borrowed;

(d) the payment of any sum to a person who is a beneficiary under the terms of the trust deed;

(e) the meeting of expenses.

(5) For the purposes of subsection (1)(d) above the expenditure period is the period of nine months beginning with the day following the end of the period of account in which the sum is charged as an expense of the company, or such longer period as the Board may allow by notice given to the company.

(6) For the purposes of subsection (1)(e) above the claim period is the period of two years beginning with the day following the end of the period of account in which the sum is charged as an expense of the company.

(7) For the purposes of this section the trustees of an employee share ownership trust shall be taken to expend sums paid to them in the order in which the sums are received by them (irrespective of the number of companies making payments).

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C14 See Finance Act 1990 (c. 29) ss.31–40—.roll-over relief for disposal of assets to employeeshare ownership trusts

68 Principal charges to tax. U.K.

(1) This section applies where a chargeable event (within the meaning of section 69 below) occurs in relation to the trustees of an employee share ownership trust.

(2) In such a case—

(a) the trustees shall be treated as receiving, when the event occurs, annual profits or gains whose amount is equal to the chargeable amount (within the meaning of section 70 below),

(b) the profits or gains shall be chargeable to tax under Case VI of Schedule D for the year of assessment in which the event occurs, and

(c) the rate at which the tax is chargeable shall be [F44 the rate applicable to trusts] for the year of assessment in which the event occurs.

(3) If the whole or any part of the tax assessed on the trustees is not paid before the expiry of the period of six months beginning with the day on which the assessment becomes final and conclusive, a notice of liability to tax under this subsection may be served on a qualifying company and the tax or the part unpaid (as the case may be) shall be payable by the company on service of the notice.

(4) Where a notice of liability is served under subsection (3) above—

(a) any interest which is due on the tax or the part (as the case may be) and has not been paid by the trustees, and

(b) any interest accruing due on the tax or the part (as the case may be)after the date of service,

shall be payable by the company.

(5) Where a notice of liability is served under subsection (3) above and any amount payable by the company (whether on account of tax or interest) is not paid by the company before the expiry of the period of three months beginning with the date of service, the amount unpaid may be recovered from the trustees(without prejudice to the right to recover it instead from the company).

(6) For the purposes of this section each of the following is a qualifying company—

(a) the company which established the employee share ownership trust;

(b) any company falling within subsection (7) below.

(7) A company falls within this subsection if, before it is sought to serve a notice of liability on it under subsection (3) above—

(a) it has paid a sum to the trustees, and

(b) the sum has been deducted as mentioned in section 67(2)(a) above or treated as mentioned in section 67(2)(b) above.

Textual Amendments

F44 Words in s. 68(2)(c) substituted (27.7.1993 with effect for the year 1993-94 and subsequent years of assessment) by 1993 c. 34, s. 79, Sch. 6 paras.20, 25(1)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C15 See Finance Act 1990 (c. 29) ss.31–40—.roll-over relief for disposal of assets to employee share ownership trusts

69 Chargeable events. U.K.

(1) For the purposes of section 68 above each of the following is a chargeable event in relation to the trustees of an employee share ownership trust—

(a) the transfer of securities by the trustees, if the transfer is not a qualifying transfer;

(b) the transfer of securities by the trustees to persons who are at the time of the transfer beneficiaries under the terms of the trust deed, if the terms on which the transfer is made are not qualifying terms;

(c) the retention of securities by the trustees at the expiry of the [F45 qualifying period] beginning with the date on which they acquired them;

(d) the expenditure of a sum by the trustees for a purpose other than a qualifying purpose.

(2) For the purposes of subsection (1)(a) above a transfer is a qualifying transfer if it is made to a person who at the time of the transfer is a beneficiary under the terms of the trust deed.

(3) For the purposes of subsection (1)(a) above a transfer is also a qualifying transfer if—

(a) it is made to the trustees of a scheme which at the time of the transfer is a profit sharing scheme approved under Schedule 9 to the Taxes Act 1988, and

(b) it is made for a consideration which is not less than the price the securities might reasonably be expected to fetch on a sale in the open market.

[F46 (3A) For the purposes of subsection (1)(a) above a transfer is also a qualifying transfer if it is made by way of exchange in circumstances mentioned in section 85(1) of the Capital Gains Tax Act 1979 or section 135(1) of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992.]

(4) For the purposes of subsection (1)(b) above a transfer of securities is made on qualifying terms if—

(a) all the securities transferred at the same time are transferred on similar terms,

(b) securities have been offered to all the persons who are beneficiaries under the terms of the trust deed when the transfer is made, and

(c) securities are transferred to all such beneficiaries who have accepted.

[F47 (4A) For the purposes of subsection (1)(c) above the qualifying period is—

(a) seven years, in the case of trusts established on or before the day on which the Finance Act 1994 was passed;

(b) twenty years, in the case of other trusts;

and for this purpose a trust is established when the deed under which it is established is executed.]

(5) For the purposes of subsection (1)(d) above each of the following is a qualifying purpose—

(a) the acquisition of shares in the company which established the trust;

(b) the repayment of sums borrowed;

(c) the payment of interest on sums borrowed;

(d) the payment of any sum to a person who is a beneficiary under the terms of the trust deed;

(e) the meeting of expenses.

(6) For the purposes of subsection (4) above, the fact that terms vary according to the levels of remuneration of beneficiaries, the length of their service, or similar factors, shall not be regarded as meaning that the terms are not similar.

(7) In ascertaining for the purposes of this section whether particular securities are retained, securities acquired earlier by the trustees shall be treated as transferred by them before securities acquired by them later.

(8) For the purposes of this section trustees—

(a) acquire securities when they become entitled to them (subject to the exceptions in subsection (9) below);

(b) transfer securities to another person when that other becomes entitled to them;

(c) retain securities if they remain entitled to them.

(9) The exceptions are these—

(a) if securities are issued to trustees in exchange in circumstances mentioned in section [F48 135(1) of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992], they shall be treated as having acquired them when they became entitled to the securities for which they are exchanged;

(b) if trustees become entitled to securities as a result of a reorganisation, they shall be treated as having acquired them when they became entitled to the original shares which those securities represent (construing “reorganisation” and “original shares” in accordance with section [F48 126] of that Act).

(10) If trustees agree to take a transfer of securities, for the purposes of this section they shall be treated as becoming entitled to them when the agreement is made and not on a later transfer made pursuant to the agreement.

(11) If trustees agree to transfer securities to another person, for the purposes of this section the other person shall be treated as becoming entitled to them when the agreement is made and not on a later transfer made pursuant to the agreement.

(12) For the purposes of this section the following are securities—

(a) shares;

(b) debentures.

Textual Amendments

F45 Words in s. 69(1)(c) substituted (3.5.1994) by 1994 c. 9, s. 102, Sch. 13 para. 6(2)

F46 S. 69(3A) inserted (16.7.1992, the amending provision applying in relation to exchanges made on or after 1.1.1992) by Finance (No. 2) Act 1992 (c. 48), s. 36(1)(2)

F47 S. 69(4A) inserted (3.5.1994) by 1994 c. 9, s. 102, Sch. 13 para. 6(3)

F48 Words in s. 69(9) substituted (in relation to tax for the year 1992-1993 and subsequent years subject as mentioned in s. 289 of the substituting Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch. 10 para. 19(1) (with s. 60, 101(1), 171, 201(3))

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C16 See Finance Act 1990 (c. 29) ss.31–40—.roll-over relief for disposal of assets to employeeshare ownership trusts

C17 Definition employed for purposes of Finance Act1990 (c. 29) s. 36—roll-over relief where replacement assetowned

70 Chargeable amounts. U.K.

(1) This section has effect to determine the chargeable amount for the purposes of section 68 above.

(2) If the chargeable event falls within section 69(1)(a), (b) or (c) above the following rules shall apply—

(a) if the event constitutes a disposal of the securities by the trustees for the purposes of the [F49 Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992], the chargeable amount is an amount equal to the sums allowable under section [F49 38(1)(a)] and (b) of that Act;

(b) if the event does not constitute such a disposal, the chargeable amount is an amount equal to the sums which would be so allowable had the trustees made a disposal of the securities for the purposes of that Act at the time the chargeable event occurs.

(3) If the chargeable event falls within section 69(1)(d) above the chargeable amount is an amount equal to the sum concerned.

Textual Amendments

F49 Words in s. 70(2) substituted (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the substituting Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch. 10 para. 19(2) (with ss. 60, 101(1), 201(3))

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C18 See Finance Act 1990 (c. 29) ss.31–40—.roll-over relief for disposal of assets to employeeshare ownership trusts

71 Further charges to tax: borrowing. U.K.

(1) This section applies where—

(a) a chargeable event (within the meaning of section 69 above) occurs in relation to the trustees of an employee share ownership trust,

(b) at the time the event occurs anything is outstanding in respect of the principal of an amount or amounts borrowed at any time by the trustees, and

(c) the chargeable event is one as regards which section 72(2)(b) below applies.

(2) In the following provisions of this section—

(a) “the initial chargeable event” means the event referred to in subsection (1)(a) above, and

(b) “the total outstanding amount” means the total amount outstanding, at the time the initial chargeable event occurs, in respect of the principal of an amount or amounts borrowed at any time by the trustees.

(3) If any of the total outstanding amount is repaid after the initial chargeable event occurs, a further chargeable event shall occur in relatio nto the trustees at the end of the year of assessment in which the repayment is made.

(4) In such a case—

(a) the trustees shall be treated as receiving, when the further event occurs, annual profits or gains whose amount is equal to the chargeable amount,

(b) the profits or gains shall be chargeable to tax under Case VI of Schedule D for the year of assessment at the end of which the further event occurs, and

(c) the rate at which the tax is chargeable shall be [F50 the rate applicable to trusts] for the year of assessment at the end of which the further event occurs.

(5) Subject to subsection (6) below, for the purposes of subsection (4) above the chargeable amount is an amount equal to the aggregate of the total outstanding amount repaid in the year of assessment.

(6) In a case where section 72(2)(b) below had effect in the case of the initial chargeable event, for the purposes of subsection (4) above the chargeable amount is an amount equal to the smaller of—

(a) the aggregate of the total outstanding amount repaid in the year of assessment, and

(b) an amount found by applying the formula A-B-C.

(7) For the purposes of subsection (6) above—

(a) A is the amount which would be the chargeable amount for the initial chargeable event apart from section 72(2) below,

(b) B is the chargeable amount for the initial chargeable event, and

(c) C is the amount (if any) found under subsection (8) below.

(8) If, before the further chargeable event occurs, one or more prior chargeable events have occurred in relation to the trustees by virtue of the prior repayment of any of the total outstanding amount found for the time the initial chargeable event occurs, the amount found under this subsection is an amount equal to the chargeable amount for the prior chargeable event or to the aggregate of the chargeable amounts for the prior chargeable events (as the case may be).

(9) In a case where—

(a) a chargeable event (within the meaning of section 69 above) occurs in relation to the trustees in circumstances mentioned in subsection (1) above,

(b) a sum falls to be included in the total outstanding amount found for the time the event occurs,

(c) another chargeable event (within the meaning of that section) occurs in relation to the trustees in circumstances mentioned in subsection (1) above, and

(d) the same sum or a part of it would (apart from this subsection) fall to be included in the total outstanding amount found for the time the event occurs,

the sum or part (as the case may be) shall not be included in the total outstanding amount found for the time the other chargeable event occurs.

(10) In ascertaining for the purposes of this section whether a repayment is in respect of a particular amount, amounts borrowed earlier shall be taken to be repaid before amounts borrowed later.

(11) Subsections (3) to (7) of section 68 above shall apply where tax is assessed by virtue of this section as they apply where tax is assessed by virtue of that section.

Textual Amendments

F50 Words in s. 71(4)(c) substituted (27.7.1993 with effect for the year 1993-94 and subsequent years of assessment) by 1993 c. 34, s. 79, Sch. 6 paras.20, 25(1)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C19 See Finance Act 1990 (c. 29) ss.31–40—.roll-over relief for disposal of assets to employeeshare ownership trusts

72 Limit on chargeable amount. U.K.

(1) For the purposes of this section each of the following is a chargeable event in relation to the trustees of an employee share ownership trust—

(a) an event which is a chargeable event by virtue of section 69 above;

(b) an event which is a chargeable event by virtue of section 71 above.

(2) If a chargeable event (the event in question) occurs in relation to the trustees of an employee share ownership trust, the following rules shall apply—

(a) the amount which would (apart from this subsection) be the chargeable amount for the event in question shall be aggregated, for the purposes of paragraph (b) below, with the chargeable amounts for other chargeable events(if any) occurring in relation to the trustees before the event in question,

(b) if the amount which would (apart from this subsection) be the chargeable amount for the event in question (or the aggregate found under paragraph (a)above, if there is one) exceeds the deductible amount, the chargeable amount for the event in question shall be the amount it would be apart from this subsection less an amount equal to the excess, and

(c) section 70(2) and (3) and section 71(5) above shall have effect subject to paragraph (b) above.

(3) For the purposes of subsection (2) above the deductible amount (as regards the event in question) is an amount equal to the total of the sums falling within subsection (4) below.

(4) A sum falls within this subsection if it has been received by the trustees before the occurrence of the event in question and—

(a) it has been deducted as mentioned in section 67(2)(a) above, or treated as mentioned in section 67(2)(b) above, before the occurrence of that event, or

(b) it would fall to be so deducted or treated if a claim for relief under section 67 above had been made immediately before the occurrence of that event.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C20 See Finance Act 1990 (c. 29) ss.31–40—.roll-over relief for disposal of assets to employeeshare ownership trusts

73 Information. U.K.

(1) An inspector may by notice in writing require a return to be made by the trustees of an employee share ownership trust if they have at any time received a sum which has been deducted as mentioned in section 67(2)(a) above or treated as mentioned in section 67(2)(b) above.

(2) Where he requires such a return to be made the inspector shall specify the information to be contained in it.

(3) The information which may be specified is information the inspector needs for the purposes of sections 68 to 72 above, and may include information about—

(a) sums received (including sums borrowed) by the trustees;

(b) expenditure incurred by them;

(c) assets acquired by them;

(d) transfers of assets made by them.

(4) The information which may be required under subsection (3)(a) above may include the persons from whom the sums were received.

(5) The information which may be required under subsection (3)(b) above may include the purpose of the expenditure and the persons receiving any sums.

(6) The information which may be specified under subsection (3)(c) above may include the persons from whom the assets were acquired and the consideration furnished by the trustees.

(7) The information which may be included under subsection (3)(d) above may include the persons to whom assets were transferred and the consideration furnished by them.

(8) In a case where a sum has been deducted as mentioned in section 67(2)(a)above, or treated as mentioned in section 67(2)(b) above, the inspector shall send to the trustees to whom the payment was made a certificate stating—

(a) that a sum has been so deducted or so treated, and

(b) what sum has been so deducted or so treated.

(9) In the Table in section 98 of the M13 Taxes Management Act1970 (penalties for failure to comply with notices etc.) at the end of the first column there shall be inserted— “ Section 73 of the Finance Act 1989 ”.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C21 See Finance Act 1990 (c. 29) ss.31–40—.roll-over relief for disposal of assets to employeeshare ownership trusts

Marginal Citations

M13 1970 c. 9.

74 Interpretation. U.K.

Schedule 5 to this Act shall have effect to determine whether, for the purposes of sections 67 to 73 above, a trust is at a particular time—

(a) an employee share ownership trust;

(b) a qualifying employee share ownership trust.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C22 See Finance Act 1990 (c. 29) ss.31–40—.roll-over relief for disposal of assets to employeeshare ownership trusts

Pensions etc. U.K.

75 Retirement benefits schemes. U.K.

Schedule 6 to this Act (which relates to retirement benefits schemes)shall have effect.

76 Non-approved retirement benefits schemes. U.K.

(1) In computing the amount of the profits or gains to be charged under Case I or Case II of Schedule D, no sum shall be deducted in respect of any expenses falling within subsection (2) or (3) below; and no expenses falling within either of those subsections shall be treated for the purposes of section 75 of the Taxes Act 1988 (investment companies) as expenses of management.

(2) Expenses fall within this subsection if—

(a) they are expenses of providing benefits pursuant to a relevant retirement benefits scheme, and

(b) the benefits are not ones in respect of which a person is on receipt chargeable to income tax.

(3) Expenses fall within this subsection if—

(a) they are expenses of paying any sum pursuant to a relevant retirement benefits scheme with a view to the provision of any benefits, and

(b) the sum is not one which when paid is treated as the income of a person by virtue of section 595(1) of the Taxes Act 1988 (sum paid with a view to the provision of any relevant benefits for an employee).

(4) No sum shall be deducted in respect of any expenses falling within subsection (5) or (6) below—

(a) in computing the amount of the profits or gains to be charged under Case I or Case II of Schedule D, or

(b) by virtue of section 75 of the Taxes Act 1988,

unless the sum has actually been expended.

(5) Expenses fall within this subsection if—

(a) they are expenses of providing benefits pursuant to a relevant retirement benefits scheme, and

(b) the benefits are ones in respect of which a person is on receipt chargeable to income tax.

(6) Expenses fall within this subsection if—

(a) they are expenses of paying any sum pursuant to a relevant retirement benefits scheme with a view to the provision of any benefits, and

(b) the sum is one which when paid is treated as the income of a person by virtue of section 595(1) of the Taxes Act 1988.

(7) In this section—

• “retirement benefits scheme” has the same meaning as in Chapter I of Part XIV of the Taxes Act 1988, and

• references to a relevant retirement benefits scheme are references to a retirement benefits scheme which is not of a description mentioned in section596(1)(a), (b) or (c) of the Taxes Act 1988.

(8) This section has effect in relation to expenses incurred on or after the day on which this Act is passed.

77 Personal pension schemes. U.K.

Schedule 7 to this Act (which relates to personal pension schemes) shall have effect.

Unit trusts etc. U.K.

78, 79. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F51 U.K.

Textual Amendments

F51 Ss. 78, 79 repealed by Finance Act 1990 (c. 29, SIF 58), s.132, Sch. 19 Pt. IV Note

80 Gilt unit trusts. U.K.

(1) Where, in the case of a certified unit trust and apart from thissubsection, section 468(5) of the Taxes Act 1988 would apply as regards adistribution period beginning after 31st December 1989, section 468(5) shallnot apply in the case of the trust as regards that period.

(2) Where by virtue of subsection (1) above the last distribution period asregards which section 468(5) applies in the case of a certified unit trust isone beginning on or before, and ending after, 31st December 1989, thetrustees’ liability to income tax in respect of any source of incomechargeable under Case III of Schedule D shall be assessed as if they hadceased to possess the source of income on the last day of that distributionperiod.

(3) But where section 67 of the Taxes Act 1988 applies by virtue of subsection(2) above, it shall apply with the omission from subsection (1)(b) of thewords from “and shall” to “this provision”.

(4) For the purposes of this section “certified unit trust”means, as respects a distribution period, a unit trust scheme in the case ofwhich—

(a) an order under section 78 of the M14 Financial ServicesAct 1986 is in force during the whole or part of the accounting period inwhich the distribution period falls, and

(b) a certificate under section 78(8) of that Act, certifying that the scheme complies with the conditions necessary for it to enjoy the rights conferredby the UCITS directive, has been issued before or at any time during thataccounting period.

(5) In this section—

“distribution period” has the same meaning as in section 468 of the Taxes Act 1988,

“the UCITS directive” means the directive of the Council of the European Communities, dated 20th December 1985, on theco-ordination of laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating toundertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (No.85/611/EEC), and

“unit trust scheme” has the same meaning as in section 469 of theTaxes Act 1988.

Marginal Citations

M14 1986 c. 60.

81 Offshore funds operating equalisation arrangements. U.K.

(1) In section 758 of the Taxes Act 1988 (offshore funds operating equalisation arrangements) in subsection (6) (reference to section 78 of the M15 Capital Gains Tax Act 1979 not to include reference to it as applied by section 82) for the words “but not” there shall be substituted the words “and a reference to section 78”.

(2) This section shall apply where a conversion of securities occurs on or after 14th March 1989; and “conversion of securities” here has the same meaning as in section 82 of the Capital Gains Tax Act 1979.

Marginal Citations

M15 1979 c. 14.

Life assurance U.K.

82 Calculation of profits. U.K.

(1) Where the profits of an insurance company in respect of its life assurance business are, for the purposes of the Taxes Act 1988, computed in accordance with the provisions of that Act applicable to Case I of Schedule D, then, in calculating the profits for any period of account,—

(a) there shall be taken into account as an expense (so far as not so taken into account apart from this section) any amounts which [F52 are allocated to, and any amounts of [F53 tax or] foreign tax which are expended on behalf of, policy holders or annuitants in respect of the period]; and

(b) if, at the end of the period, the company has an unappropriated surplus on valuation, as shown in its return for the purposes of the M16 Insurance Companies Act 1982, then, subject to subsection (3) below, the closing liabilities of the period may include such amount, forming part of that surplus, as is required to meet the reasonable expectations of policyholders or annuitants with regard to bonuses or other additions to benefit of a discretionary nature.

(2) For the purposes of this section an amount is allocated to policy holders or annuitants if, and only if,—

(a) bonus payments are made to them; or

(b) reversionary bonuses are declared in their favour or a reduction is made in the premiums payable by them;

and the amount of the allocation is, in a case within paragraph (a)above, the amount of the payments and, in a case within paragraph (b) above, the amount of the liabilities assumed by the company in consequence of the declaration or reduction.

(3) The amount which, apart from this subsection, would be included in the closing liabilities of a period of account by virtue of subsection (1)(b)above shall be reduced or, as the case may be, extinguished by deducting there from the total of the amounts which—

(a) for periods of account ending before 14th March 1989 have been excluded, by virtue of section 433 of the Taxes Act 1988, as being reserved for policyholders or annuitants, and

(b) have not before that date either been allocated to or expended on behalf of policy holders or annuitants or been treated as profits of an accounting period on ceasing to be so reserved.

(4) Where the closing liabilities of a period of account include an amount by virtue of subsection (1)(b) above, the like amount shall be included in the opening liabilities of the next following period of account.

(5) This section has effect with respect to periods of account ending on or after 14th March 1989; and the following provisions of this section shall apply for the purposes of the application of this section to any such period which begins before that date (in this section referred to as a “straddling period”).

(6) For the purposes referred to in subsection (5) above, it shall be assumed that the straddling period consists of two separate periods of account,—

(a) the first beginning at the beginning of the straddling period and ending on 13th March 1989 (in this section referred to as “the first notional period”); and

(b) the second beginning on 14th March 1989 and ending at the end of the straddling period (in this section referred to as “the second notional period”);

and any reference in subsection (7) or subsection (8) below to a time apportionment is a reference to an apportionment made by reference to the respective lengths of the two notional periods.

(7) To determine the profits of the first notional period and the amount excluded from the profits of that period by virtue of section 433 of the Taxes Act 1988 as being reserved for policy holders or annuitants,—

(a) in the first instance the profits of the straddling period and the amount so excluded from those profits shall be computed as if subsections (1) to (4)above did not apply with respect to any part of the straddling period; and

(b) there shall then be determined that part of the profits and the amount computed under paragraph (a) above which, on a time apportionment, is properly attributable to the first notional period.

(8) To determine the profits of the second notional period,—

(a) in the first instance the profits of the straddling period shall be computed as if subsections (1) to (4) above applied to the whole of the straddling period; and

(b) there shall then be determined that part of the profits computed under paragraph (a) above which, on a time apportionment, is properly attributable to the second notional period.

Textual Amendments

F52 Finance Act 1990 (c. 29) s. 43(1)(3)—deemed always to have had effect. Previously

“, in respect of the period, are allocated to or expended on behalf of policy holders or annuitants”

F53 Words

“tax or”

omitted when s.82(1)(2)(4) and s. 83applied to profits chargeable under ScheduleD (see Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 (c. 1, SIF 63:1) s. 441)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C23 S. 82 modified (31.7.1992 with effect for accounting periods beginning on and after 1.1.1990) by S.I. 1992/1655, regs. 1,17

S. 82 modified (23.3.1999 with effect with respect to accounting periods of insurance companies ending on or after 1.7.1999) by S.I. 1999/498, regs. 1, 10

C24 S. 82 subs. (1)(2) and (4) and s. 83apply to profits chargeable under Schedule D (see Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 (c. 1, SIF 63:1), s. 441)

S. 82(1)(2)(4) applied (with modifications) (1.5.1995) by 1988 c. 1, s. 439B(3)(a) (as inserted (1.5.1995) by 1998 c. 36, s. 51, Sch. 8 Pt. I para. 27(1) (with Sch. 8 paras. 55(2), 57(1))

C25 See S.I. 1989/2417, reg. 5 (in PartIII Vol.5)for modification applicable to life or endowment businesscarried on by registered friendly societies (but S.I. 1989/2417 was revoked (31.7.1992) by S.I. 1992/1655, regs. 1, 22 and deemed never to have had effect).

Marginal Citations

M16 1982 c.50.

[F54 83 Receipts to be brought into account. U.K.

(1) The following provisions of this section have effect where the profits of an insurance company in respect of its life assurance business are, for the purposes of the Taxes Act 1988, computed in accordance with the provisions of that Act applicable to Case I of Schedule D.

(2) So far as referable to that business, the following items, as brought into account for a period of account (and not otherwise), shall be taken into account as receipts of the period—

(a) the company’s investment income from the assets of its long term business fund, and

(b) any increase in value (whether realised or not) of those assets.

If for any period of account there is a reduction in the value referred to in paragraph (b) above (as brought into account for the period), that reduction shall be taken into account as an expense of that period.

(3) In ascertaining whether or to what extent a company has incurred a loss in respect of that business any amount transferred into the company’s long term business fund from other assets of the company, or otherwise added to that fund, shall be taken into account, in the period in which it is brought into account, as an increase in value of the assets of that fund within subsection (2)(b) above.

This subsection does not apply where, or to the extent that, the amount concerned—

(a)

would fall to be taken into account as a receipt apart from this section,

(b)

is otherwise taken into account under subsection (2) above, or

(c)

is specifically exempted from tax.]

Textual Amendments

F54 Ss. 83, 83A substituted for s. 83 (1.5.1995) by 1995 c. 4, s. 51, Sch. 8 Pt. I para. 16(1) (with Sch. 8 paras. 55(2), 57(1))

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C26 S. 83 applied (1.5.1995) by 1988 c. 1, s. 439B(3)(a) (as inserted (1.5.1995) by 1995 c. 4, s. 51, Sch. 8 Pt. I para. 27(1) (with Sch. 8 paras. 55(2), 57(1)))

S. 83 modified (retrospective to 1.1.1995) by S.I. 1997/473, regs. 1(2), 33, 34

C27 S. 83(2) applied (1.5.1995) by 1998 c. 1, s. 432E(1) (as amended (1.5.1995) by 1995 c. 4, s. 51, Sch. 8 Pt. I para. 16(3) (with ss. 55(2), 57(1)))

[F55 83A Meaning of “brought into account”. U.K.

(1) In section 83 “brought into account” means brought into account in an account which is recognised for the purposes of that section.

(2) Subject to the following provisions of this section and to any regulations made by the Treasury, the accounts recognised for the purposes of that section are—

(a) a revenue account prepared for the purposes of the Insurance Companies Act 1982 in respect of the whole of the company’s long term business;

(b) any separate revenue account required to be prepared under that Act in respect of a part of that business.

Paragraph (b) above does not include accounts required in respect of internal linked funds.

(3) Where there are prepared any such separate accounts as are mentioned in subsection (2)(b) above, reference shall be made to those accounts rather than to the account for the whole of the business.

(4) If in any such case the total of the items brought into account in the separate accounts is not equal to the total amount brought into account in the account prepared for the whole business, there shall be treated as having been required and prepared a further separate revenue account covering the balance.

(5) Where a company carries on both ordinary long term business and industrial assurance business, the references above to the company’s long term business shall be construed as references to either or both of those businesses, as the case may require.]

Textual Amendments

F55 SS. 83, 83A substituted for s. 83 (1.5.1995) by 1995 c. 4, s. 51, Sch. 8 Pt. I para. 16(1) (with Sch. 8 paras. 55(2), 57(1))

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C28 S. 83A modified (retrospective to 1.1.1995) by S.I. 1997/473, regs. 1(2), 36, 37

Yn ddilys o 29/04/1996

[F56 83AA Amounts added to long term business fund of a company in excess of that company’s loss. U.K.

(1) If one or more relevant amounts are brought into account for a period of account of a company and either—

(a) the aggregate of those amounts exceeds the loss which, after the making of any reduction under subsection (6) below but before any application of section 83(3) above in relation to that period, would have arisen to the company in that period in respect of its life assurance business, or

(b) no such loss would have so arisen,

the surplus for that period shall be applied in accordance with the following provisions of this section and section 83AB below.

(2) In this section—

• “relevant amount” means so much of any amount which is added to the long term business fund of a company as mentioned in subsection (3) of section 83 above as does not fall within any of the paragraphs of subsection (4) of that section;

  “surplus”, in relation to a period of account of a company, means (subject to section 83AB(2) below)—

(a) if the aggregate of the relevant amounts brought into account for that period exceeds the amount of any loss which, after the making of any reduction under subsection (6) below but before any application of section 83(3) above in relation to that period, would have arisen to the company in that period in respect of its life assurance business, the amount of the excess; or

(b) if no such loss would have so arisen, the aggregate of the relevant amounts brought into account for that period.

(3) Where, apart from section 83AB(2) below, there is a surplus for a period of account of a company for which there are brought into account one or more relevant amounts which were added to the company’s long term business fund as part of, or in connection with, a particular transfer of business, the appropriate portion of the surplus for that period shall be treated as reducing (but not below nil) so much of any loss arising to the transferor company in the relevant accounting period as, on a just and reasonable apportionment of the loss, is referable to the business which is the subject of that particular transfer.

(4) For the purposes of subsection (3) above, the appropriate portion of the surplus for a period of account of a company is, in the case of any particular transfer of business, the amount which bears to that surplus (apart from any additions by virtue of section 83AB(2) below) the proportion which A bears to B, where—

• A is the aggregate of such of the relevant amounts added to the company’s long term business fund as part of, or in connection with, that particular transfer of business as are brought into account for that period, and

• B is the aggregate of the relevant amounts brought into account for that period.

(5) Any reduction pursuant to subsection (3) above of the loss arising to the transferor company in the relevant accounting period shall be made after—

(a) the making of any reduction under subsection (6) below, and

(b) any application of section 83(3) above,

in relation to the period of account of that company in which falls the date of the particular transfer of business in question.

(6) Any loss arising to a company in respect of its life assurance business in a period of account subsequent to one for which there is a surplus shall be reduced (but not below nil) by so much of that surplus as cannot be applied—

(a) under subsection (3) above;

(b) under this subsection, in the reduction of a loss arising to the company in an earlier period of account; or

(c) under section 83AB below, in relation to a transfer of business from the company in that or any earlier period of account.

(7) Any reduction pursuant to subsection (6) above of a loss arising to a company in a period of account shall be made—

(a) before any application of section 83(3) above in relation to that period, and

(b) if the company is also the transferor company in relation to a particular transfer of business, before the making of any reduction under subsection (3) above in relation to that one of its accounting periods which is the relevant accounting period in relation to that transfer.

(8) A surplus in respect of an earlier period of account shall be applied under subsection (6) above before a surplus in respect of a later period of account.

(9) All such adjustments to the liability to tax of any person shall be made, whether by assessment or otherwise, as may be required to give effect to this section.

(10) In this section—

• “add” has the same meaning as in section 83 above;

  “the relevant accounting period” means the accounting period of the transferor company which—

(a) ends on the date of the transfer of business mentioned in subsection (3) above, or

(b) if that transfer of business falls within section 83(6)(c) above and no accounting period of the transferor company ends on that date, ends next after that date;

“transfer of business” has the same meaning as in section 83(3) above;

“the transferor company” means the company from which the transfer of business mentioned in subsection (3) above is effected.

(11) A transfer of business falling within section 83(6)(c) above shall be treated for the purposes of this section as a transfer of business from the company which is the reinsured under the contract of reinsurance.]

Textual Amendments

F56 Ss. 83AA, 83AB inserted (29.4.1996 with effect as mentioned in Sch. 31 paras. 9(1), 10(2) of the amending Act) by 1996 c. 8, s. 163, Sch. 31 para. 5

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C29 S. 83AA modified (29.4.1996) by 1996 c. 8, s. 163, Sch. 31 para. 9(1)

C30 S. 83AA restricted (29.4.1996) by 1996 c. 8, s. 163, Sch. 31 para. 9(3)

Yn ddilys o 29/04/1996

[F57 83AB Treatment of surplus where there is a subsequent transfer of business from the company etc. U.K.

(1) If an amount is added to the long term business fund of a company as part of or in connection with a transfer of business to the company, or a demutualisation of the company not involving a transfer of business, and—

(a) there is a surplus for the period of account of the company for which that amount is brought into account,

(b) at any time after the transfer of business or demutualisation, there is a transfer of business from the company (the “subsequent transfer”), and

(c) at the end of the relevant period of account there remains at least some of the surplus mentioned in paragraph (a) above which cannot be applied—

(i) under subsection (3) of section 83AA above,

(ii) under subsection (6) of that section, in the reduction of a loss arising to the company in an earlier period of account, or

(iii) under this section, in relation to an earlier subsequent transfer,

so much of the surplus falling within paragraph (c) above as, on a just and reasonable apportionment, is referable to business which is the subject of the subsequent transfer shall be applied under this section.

(2) An amount of surplus which is to be applied under this section shall be so applied by being treated as an amount of surplus (additional to any other amounts of surplus) for the period of account of the transferee company which last precedes the period of account of that company in which the subsequent transfer is effected, whether or not there is in fact any such preceding period of account.

(3) If, in a case where an amount is treated under subsection (2) above as an amount of surplus for a period of account of a company, the period is not one for which there is brought into account an amount added to the company’s long term business fund in connection with the subsequent transfer, subsection (1) above shall have effect in relation to any transfer of business from the company subsequent to that transfer as if an amount had been so added and had been brought into account for that period.

(4) Any question as to what is a just and reasonable apportionment in any case for the purposes of subsection (1) above shall be determined by the Special Commissioners who shall determine the question in the same manner as they determine appeals; but any person affected by the apportionment shall be entitled to appear and be heard or make representations in writing.

(5) A surplus in respect of an earlier period of account shall be applied under this section before a surplus in respect of a later period of account.

(6) All such adjustments to the liability to tax of any person shall be made, whether by assessment or otherwise, as may be required to give effect to this section.

(7) In this section—

• “add” has the same meaning as in section 83 above;

  “demutualisation” has the same meaning as in section 83 above;

  “the relevant period of account” means the period of account of the company from which the subsequent transfer is effected which consists of or includes the accounting period of that company which—

(a) ends with the day on which the subsequent transfer is effected; or

(b) if the subsequent transfer is a transfer of business falling within section 83(6)(c) above and no accounting period of the company ends on that day, ends next after that day;

• “surplus” has the same meaning as in section 83AA above;

• “transfer of business” has the same meaning as in section 83(3) above;

• “transferee company” means the company to which the subsequent transfer of business is effected.

(8) Where it is necessary for any purpose of this section to identify the time at which a demutualisation of a company takes place, that time shall be taken to be the time when the company first issues shares.

(9) A transfer of business falling within section 83(6)(c) above shall be treated for the purposes of this section as a transfer of business from the company which is the reinsured under the contract of reinsurance to the company which is the reinsurer under that contract.]

Textual Amendments

F57 SS. 83AA, 83AB inserted (29.4.1996 with effect as mentioned in Sch. 31 paras. 9(1), 10(2) of the amending Act) by 1996 c. 8, s. 163, Sch. 31 para. 5

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C31 S. 83AB modified (29.4.1996) by 1996 c. 8, s. 163, Sch. 31 para. 9(1)

84 Interpretation of sections 85 to 89 and further provisions about insurance companies. U.K.

[F58 (1) In sections 85 to 89 below “basic life assurance and general annuity business” has the same meaning as in Chapter I of Part XII of the Taxes Act 1988.]

(2) Any reference in the sections referred to in subsection (1) above or the following provisions of this section to a straddling period is a reference to an accounting period which begins before 1st January 1990 and ends on or after that date.

(3) For the purposes of the sections referred to in subsection (1) above and for the purposes of subsection (5)(b) below it shall be assumed that a straddling period consists of two separate accounting periods—

(a) the first beginning at the beginning of the straddling period and ending on 31st December 1989; and

(b) the second beginning on 1st January 1990 and ending at the end of the straddling period;

and in those sections and subsection (5)(b) below the first of those two notional accounting periods is referred to as “the 1989 component period” and the second is referred to as “the 1990 component period”.

(4) Chapter I of Part XII of the Taxes Act 1988 (insurance companies) shall have effect subject to the amendments in Schedule 8 to this Act, being—

(a) amendments relating to franked investment income, loss relief and group relief; and

(b) amendments consequential on or supplemental to sections 82 and 83 above and sections 85 to 89 below.

(5) Subject to subsection (6) below, in Schedule 8 to this Act,—

(a) paragraphs 2 and 6 shall be deemed to have come into force on 14th March1989; and

(b) the remainder shall have effect with respect to accounting periods beginning on or after 1st January 1990 (including the 1990 component period).

(6) Nothing in subsection (5) above affects the operation, by virtue of any provision of sections 82 and 83 above and sections 85 to 89 below, of any enactment repealed or amended by Schedule 8 to this Act and, so long as the provisions of that Schedule do not have effect in relation to sections 434 and435 of the Taxes Act 1988, nothing in subsection (5)(a) above affects the continuing operation of section 433 of that Act for the purpose only of determining the fraction of the profits referred to in subsection (6) of section 434 and subsection (1)(b) of section 435.

Textual Amendments

F58 S. 84(1) substituted(for accounting periods beginning on or after 01.01.1992) by Finance Act 1991 (c. 31, SIF 63:1), s. 48, Sch. 7 paras.11, 18

85 Charge of certain receipts of basic life assurance business. U.K.

(1) Subject to subsection (2) below, where the profits of an insurance company in respect of its life assurance business are not charged under Case I of Schedule D, there shall be chargeable under Case VI of that Schedule any receipts referable to the company’s [F59 basic life assurance and general annuity business]—

(a) which, if those profits were charged under Case I of Schedule D, would betaken into account in computing those profits; and

(b) which would not be within the charge to tax (except under Case I of Schedule D) apart from this section;

and for the purposes of paragraph (a) above, the provisions of section 83 above as to the manner in which any item is to be taken into account shall be disregarded.

(2) The receipts referred to in subsection (1) above do not include—

(a) any premium; or

(b) any sum received by virtue of a claim under an insurance contract(including a re-insurance contract); or

(c) any repayment or refund (in whole or in part) of a sum disbursed by the company as acquisition expenses falling within paragraphs (a) to (c) of subsection (1) of section 86 below; or

[F60 (ca) any reinsurance commission; or]

(d) any sum which is taken into account under section 76(1)(a) of the Taxes Act 1988 as a deduction from the amount treated as expenses of management of the company; or

(e) any sum which is not within the charge to tax (except under Case I of Schedule D) because of an exemption from tax.

(3) This section has effect with respect to the receipts of accounting periods beginning on or after 1st January 1990 (including the 1990 component period).

Textual Amendments

F59 Words in s. 85(1) substituted(for accounting periods beginning on or after 01.01.1992) by Finance Act 1991 (c. 31, SIF 63:1), s. 48, Sch. 7 paras.12, 18.

F60 Finance Act 1990 (c. 29), s. 44(1)(4)—deemedalways to have had effect

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C32 S. 85(1) modified (retrospective to 1.1.1995) by S.I. 1997/473, regs. 1(2), 38

86 Spreading of relief for acquisition expenses. U.K.

(1) For the purposes of this section, the acquisition expenses for any period of an insurance company carrying on life assurance business are such of the following expenses of management as are for that period attributable to the company’s [F61 basic life assurance and general annuity business],—

(a) commissions (however described), other than commissions in respect ofindustrial life assurance business carried on by the company,

(b) any other expenses of management which are disbursed solely for the purpose of the acquisition of business, and

(c) so much of any other expenses of management which are disbursed partly for the purpose of the acquisition of business and partly for other purposes as are properly attributable to the acquisition of business,

less any such repayments or refunds falling within section 76(1)(c) ofthe Taxes Act 1988 as are received in the period [F62 and less any reinsurance commission falling withinsection 76(1)(ca) of that Act].

(2) The exclusion from paragraph (a) of subsection (1) above of commissionsin respect of industrial life assurance business shall not prevent such commissions constituting expenses of management for the purposes of paragraph(b) or paragraph (c) of that subsection.

(3) Nothing in subsections (1) and (2) above applies to commissions (however described) in respect of insurances made before 14th March 1989, but without prejudice to the application of those subsections to any commission attributable to a variation on or after that date in a policy issued in respect of an insurance made before that date; and, for this purpose, the exercise of any rights conferred by a policy shall be regarded as a variation of it.

[F63 (3A) Nothing in subsection (1), (2) or (3) above applies to commissions (however described) in respect of annuity contracts made in accounting periods beginning before 1st January 1992, but without prejudice to the application of subsections (1) and (2) above to any commission attributable to a variation, in an accounting period beginning on or after that date, of an annuity contract so made; and for this purpose the exercise of any rights conferred by an annuity contract shall be regarded as a variation of it.]

(4) In subsection (1) above “the acquisition of business” includes

[F64 (a)] the securing on or after 14th March 1989 of the payment of increasedor additional premiums in respect of a policy of insurance issued in respect of an insurance already made (whether before, on or after that date) [F65 and

(b) the securing, in an accounting period beginning on or after 1st January 1992, of the payment of increased or additional consideration in respect of an annuity contract already made (whether in an accounting period beginning before, or on or after, that date)].

(5) In relation to any period, the expenses of management attributable to a company’s [F61 basic life assurance and general annuity business] are expenses—

(a) which are disbursed for that period (disregarding any treated as so disbursed by section 75(3) of the Taxes Act 1988); and

(b) which, disregarding subsection (6) below, are deductible as expenses of management in accordance with sections 75 and 76 of the Taxes Act 1988.

[F66 (5A) References in this section to expenses of management do not include any amounts treated as additional expenses of management by virtue of section 434D(6)(a) of the Taxes Act 1988 (capital allowances in respect of expenditure on management assets).]

(6) Notwithstanding anything in sections 75 and 76 of the Taxes Act 1988 but subject to subsection (7) below, only one-seventh of the acquisition expenses for any accounting period (in this section referred to as “the base period”) shall be treated as deductible under those sections for the base period, and in subsections (8) and (9) below any reference to the full amount of the acquisition expenses for the base period is a reference to the amount of those expenses which would be deductible for that period apart from this subsection.

(7) In the case of the acquisition expenses for an accounting period or part of an accounting period falling wholly within 1990, subsection (6) above shall have effect as if for “one-seventh” there were substituted “five-sevenths”; and, in the case of the acquisition expenses for an accounting period or part of an accounting period falling wholly within 1991,1992 or 1993, the corresponding substitution shall be “four-sevenths”, “three-sevenths” or “two-sevenths” respectively.

(8) Where, by virtue of subsection (6) (and, where appropriate, subsection(7)) above, only a fraction of the full amount of the acquisition expenses for the base period is deductible under sections 75 and 76 of the Taxes Act 1988 for that period, then, subject to subsection (9) below, a further one-seventh of the full amount shall be so deductible for each succeeding accounting period after the base period until the whole of the full amount has become so deductible, except that, for any accounting period of less than a year, the fraction of one-seventh shall be proportionately reduced.

(9) For any accounting period for which the fraction of the full amount of the acquisition expenses for the base period which would otherwise be deductible in accordance with subsection (8) above exceeds the balance of those expenses which has not become deductible for earlier accounting periods, only that balance shall be deductible.

(10) This section has effect for accounting periods beginning on or after 1stJanuary 1990 (including the 1990 component period).

Textual Amendments

F61 Words in s. 86(1) and (5) substituted(for accounting periods beginning on or after 01.01.1992) by Finance Act 1991 (c. 31, SIF 63:1), s. 48, Sch. 7 paras. 13(1), 18.

F62 Finance Act 1990 (c. 29), s. 44(2)(4)(5)—deemed always to have had effect but not to apply to commissions in respect ofreinsurance liabilites in respect of insurances made before 14 March 1989: the amendment may apply to any reinsurance commission attributable to any variation, or exercise of rights, made on or after 14 March 1989

F63 S. 86(3A) inserted(for accounting periods beginning on or after 01.01.1992) by Finance Act 1991 (c. 31, SIF 63:1), s. 48, Sch. 7 paras. 13(2), 18.

F64 S. 86(4)"(a)" inserted(for accounting periods beginning on or after 01.01.1992) by Finance Act 1991 (c. 31, SIF 63:1), s. 48, Sch. 7 paras. 13(3), 18.

F65 S. 86(4)(b) and word preceding it inserted(for accounting periods beginning on or after 01.01.1992) by Finance Act 1991 (c. 31, SIF 63:1), s. 48, Sch. 7 paras. 13(3), 18.

F66 S. 86(5A) inserted (1.5.1995) by 1995 c. 4, s. 51, Sch. 8 Pt. I para. 23(3) (with Sch. 8 paras. 55(2), 57(1))

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C33 S. 86 modified (retrospective to 1.1.1995) by S.I. 1997/473, regs. 1(2), 39

87 Management expenses. U.K.

(1) Section 76 of the Taxes Act 1988 shall be amended in accordance with subsections (2) and (3) below.

(2) In subsection (1), after paragraph (b) there shall be inserted “and

(c) there shall be deducted from the amount treated as the expenses of management for any accounting period any repayment or refund (in whole or in part) of a sum disbursed by the company (for that or any earlier period) as acquisition expenses; and

(d) the amount treated as expenses of management shall not include any amount in respect of expenses referable to general annuity business or pension business; and

(e) the amount of profits from which expenses of management may be deducted for any accounting period shall not exceed the net income and gains of that accounting period referable to basic life assurance business;

and for this purpose “net income and gains” means income and gains after deducting any reliefs or exemptions which fall to be applied before taking account of this section. ”

F67 (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(4) In consequence of the amendment made by subsection (2) above, section 436(3)(b) of the Taxes Act 1988 (no deduction of expenses of management in certain cases) shall cease to have effect.

(5) This section has effect with respect to accounting periods beginning on or after 1st January 1990; and, in relation to a straddling period, sections75, 76 and 436 of the Taxes Act 1988—

(a) shall have effect in relation to the 1989 component period without regard to the amendments made by subsections (2) to (4) above; and

(b) shall have effect in relation to the 1990 component period as amended by those subsections.

(6) If, for the 1989 component period, there is an amount of expenses of management available to be carried forward to the 1990 component period under section 75(3)(a) of the Taxes Act 1988 (as applied by section 76thereof),—

(a) that amount shall form a pool to which the following provisions of this section shall apply and to which section 75(3)(b) of that Act (in this subsection referred to as “the carry-forward provision”)shall apply only to the extent specified in paragraph (c) below;

(b) if, for the 1990 component period or any subsequent accounting period, the amount which (disregarding the pool) may be deducted in respect of expenses of management is less than the amount of the profits from which, disregarding section 76(1)(e) of that Act (as set out in subsection (2) above), the expenses of management are deductible, paragraph (c) below shall apply for that period; and in that paragraph the difference between the amount which maybe so deducted and that amount of profits is referred to as “the potential deficiency” for the period;

(c) where this paragraph applies for an accounting period (including the 1990 component period) the carry-forward provision shall be taken to have had effect to carry forward to the accounting period (as if disbursed as expenses for that period) so much of the pool as does not exceed the potential deficiency for the period and is permitted under section 76(2) of the Taxes Act 1988; and the amount of the pool shall be reduced accordingly.

(7) In the case of a company which has an accounting period beginning on 1stJanuary 1990, subsection (6) above shall apply as if—

(a) any reference therein to the 1989 component period were a reference to the accounting period ending on 31st December 1989; and

(b) any reference therein to the 1990 component period were a reference to the accounting period beginning on 1st January 1990.

Textual Amendments

F67 S. 87(3) repealed by Finance Act 1991 (c. 31, SIF 63:1), s. 123, Sch. 19 Pt.V.

88 Corporation tax: policy holders’ fraction of profits. U.K.

(1) Subject to subsection (2) below, in the case of a company carrying on life assurance business, the rate of corporation tax chargeable for any financial year on

[F68 (a) the policy holders’ share of the relevant profits for any accounting period, or

(b) where the business is mutual business, the whole of those profits,

shall] be deemed to be the rate at which income tax at the basic rate is charged for the year of assessment which begins on 6th April in the financial year concerned.

(2) Subsection (1) above does not apply in relation to profits charged under Case I of Schedule D.

[F69 (3) For the purposes of subsection (1) above, the relevant profits of a company for an accounting period are the income and gains of the company’s life assurance business reduced by the aggregate amount of—

(a) expenses of management falling to be deducted under section 76 of the Taxes Act 1988, and

(b) charges on income,

so far as referable to the company’s life assurance business.]

(4) In determining for the purposes of section 13 of the Taxes Act 1988 (small companies’ relief) the profits and basic profits (within the meaning of that section) of an accounting period of a company carrying on life assurance business, the policy holders’ [F70 share] of the company’s relevant profits for that period [F71 , or where the business is mutual business the whole of those profits,] shall be left out of account.

(5) This section has effect with respect to the profits of a company for accounting periods beginning on or after 1st January 1990 (including the 1990 component period); and, for this purpose, the profits of the 1990 component period shall be taken to be that portion of the profits of the straddling period which the length of the 1990 component period bears to the length of the straddling period.

Textual Amendments

F68 Finance Act 1990 (c. 29), s. 45(1)(10)—deemedalways to have had effect. Previously

“the policy holders' fractionof its relevant profits for any accounting period shall”

F69 S. 88(3) substituted (1.5.1995) by 1995 c. 4, s. 51, Sch. 8 Pt. I para. 21(2) (with Sch. 8 paras. 55(2), 57(1))

F70 Finance Act 1990 (c. 29), s. 45(2)(10)—deemedalways to have had effect. Previously

“fraction”

F71 Finance Act 1990 (c. 29), s. 45(2)(10)—deemedalways to have had effect

Yn ddilys o 29/04/1996

[F72 88A Lower corporation tax rate on certain insurance company profits. U.K.

(1) Subject to subsection (2) below, in the case of a company carrying on basic life assurance and general annuity business, the rate of corporation tax chargeable for any financial year on so much of the company’s BLAGAB profits for any accounting period as represents the company’s lower rate income for the period shall be deemed to be the rate at which income tax at the lower rate is charged for the year of assessment which begins on 6th April in the financial year concerned.

(2) Subsection (1) above does not apply in relation to profits charged under Case I of Schedule D.

(3) In this section, references to a company’s lower rate income for any accounting period are references to so much of the income and gains of its basic life assurance and general annuity business for the period as consists in income of any of the following descriptions—

(a) income falling within paragraph (a) of Case III of Schedule D, as that Case applies for the purposes of corporation tax;

(b) purchased life annuities to which section 656 of the Taxes Act 1988 applies or to which that section would apply but for section 657(2)(a) of that Act;

(c) any such dividends or other distributions of a company not resident in the United Kingdom as would be chargeable under Schedule F if the company were resident in the United Kingdom;

(d) so much of—

(i) any dividend distribution (within the meaning of section 468J of the Taxes Act 1988), or

(ii) any foreign income distribution (within the meaning of section 468K of that Act),

as is deemed by subsection (2) of section 468Q of that Act (or by that subsection as applied by section 468R(2) of that Act) to be an annual payment.

(4) Where for any period—

(a) an insurance company’s basic life assurance and general annuity business is mutual business,

(b) the policy holders’ share of the company’s relevant profits is equal to all those profits, or

(c) the policy holders’ share of the company’s relevant profits is more than the company’s BLAGAB profits,

the amount to be taken for the purposes of this section as the amount of the company’s BLAGAB profits for that period representing its lower rate income for that period shall be the amount equal to the applicable proportion of its BLAGAB profits.

(5) Where subsection (4) above does not apply in the case of an insurance company for any period, the amount to be taken for the purposes of this section as the amount of the company’s BLAGAB profits for the period representing its lower rate income for that period shall be the amount produced by multiplying the following, that is to say—

(a) the applicable proportion of those profits; and

(b) the fraction given by dividing the policy holders’ share of the relevant profits of the company for the period by its BLAGAB profits for that period.

(6) For the purposes of this section the applicable proportion of a company’s BLAGAB profits for any period is the amount which bears the same proportion to those profits as the aggregate amount of the company’s lower rate income for that period bears to the total income and gains for that period of the company’s basic life assurance and general annuity business.

(7) For the purposes of this section, the BLAGAB profits of a company for an accounting period are the income and gains of the company’s basic life assurance and general annuity business reduced by the aggregate amount of—

(a) any non-trading deficit on the company’s loan relationships,

(b) expenses of management falling to be deducted under section 76 of the Taxes Act 1988, and

(c) charges on income,

so far as referable to the company’s basic life assurance and general annuity business.

(8) Section 88(3) above applies for the purposes of this section as it applies for the purposes of section 88(1) above.]

Textual Amendments

F72 S. 88A inserted (29.4.1996 with effect for the financial year 1996 and subsequent financial years) by 1996 c. 8, s. 73, Sch. 6 paras. 26(2)(4)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C34 S. 88A modified (retrospective to 1.1.1996) by S.I. 1997/473, regs. 1(2), 40

[F73 89 Policy holders’ share of profits. U.K.

(1) The references in section 88 above to the policy holders’ share of therelevant profits for an accounting period of a company carrying on lifeassurance business are references to the amount arrived at by deducting fromthose profits the Case I profits of the company for the period in respect ofthe business, reduced in accordance with subsection (2) below.

(2) For the purposes of subsection (1) above, the Case I profits for a period shall be reduced by—

(a) the amount, so far as unrelieved, of any franked investment income arisingin the period as respects which the company has made an election under section438(6) of the Taxes Act 1988, and

(b) the shareholders’ share of any other unrelieved franked investment incomearising in the period from investments held in connection with the business [F74 , and

(c) the shareholders’ share of any foreign income dividends arising to the company in the period in respect of investments held in connection with the business.]

[F75 (2A) For the purposes of subsection (2) above—

(a) “foreign income dividends” shall be construed in accordance with Chapter VA of Part VI;

(b) the shareholders’ share of any foreign income dividends is so much of the income they represent as is the shareholders’ share.]

(3) For the purposes of those section “the shareholders’ share” in relation to any income is so much of the income as is represented by the fraction

where—

• A is an amount equal to the Case I profits of the company for the period in question in respect of its life assurance business, and

• B is an amount equal to the excess of the company’s relevant non-premium income and relevant gains over its relevant expenses and relevant interest for the period.

(4) Where there is no such excess as is mentioned in subsection (3) above, or where the Case I profits are greater than any excess, the whole of the income shall be the shareholders’ share; and (subject to that) where there are no Case I profits, none of the income shall be the shareholders’ share.

(5) In subsection (3) above the references to the relevant non-premium income, relevant gains, relevant expenses and relevant interest of a company for an accounting period are references respectively to the following items asbrought into account for the period, so far as referable to the company’s life assurance business,—

(a) the company’s investment income from the assets of its long-term businessfund together with its other income, apart from premiums;

(b) any increase in the value (whether realised or not) of those assets;

(c) expenses payable by the company;

(d) interest payable by the company;

and if for any period there is a reduction in the value referred to in paragraph (b) above (as brought into account for the period), that reduction shall be taken into account as an expense of the period.

(6) Except in so far as regulations made by the Treasury otherwise provide, in this section “brought into account” means brought into account in the revenue account prepared for the purposes of the Insurance Comanies Act 1982; and where the company’s period of account does not coincide with the accounting period, any reference to an amount brought into account for the accounting period is a reference to the corresponding amount brought into account for the period of account in which the accounting period is comprised, proportionately reduced to reflect the length of the accounting period as compared with the length of the period of account.

(7) In this section “Case I profits” means profits computedin accordance with the provisions of the Taxes Act 1988 applicable to Case Iof Schedule D.

(8) For the purposes of this section franked investment income is unrelievedif—

(a) it has not been excluded from charge to tax by virtue of any provision,

(b) no tax credit comprised in it has been paid, and

(c) no relief has been allowed agaist it by deduction of set-off].

Textual Amendments

F73 S. 89 substituted retrospectively by Finance Act 1990 (c. 29) {s. 45(3)}

F74 S. 89(2)(c) and word

“and”

immediately preceding it inserted (3.5.1994) by 1994 c. 9, s. 138, Sch. 16 Pt. III para. 9(2)

F75 S. 89(2A) inserted (3.5.1994) by 1994 c. 9, s. 138, Sch. 16 Pt. III para. 9(3)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C35 S. 89 amended (27.7.1993 with application as mentioned in s. 78(11) of the amending Act) by 1993 c. 34, s. 78(6)(11)

C36 S. 89(8) amended (27.7.1993) by 1993 c. 34, s. 78(7)

[F76 89A Modification of sections 83 and 89 in relation to overseas life insurance companies. U.K.

Schedule 8A to this Act (which makes modifications of sections 83 and 89 in relation to overseas life insurance companies) shall have effect.]

Textual Amendments

F76 S. 89A inserted (27.7.1993) by 1993 c. 34, s. 101(1)

90 Life policies etc. held by companies. U.K.

Schedule 9 to this Act (which imposes tax on certain benefits relating to life policies, life annuities and capital redemption policies held by companies, and makes related provision) shall have effect.

Underwriters U.K.

91 Premiums trust funds: stock lending. U.K.

(1) In section 725 of the Taxes Act 1988 (Lloyd’s underwriters) the following subsections shall be inserted after subsection (9)—

“(10) Subsection (11) below applies where the following state of affairs exists at the beginning of 1st January of any year or the end of 31st December of any year—

(a) securities have been transferred by the trustees of a premiums trust fund in pursuance of an arrangement mentioned in section 129(1) or (2),

(b) the transfer was made to enable another person to fulfil a contract or to make a transfer,

(c) securities have not been transferred in return, and

(d) section 129(3) applies to the transfer made by the trustees.

(11) The securities transferred by the trustees shall be treated for the purposes of subsections (1) to (6) above as if they formed part of the premiums trust fund at the beginning of 1st January concerned or the end of 31st December concerned (as the case may be).”

F77 (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(3) This section applies where the transfer by the trustees of a premiums trust fund is made after the date specified as mentioned in section 129(6) of the Taxes Act 1988.

Textual Amendments

F77 s. 91(2) repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch.12 (with ss. 201(3), Sch. 11 paras. 22, 26(2), 27)

92 Regulations about underwriters etc. U.K.

(1) In section 451(1A) of the Taxes Act 1988 (regulations about underwriters)for the words from “with respect to” to the end there shall be substituted the words “with respect to any year or years of assessment; and the year (or any of the years) may be the one in which the regulations are made or any year falling before or after that year.”

(2) The following subsection shall be inserted after section 451(1A) of that Act—

“(1B) But the regulations may not make provision with respect to any year of assessment which precedes the next but one preceding the year of assessment in which the regulations are made.”

F78 (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

F79 (4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

F79 (5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

F79 (6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

F79 (7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Textual Amendments

F78 S. 92(3) repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch. 12 (with ss. 201(3), Sch. 11 paras. 22, 26(2), 27)

F79 S. 92(4)-(7) repealed (27.7.1993 with effect for the year 1992-93 and subsequent years of assessment) by 1993 c. 34, s. 213, Sch. 23 Pt. III(12) Note 5

Securities U.K.

93 Deep discount securities: amendments. U.K.

Schedule 10 to this Act (which amends Schedule 4 to the Taxes Act 1988) shall have effect.

94 Deep gain securities. U.K.

Schedule 11 to this Act (which contains provisions about securities capable of yielding a deep gain) shall have effect.

95 Treasury securities issued at a discount. U.K.

(1) Section 126 of the Taxes Act 1988 (tax not to be charged on certain securities in respect of discount under Case III of Schedule D) shall be amended as mentioned in subsections (2) and (3) below.

(2) In subsection (2) (the securities affected) for the words “except Treasury bills” there shall be substituted the words “except—

(a) Treasury bills,

(b) relevant deep discount securities, and

(c) deep gain securities.”

(3) The following subsection shall be inserted after subsection (2)—

“(3) For the purposes of subsection (2) above—

(a) a relevant deep discount security is a security falling within paragraph1(1)(dd) of Schedule 4 to this Act, and

(b) a deep gain security is a security which is a deep gain security for the purposes of Schedule 11 to the Finance Act 1989.”

(4) The preceding provisions of this section shall apply—

(a) in the case of a deep discount security, where there is a disposal (within the meaning of Schedule 4 to the Taxes Act 1988) on or after 14th March 1989;

(b) in the case of a deep gain security, where there is a transfer within the meaning of Schedule 11 to this Act, or a redemption, on or after 14th March1989.

(5) Subsection (7) below applies where—

(a) by virtue of paragraph 19(2) of Schedule 4 to the Taxes Act 1988, a security falls to be treated as a deep discount security as there mentioned, and

(b) after the time mentioned in paragraph 19(1)(d) of that Schedule there is a disposal (within the meaning of that Schedule) of the security.

(6) Subsection (7) below also applies where—

(a) by virtue of paragraph 20(2) of Schedule 11 to this Act, a security falls to be treated as a deep gain security as there mentioned, and

(b) after the time mentioned in paragraph 20(1)(d) of that Schedule there is a transfer (within the meaning of that Schedule) or a redemption of the security.

(7) In a case where this subsection applies, section 126 of the Taxes Act 1988 shall not apply in the case of the disposal, transfer or redemption (as the case may be).

96 Securities: miscellaneous. U.K.

(1) In section 452(8) of the Taxes Act 1988 (special reserve funds) for the words from “In paragraph (a) above” to the end there shall be substituted— “In paragraph (a) above “income” includes—

(a) annual profits or gains chargeable to tax by virtue of section 714(2) or716(3),

(b) amounts treated as income chargeable to tax by virtue of paragraph 4 of Schedule 4, and

(c) amounts treated as income chargeable to tax by virtue of paragraph 5 of Schedule 11 to the Finance Act 1989.”

(2) In section 687 of the Taxes Act 1988 (payments under discretionary trusts)the following shall be inserted after subsection (3)(g)—

“(h) the amount of any tax on an amount which is treated as income of the trustees by virtue of paragraph 4 of Schedule 4 and is charged to tax at a rate equal to the sum of the basic rate and the additional rate by virtue of paragraph 17 of that Schedule;

(i) the amount of any tax on an amount which is treated as income of the trustees by virtue of paragraph 5 of Schedule 11 to the Finance Act 1989 and is charged to tax at a rate equal to the sum of the basic rate and the additional rate by virtue of paragraph 11 of that Schedule;”.

F80 (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(4) The new paragraphs (b) and (c) inserted by subsection (1) above, and subsection (2) above, shall apply—

(a) in the case of a deep discount security, where there is a disposal (within the meaning of Schedule 4 to the Taxes Act 1988) on or after 14th March 1989;

(b) in the case of a deep gain security, where there is a transfer within the meaning of Schedule 11 to this Act, or a redemption, on or after 14th March1989.

Textual Amendments

F80 S. 96(3) repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch. 12 (with ss. 201(3), Sch. 11 paras. 22, 26(2), 27)

Groups of companies U.K.

97 Set-off of ACT where companies remain in same group. U.K.

(1) In section 240 of the Taxes Act 1988 (set-off of company’s ACT against subsidiary’s liability to corporation tax) at the end of subsection (5) (set-off not to be made against subsidiary’s liability to corporation tax for any accounting period in which, or in any part of which, it was not a subsidiary of the surrendering company) there shall be added the words “unless throughout that period or part both companies were subsidiaries of a third company”.

(2) This section shall have effect in relation to accounting periods ending on or after 14th March 1989.

98 Restriction on set-off of ACT. U.K.

(1) After section 245 of the Taxes Act 1988 there shall be inserted—

“245A Restriction on application of section 240 in certain circumstances.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) there is a change in the ownership of a company (“the relevant company”);

(b) by virtue of section 240 the relevant company is treated as having paid an amount of advance corporation tax in respect of a distribution made by it at any time before the change; and

(c) within the period of six years beginning three years before the change, there is a major change in the nature or conduct of a trade or business of the company which is for the purposes of section 240 the surrendering company in relation to that amount.

(2) No advance corporation tax which the relevant company is treated by virtue of section 240 as having paid in respect of a distribution made by it in anaccounting period beginning before the change of ownership shall be treatedunder section 239(4) as paid by it in respect of distributions made in an accounting period ending after the change of ownership; and this subsection shall apply to an accounting period in which the change of ownership occurs as if the part ending with the change of ownership, and the part after, were two separate accounting periods.

(3) Subsections (4) and (5) of section 245 shall apply also for the purposes of this section and as if the reference in subsection (4) of section 245 to the period of three years mentioned in subsection (1)(a) of that section were a reference to the period mentioned in subsection (1)(c) above.

(4) Sections 768(8) and (9) and 769 shall apply also for the purposes of this section and as if in subsection (3) of section 769 the reference to the benefit of losses were a reference to the benefit of advance corporation tax.

245B Restriction on set-off where asset transferred after change in ownership of company.

(1) Subsection (4) below applies if—

(a) there is a change in the ownership of a company (“the relevant company”);

(b) any advance corporation tax paid by the relevant company in respect of distributions made by it in an accounting period beginning before the change is treated under section 239(4) as paid by it in respect of distributions made by it in an accounting period ending after the change;

(c) after the change the relevant company acquires an asset from another company in such circumstances that section 273(1) of the Taxes Act 1970 applies to the acquisition; and

(d) a chargeable gain accrues to the relevant company on the disposal of the asset within the period of three years beginning with the change of ownership.

(2) Subsection (1)(b) above shall apply to an accounting period in which the change of ownership occurs as if the part ending with the change of ownership, and the part after, were two separate accounting periods.

(3) For the purposes of subsection (1)(d) above an asset acquired by the relevant company as mentioned in subsection (1)(c) above shall be treated as the same as an asset owned at a later time by that company if the value of the second asset is derived in whole or in part from the first asset, and in particular where the second asset is a freehold, and the first asset was a leasehold and the lessee has acquired the reversion.

(4) In relation to the accounting period in which the chargeable gain accrues to the relevant company (“the relevant period”), section 239 shall have effect as if the limit imposed by subsection (2) of that section on the amount of advance corporation tax to be set against the relevant company’s liability to corporation tax were reduced by whichever is the lesser of—

(a) the amount of advance corporation tax that would have been payable (apart from section 241) in respect of a distribution made at the end of the relevant period of an amount which, together with the advance corporation tax so payable in respect of it, is equal to the chargeable gain, and

(b) the amount of surplus advance corporation tax in relation to the accounting period which by virtue of subsection (2) above is treated for the purposes of subsection (1)(b) above as ending with the change of ownership.

(5) Sections 768(8) and (9) and 769 shall apply also for the purposes of this section and as if in subsection (3) of section 769 the reference to the benefit of losses were a reference to the benefit of advance corporation tax.”

(2) This section shall have effect where the change in the ownership of the relevant company occurs on or after 14th March 1989.

99 Dividends etc. paid by one member of a group to another. U.K.

(1) Section 247 of the Taxes Act 1988 (dividends etc. paid by one member of a group to another) shall be amended in accordance with this section.

(2) In subsection (1) for paragraph (b) there shall be substituted—

“(b) a trading or holding company which does not fall within subsection (1A)below and which is owned by a consortium the members of which include the receiving company,”.

(3) After subsection (1) there shall be inserted—

“(1A) A company falls within this subsection if—

(a) it is a 75 per cent. subsidiary of any other company, or

(b) arrangements of any kind (whether in writing or not) are in existence by virtue of which it could become such a subsidiary.”

(4) After subsection (8) there shall be inserted—

“(8A) Notwithstanding that at any time a company (“the subsidiary company”) is a 51 per cent. subsidiary of another company (“the parent company”) it shall not be treated at that time as such a subsidiary for the purposes of this section unless, additionally, at that time—

(a) the parent company would be beneficially entitled to more than 50 percent. of any profits available for distribution to equity holders of the subsidiary company; and

(b) the parent company would be beneficially entitled to more than 50 percent. of any assets of the subsidiary company available for distribution to its equity holders on a winding-up.”

(5) For subsection (9)(c) there shall be substituted—

“(c) a company is owned by a consortium if 75 per cent. or more of the ordinary share capital of the company is beneficially owned between them by companies resident in the United Kingdom of which none—

(i) beneficially owns less than 5 per cent. of that capital,

(ii) would be beneficially entitled to less than 5 per cent. of any profits available for distribution to equity holders of the company, or

(iii) would be beneficially entitled to less than 5 per cent. of any assets of the company available for distribution to its equity holders on a winding-up,

and those companies are called the members of the consortium.”

(6) After subsection (9) there shall be inserted—

“(9A) Schedule 18 shall apply for the purposes of subsections (8A) and (9)(c)above as it applies for the purposes of section 413(7).”

(7) This section shall have effect in relation to dividends and other sums paid on or after the day on which this Act is passed.

100 Change in ownership of company. U.K.

(1) Section 769 of the Taxes Act 1988 (which contains rules for determining whether for the purposes of sections 245 and 768 of that Act there is a change in the ownership of a company) shall be amended in accordance with this section.

(2) For subsection (6) there shall be substituted—

“(6) If there is a change in the ownership of a company, including a change occurring by virtue of the application of this subsection but not a change which is to be disregarded under subsection (5) above, then—

(a) in a case falling within subsection (1)(a) above, the person mentioned in subsection (1)(a) shall be taken for the purposes of this section to acquire at the time of the change any relevant assets owned by the company;

(b) in a case falling within subsection (1)(b) above but not within subsection(1)(a) above, each of the persons mentioned in subsection (1)(b) shall be taken for the purposes of this section to acquire at the time of the change the appropriate proportion of any relevant assets owned by the company; and

(c) in any other case, each of the persons mentioned in paragraph (c) of subsection (1) above (other than any whose holding is disregarded under that paragraph) shall be taken for the purposes of this section to acquire at the time of the change the appropriate proportion of any relevant assets owned by the company.

(6A) In subsection (6) above—

• “the appropriate proportion”, in relation to one of two or more persons mentioned in subsection (1)(b) or (c) above, means a proportion corresponding to the proportion which the percentage of the ordinary share capital acquired by him bears to the percentage of that capital acquired by all those persons taken together; and

• “relevant assets”, in relation to a company, means—

  (a)

  any ordinary share capital of another company, and

  (b)

  any property or rights which under subsection (3) above may be taken into account instead of ordinary share capital of another company.

(6B) Notwithstanding that at any time a company (“the subsidiary company”) is a 75 per cent. subsidiary of another company (“theparent company”) it shall not be treated at that time as such a subsidiary for the purposes of this section unless, additionally, at that time—

(a) the parent company would be beneficially entitled to not less than 75 percent. of any profits available for distribution to equity holders of the subsidiary company; and

(b) the parent company would be beneficially entitled to not less than 75 percent. of any assets of the subsidiary company available for distribution to its equity holders on a winding-up.

(6C) Schedule 18 shall apply for the purposes of subsection (6B) above as it applies for the purposes of section 413(7).”

(3) Subsection (7)(b) and (c) shall cease to have effect.

(4) This section shall have effect where the change of ownership of a company would be treated as occurring on or after 14th March 1989.

101 Treatment of convertible shares or securities for purposes relating togroup relief etc. U.K.

(1) Paragraph 1 of Schedule 18 to the Taxes Act 1988 (which containsdefinitions relating to group relief) shall be amended in accordance with thissection.

(2) For sub-paragraph (3)(b) there shall be substituted—

“(b) do not carry any right either to conversion into shares or securities ofany other description except—

(i) shares to which sub-paragraph (5A) below applies,

(ii) securities to which sub-paragraph (5B) below applies, or

(iii) shares or securities in the company’s quoted parent company,

or to the acquisition of any additional shares or securities;”.

(3) For sub-paragraph (5)(a) there shall be substituted—

“(a) which does not carry any right either to conversion into shares orsecurities of any other description except—

(i) shares to which sub-paragraph (5A) below applies,

(ii) securities to which sub-paragraph (5B) below applies, or

(iii) shares or securities in the company’s quoted parent company,

or to the acquisition of any additional shares or securities;”.

(4) After sub-paragraph (5) there shall be inserted—

“(5A) This sub-paragraph applies to any shares which—

(a) satisfy the requirements of sub-paragraph (3)(a), (c) and (d) above, and

(b) do not carry any rights either to conversion into shares or securities ofany other description, except shares or securities in the company’s quotedparent company, or to the acquisition of any additional shares or securities.

(5B) This sub-paragraph applies to any securities representing a loan of orincluding new consideration and—

(a) which satisfies the requirements of sub-paragraph (5)(b) and (c) above,and

(b) which does not carry any such rights as are mentioned in sub-paragraph(5A)(b) above.

(5C) For the purposes of sub-paragraphs (3) and (5) to (5B) above a company(“the parent company”) is another company’s “quotedparent company” if and only if—

(a) the other company is a 75 per cent. subsidiary of the parent company,

(b) the parent company is not a 75 per cent. subsidiary of any company, and

(c) the parent company’s ordinary shares (or, if its ordinary share capitalis divided into two or more classes, its ordinary shares of each class) arequoted on a recognised stock exchange or dealt in on the Unlisted SecuritiesMarket;

and in this sub-paragraph “ordinary shares” means sharesforming part of ordinary share capital.

(5D) In the application of sub-paragraphs (3) and (5) to (5B) above indetermining for the purposes of sub-paragraph (5C)(a) above who are the equityholders of the other company (and, accordingly, whether section 413(7)prevents the other company from being treated as a 75 per cent. subsidiary ofthe parent company for the purposes of sub-paragraph (5C)(a)), it shall beassumed that the parent company is for the purposes of sub-paragraphs (3) and(5) to (5B) above the other company’s quoted parent company.”

(5) In sub-paragraph (6) for the words “to (5)” there shall besubstituted the words “to (5D)”.

(6) This section, so far as relating to Schedule 18 of the Taxes Act 1988 inits application (by virtue of section 138 below) for the purposes ofsubsections (1D) and (1E) of section 272 of the Taxes Act 1970, shall bedeemed to have come into force on 14th March 1989.

102 Surrender of company tax refund etc. within group. U.K.

(1) Subsection (2) below applies where—

(a) there falls to be made to a company (“the surrendering company”)which is a member of a group throughout the appropriate period a tax refundrelating to an accounting period of the company (“the relevant accountingperiod”), and

(b) another company (“the recipient company”) which is a member of thesame group throughout the appropriate period also has the relevant accountingperiod as an accounting period.

(2) Where this subsection applies the two companies may, at any time beforethe refund is made to the surrendering company, jointly give notice to theinspector in such form as the Board may require that subsection (4) below isto have effect in relation to the refund or to any part of the refundspecified in the notice.

(3) In subsection (1) above—

• “appropriate period” means the period beginning with therelevant accounting period and ending on the day on which the notice undersubsection (2) above is given, and

• “tax refund relating to an accounting period” means, inrelation to a company—

(a) a repayment of corporation tax paid by the company for the period,

(b) a repayment of income tax in respect of a payment received by the companyin the period, or

(c) a payment of the whole or part of the tax credit comprised in any frankedinvestment income received by the company in the period.

(4) Subject to subsection (6) below, where this subsection has effect inrelation to any refund or part of a refund—

(a) the recipient company shall be treated for all purposes of the Tax Actsas having paid on the relevant date an amount of corporation tax for therelevant accounting period equal to the amount of the refund or part, and

(b) there shall be treated for all those purposes as having been made to thesurrendering company on the relevant date a repayment of corporation tax orincome tax or a payment of tax credit (as the case may be) equal to the amountof the refund or part;

and where the refund is a repayment of corporation tax, any interestrelating to it which has been paid by the surrendering company shall betreated as having been paid by the recipient company.

[F81 (4A) Where subsection (4) above has effect in relation to any amount and there is, by virtue of any of subsections (7) to [F82 (7CA)] of section 826 of the Taxes Act 1988, a period for which the whole or any part of that amount would not, had the refund been made to the surrendering company, have carried interest under that section, that period shall be treated as excluded—

(a) from any period for which any refund made by virtue of subsection (4) above to the recipient company in respect of some or all of that amount or, as the case may be, that part of it is to carry interest under that section; and

(b) from any period for which a sum representing some or all of that amount or part would (apart from this subsection) be treated by virtue of subsection (4) above as not carrying interest under section 87A of the M17 Taxes Management Act 1970;

and in determining for the purposes of this subsection which part of any amount is applied in discharging a liability of the recipient company to pay any corporation tax and which part is represented by a refund to the recipient company, it shall be assumed that the part in relation to which there is a period which would not have carried interest under section 826 of the Taxes Act 1988 is applied in preference to any other part of that amount in or towards discharging the liability.]

(5) In subsection (4) above “relevant date”, in relation toa refund, means—

(a) in so far as it consists of a repayment of corporation tax paid by thesurrendering company after the date on which it became due and payable undersection 10 of the Taxes Act 1988, the day on which it was paid by thatcompany, and

(b) otherwise, the date on which corporation tax for the relevant accountingperiod became due and payable.

(6) For the purpose of ascertaining the amount of any penalty to which therecipient company is liable under section 94(6) of the M18 Taxes Management Act 1970, the corporation tax which the company istreated as having paid by subsection (4)(a) above shall be treated as paid onthe day on which the notice under subsection (2) above is given (and not onthe relevant date).

(7) A payment for a transferred tax refund—

(a) shall not be taken into account in computing profits or losses of eithercompany for corporation tax purposes, and

(b) shall not for any of the purposes of the Corporation Tax Acts be regardedas a distribution or a charge on income;

and in this subsection “a payment for a transferred taxrefund” means a payment made by the receiving company to thesurrendering company in pursuance of an agreement between them as respects thegiving of a notice under this section, being a payment not exceeding theamount of the refund in question.

(8) For the purposes of this section two companies are members of the samegroup if and only if they would be for the purposes of Chapter IV of Part Xof the Taxes Act 1988.

(9) This section shall not apply unless the relevant accounting period endsafter such day, not being earlier than 31st March 1992, as the Treasury mayby order made by statutory instrument appoint.

Textual Amendments

F81 S. 102(4A) inserted (27.7.1993) by 1993 c. 34, s. 120, Sch. 14 para. 11

F82 Words in s. 102(4A) substituted (1.5.1995) by 1995 c. 4, s. 130, Sch. 24 Pt. II para. 12(3)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C37 S. 102 applied (with modifications) (7.1.1999) by S.I. 1998/3175, reg. 9(1)

Marginal Citations

M17 1970 c. 9.

M18 1970 c.9.

Close companies U.K.

103 Repeal of apportionment provisions. U.K.

(1) Except as provided by subsection (2) below, Chapter III of Part XI of theTaxes Act 1988 (apportionment of undistributed income etc. of close companies)shall not have effect in relation to accounting periods beginning after 31stMarch 1989.

(2) Section 427(4) of the Taxes Act 1988 (which gives relief to an individualwhere income apportioned to him in an earlier accounting period of a closecompany is included in a distribution received by him in a later accountingperiod), and section 427(5) of, and Part I of Schedule 19 to, that Act so faras they relate to section 427(4), shall continue to have effect in any casewhere the subsequent distribution referred to in section 427(4) is made before1st April 1992.

104 Meaning of “close company”. U.K.

(1) In section 414 of the Taxes Act 1988 for subsection (2) (further case inwhich a company is a close company for the purposes of the Tax Acts) thereshall be substituted—

“(2) Subject to section 415 and subsection (5) below, a company resident in theUnited Kingdom (but not falling within subsection (1)(b) above) is also aclose company if five or fewer participators, or participators who aredirectors, together possess or are entitled to acquire—

(a) such rights as would, in the event of the winding-up of the company(“the relevant company”) on the basis set out in subsection (2A) below,entitle them to receive the greater part of the assets of the relevant companywhich would then be available for distribution among the participators, or

(b) such rights as would in that event so entitle them if any rights which anyof them or any other person has as a loan creditor (in relation to therelevant company or any other company) were disregarded.

(2A) In the notional winding-up of the relevant company, the part of the assetsavailable for distribution among the participators which any person isentitled to receive is the aggregate of—

(a) any part of those assets which he would be entitled to receive in theevent of the winding-up of the company, and

(b) any part of those assets which he would be entitled to receive if—

(i) any other company which is a participator in the relevant company and isentitled to receive any assets in the notional winding-up were also wound upon the basis set out in this subsection, and

(ii) the part of the assets of the relevant company to which the other companyis entitled were distributed among the participators in the other company inproportion to their respective entitlement to the assets of the other companyavailable for distribution among the participators.

(2B) In the application of subsection (2A) above to the notional winding-up ofthe other company and to any further notional winding-up required by paragraph(b) of that subsection (or by any further application of that paragraph),references to “the relevant company” shall have effect as references tothe company concerned.

(2C) In ascertaining under subsection (2) above whether five or fewerparticipators, or participators who are directors, together possess or areentitled to acquire rights such as are mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b) ofthat subsection—

(a) a person shall be treated as a participator in or director of the relevantcompany if he is a participator in or director of any other company whichwould be entitled to receive assets in the notional winding-up of the relevantcompany on the basis set out in subsection (2A) above, and

(b) except in the application of subsection (2A) above, no account shall betaken of a participator which is a company unless the company possesses or isentitled to acquire the rights in a fiduciary or representative capacity.

(2D) Subsections (4) to (6) of section 416 apply for the purposes ofsubsections (2) and (2A) above as they apply for the purposes of subsection(2) of that section.”

(2) Subsection (3) of that section shall cease to have effect.

(3) In subsection (5)(b) of that section for the words from “paragraph(c)” to “that paragraph” there shall be substituted the words “paragraph (a) of subsection (2) above or paragraph (c) of section 416(2)and it would not be a close company if the references in those paragraphs”.

(4) This section shall be deemed to have come into force on 1st April 1989.

105 Small companies’ rate not available to certain close companies. U.K.

(1) In section 13 of the Taxes Act 1988 (small companies’ relief) insubsection (1) for the words “a company resident in the United Kingdom”there shall be substituted the words “a company which—

(a) is resident in the United Kingdom, and

(b) is not a close investment-holding company (as defined in section 13A) atthe end of that period,”.

(2) After that section there shall be inserted the following section—

“13A Close investment-holding companies.

(1) A close company is for the purposes of section 13(1) a “closeinvestment-holding company” unless it complies with subsection (2) below.

(2) A company (“the relevant company”) complies with this subsection inany accounting period if throughout that period it exists wholly or mainly forany one or more of the following purposes—

(a) the purpose of carrying on a trade or trades on a commercial basis,

(b) the purpose of making investments in land or estates or interests in landin cases where the land is, or is intended to be, let to persons otherthan—

(i) any person connected with the relevant company, or

(ii) any person who is the wife or husband of an individual connected with therelevant company, or is a relative, or the wife or husband of a relative, ofsuch an individual or of the husband or wife of such an individual,

(c) the purpose of holding shares in and securities of, or making loans to,one or more companies each of which is a qualifying company or a companywhich—

(i) is under the control of the relevant company or of a company which hascontrol of the relevant company, and

(ii) itself exists wholly or mainly for the purpose of holding shares in orsecurities of, or making loans to, one or more qualifying companies,

(d) the purpose of co-ordinating the administration of two or more qualifyingcompanies,

(e) the purpose of a trade or trades carried on on a commercial basis by oneor more qualifying companies or by a company which has control of the relevantcompany, and

(f) the purpose of the making, by one or more qualifying companies or by acompany which has control of the relevant company, of investments as mentionedin paragraph (b) above.

(3) For the purposes of subsection (2) above, a company is a “qualifying company”, in relation to the relevant company,if it—

(a) is under the control of the relevant company or of a company which hascontrol of the relevant company, and

(b) exists wholly or mainly for either or both of the purposes mentioned insubsection (2)(a) or (b) above.

(4) Where a company is wound up, it shall not be treated as failing to complywith subsection (2) above in the accounting period that (by virtue ofsubsection (7) of section 12) begins with the time which is for the purposesof that subsection the commencement of the winding up, if it complied withsubsection (2) above in the accounting period that ends with that time.

(5) In this section—

• “control” shall be construed in accordance with section 416,and

• “relative” has the meaning given by section 839(8).

(6) Section 839 shall apply for the purposes of this section.”

(3) This section shall have effect in relation to accounting periods beginningafter 31st March 1989.

106 Restriction on payment of tax credits. U.K.

(1) In section 231 of the Taxes Act 1988 (tax credits for certain recipientsof qualifying distributions) in subsection (3) after the words “made and”there shall be inserted the words “subject to subsections (3A) to (3D)below” and after that subsection there shall be inserted—

“(3A) Subject to subsection (3B) below, where it appears to the inspector that,in any accounting period of a company at the end of which it is a closeinvestment-holding company—

(a) arrangements relating to the distribution of the profits of the companyexist or have existed the main purpose of which or one of the main purposesof which is to enable payments, or payments of a greater amount, to be madeto any one or more individuals under subsection (3) above in respect of suchan excess as is mentioned in that subsection, and

(b) by virtue of those arrangements, any eligible person—

(i) receives a qualifying distribution consisting of a payment made by thecompany on the redemption, repayment or purchase of its own shares, or

(ii) receives any other qualifying distribution in respect of shares in orsecurities of the company, where the amount or value of the distribution isgreater than might in all the circumstances have been expected but for thearrangements,

the entitlement of the eligible person to have paid to him undersubsection (3) above all or part of a tax credit in respect of anydistribution made by the company in the period shall be restricted to suchextent as appears to the inspector to be just and reasonable.

(3B) Subsection (3A) above does not apply in relation to a tax credit inrespect of a dividend paid by a company in any accounting period in respectof its ordinary share capital if—

(a) throughout the period, the company’s ordinary share capital consisted ofonly one class of shares, and

(b) no person waived his entitlement to any dividend which would have becomepayable by the company in the period or failed to receive any dividend whichhad become due and payable to him by the company in the period.

(3C) In subsection (3A) above—

• “arrangements” means arrangements of any kind whether inwriting or not,

• “close investment-holding company” has the meaning given bysection 13A, and

• “eligible person”, in relation to a qualifying distribution,means an individual resident in the United Kingdom who would (apart fromsubsection (3A) above) be entitled to have paid to him under subsection (3)above all or part of a tax credit in respect of the distribution.

(3D) In determining under subsection (3) above whether a person is entitled tohave any excess of tax credit paid to him in a case where subsection (3A)above applies, tax credits shall be set against income tax in the order thatresults in the greatest payment in respect of the excess.”

(2) This section shall have effect in relation to distributions made bycompanies in accounting periods beginning after 31st March 1989.

107 Close companies: consequential amendments. U.K.

Schedule 12 to this Act (in which Part I contains administrativeprovisions relating to close companies and Part II makes amendments connectedwith section 103 above) shall have effect.

Settlements etc. U.K.

F83 108 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

Textual Amendments

F83 S. 108 repealed (1.5.1995 with effect for the year 1995-96 and subsequent years of assessment) by 1995 c. 4, s. 162, Sch. 29 Pt. VIII(8), note

109 Settlements where settlor retains interest in settled property. U.K.

F84 (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

F84 (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

F84 (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(4) In section 677(2)(c) of that Act, after “674” there shall be inserted “674A”.

Textual Amendments

F84 S. 109(1)-(3) repealed (1.5.1995 with effect for the year 1995-96 and subsequent years of assessment) by 1995 c. 4, s. 162, Sch. 29 Pt. VIII(8), note

110 Residence of trustees. U.K.

(1) Where the trustees of a settlement include at least one who is notresident in the United Kingdom as well as at least one who is, then for allthe purposes of the Income Tax Acts—

(a) if the condition in subsection (2) below is satisfied, the trustee ortrustees not resident in the United Kingdom shall be treated as residentthere, and

(b) otherwise, the trustee or trustees resident in the United Kingdom shallbe treated as not resident there (but as resident outside the United Kingdom).

(2) The condition referred to in subsection (1) above is that the settlor or,where there is more than one, any of them is at any relevant time—

(a) resident in the United Kingdom,

(b) ordinarily resident there, or

(c) domiciled there.

(3) For the purposes of subsection (2) above the following are relevant timesin relation to a settlor—

(a) in the case of a settlement arising under a testamentary disposition ofthe settlor or on his intestacy, the time of his death, and

(b) in the case of any other settlement, the time or, where there is more thanone, each of the times when he has provided funds directly or indirectly forthe purposes of the settlement.

(4) For the purposes of this section “settlor”, in relationto a settlement, includes any person who has provided or undertaken to providefunds directly or indirectly for the purposes of the settlement.

(5) In section 824(9) of the Taxes Act 1988 (repayment supplements), for thewords “or a United Kingdom trust (as defined in section 231),” thereshall be substituted the words “the trustees of a settlement”.

(6) Subject to subsections (7) to (9) below, this section shall apply for theyear 1989-90 and subsequent years of assessment.

(7) For the purpose of determining the residence of trustees at any timeduring the year 1989-90, the condition in subsection (2) above shall beregarded as not having been satisfied if none of the trustees of thesettlement is resident in the United Kingdom at any time during the periodbeginning with 1st October 1989 and ending with 5th April 1990.

(8) This section shall not apply for any of the purposes of section 739 of theTaxes Act 1988 in relation to income payable before 15th June 1989, or for thepurposes of subsection (3) of that section in relation to income payable onor after that date if—

(a) the capital sum there referred to is received, or the right to receive itis acquired, before that date, and

(b) that sum is wholly repaid, or the right to it waived, before 1st October1989.

(9) This section shall not apply for any of the purposes of section 740 of theTaxes Act 1988 in relation to benefits received before 15th June 1989; and,in relation to benefits received on or after that date, “relevant income”for those purposes shall include income arising to trustees before 6th April1989 notwithstanding that one or more of them was not resident outside theUnited Kingdom, unless they have been charged to tax in respect of it.

111 Residence of personal representatives. U.K.

(1) Where the personal representatives of a deceased person include at leastone who is not resident in the United Kingdom as well as at least one who is,then for all the purposes of the Income Tax Acts—

(a) if the condition in subsection (2) below is satisfied, the personalrepresentative or representatives not resident in the United Kingdom shall betreated as resident there, and

(b) otherwise, the personal representative or representatives resident in theUnited Kingdom shall be treated as not resident there (but as resident outsidethe United Kingdom).

(2) The condition referred to in subsection (1) above is that the deceasedperson is at his death—

(a) resident in the United Kingdom,

(b) ordinarily resident there, or

(c) domiciled there.

(3) In this section “personal representatives” means—

(a) in relation to England and Wales, the deceased person’s personalrepresentatives as defined by section 55 of the M19 Administration of Estates Act 1925;

(b) in relation to Scotland, his executor or the judicial factor on hisestate;

(c) in relation to Northern Ireland, his personal representatives as definedby section 45(1) of the M20 Administration of EstatesAct (Northern Ireland) 1955; and

(d) in relation to another country or territory, the persons having inrelation to him under its law any functions corresponding to the functions foradministration purposes of personal representatives under the law of Englandand Wales.

(4) In section 824(9) of the Taxes Act 1988 (repayment supplements), for thewords from “or, in” to “section 701)” there shall be substituted thewords “or personal representatives (within the meaning of section 111 of theFinance Act 1989)”.

(5) Subject to subsections (6) to (8) below, this section shall apply for theyear 1989-90 and subsequent years of assessment.

(6) For the purpose of determining the residence of personal representativesat any time during the year 1989-90, the condition in subsection (2) aboveshall be regarded as not having been satisfied if none of the personalrepresentatives is resident in the United Kingdom at any time during theperiod beginning with 1st October 1989 and ending with 5th April 1990.

(7) This section shall not apply for any of the purposes of section 739 of theTaxes Act 1988 in relation to income payable before 15th June 1989, or for thepurposes of subsection (3) of that section in relation to income payable onor after that date if—

(a) the capital sum there referred to is received, or the right to receive itis acquired, before that date, and

(b) that sum is wholly repaid, or the right to it waived, before 1st October1989.

(8) This section shall not apply for any of the purposes of section 740 of theTaxes Act 1988 in relation to benefits received before 15th June 1989 and, inrelation to benefits received on or after that date, “relevant income”for those purposes shall include income arising to personal representativesbefore 6th April 1989 notwithstanding that one or more of them was notresident outside the United Kingdom, unless they have been charged to tax inrespect of it.

Marginal Citations

M19 1925 c.23.

M20 1955 c. 24 (N.I.).

Miscellaneous U.K.

112 Security: trades etc. U.K.

(1) This section applies in computing, for the purposes of Case I or Case IIof Schedule D, the profits or gains of a trade, profession or vocation carriedon by an individual or by a partnership of individuals.

(2) In a case where this section applies, nothing in section 74(a) or (b) ofthe Taxes Act 1988 (deductions limited by reference to purposes of trade etc.)shall prevent the deduction of a sum in respect of expenditure incurred inconnection with the provision for or use by the individual, or any of theindividuals, of a security asset or security service.

(3) Subsection (2) above shall not apply unless the asset or service isprovided or used to meet a threat which—

(a) is a special threat to the individual’s personal physical security, and

(b) arises wholly or mainly by virtue of the particular trade, profession orvocation concerned.

(4) Subsection (2) above shall not apply unless the person incurring theexpenditure has as his sole object in doing so the meeting of that threat.

(5) Subsection (2) above shall not apply in the case of a service unless thebenefit resulting to the individual consists wholly or mainly of animprovement of his personal physical security.

(6) Subsection (2) above shall not apply in the case of an asset unless theperson incurring the expenditure intends the asset to be used solely toimprove personal physical security.

(7) But in a case where—

(a) apart from subsection (6) above, subsection (2) above would apply in thecase of an asset, and

(b) the person incurring the expenditure intends the asset to be used partlyto improve personal physical security,

subsection (2) shall nevertheless apply, but only as regards theappropriate proportion of the expenditure there mentioned.

(8) For the purposes of subsection (7) above the appropriate proportion of theexpenditure mentioned in subsection (2) above is such proportion of thatexpenditure as is attributable to the intention of the person incurring itthat the asset be used to improve personal physical security.

113 Security: trades etc. (supplementary). U.K.

(1) For the purposes of section 112 above—

(a) a security asset is an asset which improves personal security,

(b) a security service is a service which improves personal security,

(c) references to an asset do not include references to a car, a ship or anaircraft,

(d) references to an asset or service do not include references to a dwellingor grounds appurtenant to a dwelling, and

(e) references to an asset include references to equipment and a structure(such as a wall).

(2) If the person incurring the expenditure intends the asset to be usedsolely to improve personal physical security, but there is another use for theasset which is incidental to improving personal physical security, that otheruse shall be ignored in construing section 112(6) above.

(3) The fact that an asset or service improves the personal physical securityof any member of the family or household of the individual concerned, as wellas that of the individual, shall not prevent section 112(2) above fromapplying.

(4) For the purposes of section 112 above in its application to an asset, itis immaterial whether or not the asset becomes affixed to land (whetherconstituting a dwelling or otherwise).

(5) For the purposes of section 112 above in its application to an asset, itis immaterial whether or not the individual concerned is or becomes entitledto the property in the asset or (in the case of a fixture) an estate orinterest in the land concerned.

(6) Section 112 above applies where expenditure is incurred on or after 6thApril 1989.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C38 S. 113 applied (31.7.1998 with effect as mentioned in s. 38(2)(3) of 1998 c. 36) by 1988 c. 1, s. 21A(2) (as substituted by 1998 c. 36, s. 38(1), Sch. 5 Pt. I paras. 4, 73)

114 Relief for pre-trading expenditure. U.K.

(1) In section 401(1) of the Taxes Act 1988 (which gives relief forexpenditure incurred by a person within three years before he begins to carryon a trade, profession or vocation), for the word “three” there shall besubstituted the word “five”.

(2) This section shall have effect where the time when the person begins tocarry on the trade, profession or vocation falls after the end of March 1989.

115 Double taxation: tax credits. U.K.

(1) Where any arrangements having effect by virtue of section 788 of the TaxesAct 1988 provide —

(a) for persons who are resident outside the United Kingdom and who receivedistributions from companies resident in the United Kingdom to be entitled totax credits, and

(b) for the amount paid to such a person by way of tax credit to be determinedby reference to the amount to which an individual resident in the UnitedKingdom would have been entitled, subject to a deduction calculated byreference to the aggregate of the amount or value of the distribution and theamount of the tax credit paid,

the arrangements shall be construed as providing for that deduction tobe calculated by reference to the gross amount or value of the distributionand tax credit, without any allowance for the deduction itself.

(2) This section shall have effect in relation to payments made before thepassing of this Act as well as those made after that time, except that itshall not affect—

(a) the judgment of any court given before 25th October 1988, or

(b) the law to be applied in proceedings on appeal to the Court of Appeal orthe House of Lords where the judgment of the High Court or the Court ofSession which is in issue was given before that date.

116 Interest payments to Netherlands Antilles subsidiaries. U.K.

(1) A payment to which this section applies shall be treated for the purposesof—

(a) section 338 of the Taxes Act 1988 (payment of interest within section 124of that Act to be a charge on income), and

(b) section 349 of that Act (such a payment to be made gross),

as if it were a payment of interest within section 124 of that Act(quoted Eurobonds).

(2) This section applies to a payment of interest if—

(a) it is made on or after 1st April 1989 by a relevant United Kingdom companyto a relevant Netherlands Antilles subsidiary, and

(b) not later than 90 days after the payment is received by the subsidiary,it is applied by the subsidiary in paying interest on quoted Eurobonds issuedby it before 26th July 1984 or in meeting expenses incurred in connection withthe issue of quoted Eurobonds so issued.

(3) In subsection (2) above—

(a) “relevant Netherlands Antilles subsidiary” means a companywhich—

(i) at the time when the quoted Eurobonds were issued was resident in theNetherlands Antilles (including Aruba) and was a 90 per cent. subsidiary ofa company resident in the United Kingdom, and

(ii) at the time when the payment is made is resident in the NetherlandsAntilles (but not Aruba) and is a 90 per cent. subsidiary of the relevantUnited Kingdom company; and

(b) “relevant United Kingdom company” means a company which isresident in the United Kingdom and which is not a 51 per cent. subsidiary ofa company not resident in the United Kingdom.

(4) For the purpose of determining whether a company is a relevant NetherlandsAntilles subsidiary, its residence (whether before 1st April 1989 or at anylater time) shall be ascertained in accordance with the terms of thearrangements made with the Government of the Kingdom of the Netherlands onbehalf of the Government of the Netherlands Antilles which had effect byvirtue of section 788 of the Taxes Act 1988 immediately before 1st April 1989.

(5) In this section “quoted Eurobond” has the same meaningas in section 124 of the Taxes Act 1988.

Chapter II U.K. Capital Allowances

117–120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F85 U.K.

Textual Amendments

F85 Ss. 117–120 repealed by Capital Allowance Act 1990 (c.1, SIF 63:1), s. 164(4)(5), Sch. 2

121 Miscellaneous amendments. U.K.

(1) Schedule 13 to this Act (which makes miscellaneous amendments of theenactments relating to capital allowances) shall have effect.

(2) That Schedule shall be construed as one with [F86 The Capital Allownaces Act 1990.]

Textual Amendments

F86 Capital Allowances Act 1990 (c. 1, SIF 63:1), s. 164, Sch.1 para. 10.Previously

“Part I of the Capital Allowances Act 1968”

CHAPTER III U.K. Capital Gains

Exemptions U.K.

F87 122 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

Textual Amendments

F87 S. 122 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch. 12 (with ss. 201(3), Sch. 11 paras. 22, 26(2), 27)

123 Increase of chattel exemption. U.K.

(1) In the following enactments, namely—

F88 (a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(b) section 12(2)(b) of the M21 Taxes Management Act 1970(information about assets acquired), and

(c) section 25(7) of that Act (information about assets disposed of),

for “£3,000”, in each place where it occurs, there shall besubstituted “£6,000”.

(2) This section applies to disposals on or after 6th April 1989 andaccordingly, in relation to subsection (1)(b) above, to assets acquired on orafter that date.

Textual Amendments

F88 S. 123(1)(a) repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch.12 (with ss. 201(3), Sch. 11 paras. 22, 26(2), 27)

Marginal Citations

M21 1970 c. 9.

Gifts U.K.

F89 124 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

Textual Amendments

F89 S. 124 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch.12 (with ss. 201(3), Sch. 11 paras. 22, 26(2), 27)

F90 125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

Textual Amendments

F90 S. 125 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch.12 (with ss. 201(3), Sch. 11 paras. 22, 26(2), 27)

Non-residents etc. U.K.

F91 126 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

Textual Amendments

F91 S. 126 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch.12 (with ss. 201(3), Sch. 11 paras. 22, 26(2), 27)

F92 127 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

Textual Amendments

F92 S. 127 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch.12 (with ss. 201(3), Sch. 11 paras. 22, 26(2), 27)

F93 128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

Textual Amendments

F93 S. 128 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch.12 (with ss. 201(3), Sch. 11 paras. 22, 26(2), 27)

F94 129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

Textual Amendments

F94 S. 129 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch.12 (with ss. 201(3), Sch. 11 paras. 22, 26(2), 27)

F95 130 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

Textual Amendments

F95 S. 130 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch.12 (with ss. 201(3), Sch. 11 paras. 22, 26(2), 27)

F96 131 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

Textual Amendments

F96 S. 131 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch.12 (with ss. 201(3), Sch. 11 paras. 22, 26(2), 27)

F97 132 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

Textual Amendments

F97 S. 132 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch.12 (with ss. 201(3), Sch. 11 paras. 22, 26(2), 27)

F98 133 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

Textual Amendments

F98 S. 133 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch. 12 (with ss. 201(3), Sch. 11 paras. 22, 26(2), 27)

F99 134 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

Textual Amendments

F99 S. 134 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch.12 (with ss. 201(3), Sch. 11 paras. 22, 26(2), 27)

Value shifting and groups of companies U.K.

F100 135 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

Textual Amendments

F100 S. 135 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch.12 (with ss. 201(3), Sch. 11 paras. 22, 26(2), 27)

F101 136 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

Textual Amendments

F101 S. 136 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch.12 (with ss. 201(3), Sch. 11 paras. 22, 26(2), 27)

F102 137 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

Textual Amendments

F102 S. 137 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch. 12 (with ss. 201(3), Sch. 11 paras. 22, 26(2), 27)

F103 138 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

Textual Amendments

F103 S. 138 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch. 12 (with ss. 201(3), Sch. 11 paras. 22, 26(2), 27)

Miscellaneous U.K.

F104 139 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

Textual Amendments

F104 S. 139 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch. 12 (with ss. 201(3), Sch. 11 paras. 22, 26(2), 27)

F105 140 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

Textual Amendments

F105 S. 140 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch.12 (with ss. 201(3), Sch. 11 paras. 22, 26(2), 27)

F106 141 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

Textual Amendments

F106 S. 141 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch.12 (with ss. 201(3), Sch. 11 paras. 22, 26(2), 27)

CHAPTER IV U.K. Management

Information U.K.

142 Power to call for documents and information. U.K.

(1) Section 20 of the M22 Taxes Management Act 1970 (power tocall for documents of taxpayer and others) shall be amended in accordance withsubsections (2) to (8) below.

(2) In subsection (1), for the words “a person” onwards there shall besubstituted the words “a person—

(a) to deliver to him such documents as are in the person’s possession orpower and as (in the inspector’s reasonable opinion) contain, or may contain,information relevant to—

(i) any tax liability to which the person is or may be subject, or

(ii) the amount of any such liability, or

(b) to furnish to him such particulars as the inspector may reasonably requireas being relevant to, or to the amount of, any such liability.”

(3) In subsection (2), for the words “a person” onwards there shall besubstituted the words “a person

(a) to deliver to a named officer of the Board such documents as are in theperson’s possession or power and as (in the Board’s reasonable opinion)contain, or may contain, information relevant to—

(i) any tax liability to which the person is or may be subject, or

(ii) the amount of any such liability, or

(b) to furnish to a named officer of the Board such particulars as the Boardmay reasonably require as being relevant to, or to the amount of, any suchliability.”

(4) In subsection (3)—

(a) for the words “of the persons who in relation to the taxpayer aresubject to this subsection” there shall be substituted the words “otherperson”, and

(b) at the end there shall be added the words “; and the persons who may berequired to deliver or make available a document under this subsection includethe Director of Savings.”

(5) Subsections (4) and (5) shall be omitted.

(6) In subsection (6)—

(a) for the words “under subsections (3) and (4)” there shall besubstituted the words “for the purposes of this section”, and

(b) the words “and in relation” onwards shall be omitted.

(7) For subsection (8) there shall be substituted—

“(8) Subject to subsection (8A) below, a notice under subsection (3) aboveshall name the taxpayer with whose liability the inspector (or, where section20B(3) below applies, the Board is concerned.”

(8) After subsection (8B) there shall be inserted—

“(8C) In this section references to documents do not include—

(a) personal records (as defined in section 12 of the Police and Criminal Evidence Act 1984), or

(b) journalistic material (as defined in section 13 of that Act),

and references to particulars do not include particulars contained insuch personal records or journalistic material.

(8D) Subject to subsection (8C) above, references in this section to documentsand particulars are to those specified or described in the notice in question;and—

(a) the notice shall require documents to be delivered (or delivered or madeavailable), or particulars to be furnished, within such time (which, exceptin the case of a notice under subsection (2) above, shall not be less thanthirty days after the date of the notice) as may be specified in the notice;and

(b) the person to whom they are delivered, made available or furnished maytake copies of them or of extracts from them.”

(9) In section 12(3) of the M23 National Savings Bank Act1971, for the words “20(4)(b)” onwards there shall be substituted thewords “20(3) of that Act (requirement to deliver or make available documentsrelating to liability of a taxpayer).”

(10) This section shall apply with respect to notices given on or after the dayon which this Act is passed.

Marginal Citations

M22 1970 c. 9.

M23 1971 c. 29.

143 Power to call for papers of tax accountant. U.K.

(1) In section 20A of the M24 Taxes Management Act 1970 (powerto call for papers of tax accountant) for the lasr sentence of subsection (1)there shall be substituted—

“(1A) The reference to documents in subsection (1) above does not include—

(a) personal records (as defined in section 12 of the Police and Criminal Evidence Act 1984), or

(b) journalistic material (as defined in section 13 of that Act).

(1B) Subject to subsection (1A) above, the reference to documents in subsection(1) above is to those specified or described in the notice in question;and—

(a) the notice shall require documents to be delivered within such time (whichshall not be less than thirty days after the date of the notice) as may bespecified in the notice; and

(b) the inspector may take copies of them or of extracts from them.”

(2) This section shall apply with respect to notices given on or after the dayon which this Act is passed.

Marginal Citations

M24 1970 c. 9.

144 Restrictions on powers under TMA ss.20 and 20A. U.K.

(1) Section 20B of the M25 Taxes Management Act 1970(restrictions on powers under sections 20 and 20A) shall be amended asfollows.

(2) In subsection (1), after the word “question” there shall be insertedthe words “, or to furnish the particulars in question”.

(3) After that subsection there shall be inserted—

“(1A) Subject to subsection (1B) below, where a notice is given to any personunder section 20(3) the inspector shall give a copy of the notice to thetaxpayer to whom it relates.

(1B) If, on an application by the inspector, a General or Special Commissionerso directs, a copy of a notice under section 20(3) need not be given to thetaxpayer to whom it relates; but such a direction shall not be given unlessthe Commissioner is satisfied that the inspector has reasonable grounds forsuspecting the taxpayer of fraud.”

(4) In subsection (2), after the words “deliver documents”, in the firstplace where they occur, there shall be inserted the words “or furnishparticulars”.

(5) In subsection (5), for the words from “if” to “or company” thereshall be substituted the words “does not oblige a person”.

(6) In subsection (7), the words from “to a person” to “daughter”shall be omitted.

(7) For subsection (9) there shall be substituted—

“(9) Subject to subsections (11) and (12) below, a notice under section 20(3)or (8A)—

(a) does not oblige a person who has been appointed as an auditor for thepurposes of any enactment to deliver or make available documents which are hisproperty and were created by him or on his behalf for or in connection withthe performance of his functions under that enactment, and

(b) does not oblige a tax adviser to deliver or make available documents whichare his property and consist of relevant communications.

(10) In subsections (9) above “relevant communications” meanscommunications between the tax adviser and —

(a) a person in relation to whose tax affairs he has been appointed, or

(b) any other tax adviser of such a person,

the purpose of which is the giving or obtaining of advice about any ofthose tax affairs; and in subsection (9) above and this subsection “tax adviser” means a person appointed to give advice aboutthe tax affairs of another person (whether appointed directly by that otherperson or by another tax adviser of his).

(11) Subject to subsection (13) below, subsection (9) above shall not haveeffect in relation to any document which contains information explaining anyinformation, return, accounts or other document which the person to whom thenotice is given has, as tax accountant, assisted any client of his inpreparing for, or delivering to, the inspector or the Board.

(12) Subject to subsection (13) below, in the case of a notice under section20(8A) subsection (9) above shall not have effect in relation to any documentwhich contains information giving the identity or address of any taxpayer towhom the notice relates or of any person who has acted on behalf of any suchperson.

(13) Subsection (9) above is not disapplied by subsection (11) or (12) abovein the case of any document if—

(a) the information within subsection (11) or (12) is contained in some otherdocument, and

(b) either—

(i) that other document, or a copy of it, has been delivered to the inspectoror the Board, or

(ii) that other document has been inspected by an officer of the Board.

(14) Where subsection (9) above is disapplied by subsection (11) or (12) abovein the case of a document, the person to whom the notice is given either shalldeliver the document to the inspector or make it available for inspection byan officer of the Board or shall—

(a) deliver to the inspector (or, where subsection (3) above applies, theBoard) a copy (which is photographic or otherwise by way of facsimile) of anyparts of the document which contain the information within subsection (11) or(12), and

(b) if so required by the inspector (or, as the case may be, the Board), makeavailable for inspection by a named officer of the Board such parts of thedocument as contain that information;

and failure to comply with any requirement under paragraph (b) aboveshall constitute a failure to comply with the notice.”

(8) This section shall apply with respect to notices given on or after the dayon which this Act is passed.

Marginal Citations

M25 1970c. 9.

145 Falsification etc. of documents. U.K.

(1) After section 20B of the M26 Taxes Management Act 1970there shall be inserted—

“20BB Falsification etc. of documents.

(1) Subject to subsections (2) to (4) below, a person shall be guilty of anoffence if he intentionally falsifies, conceals, destroys or otherwisedisposes of, or causes or permits the falsification, concealment, destructionor disposal of, a document which—

(a) he has been required by a notice under section 20 or 20A above, or

(b) he has been given an opportunity in accordance with section 20B(1) above,

to deliver, or to deliver or make available for inspection.

(2) A person does not commit an offence under subsection (1) above if heacts—

(a) with the written permission of a General or Special Commissioner, theinspector or an officer of the Board,

(b) after the document has been delivered or, in a case within section 20(3)or (8A) above, inspected, or

(c) after a copy has been delivered in accordance with section 20B(4) or (14)above and the original has been inspected.

(3) A person does not commit an offence under subsection (1)(a) above if heacts after the end of the period of two years beginning with the date on whichthe notice is given, unless before the end of that period the inspector or anofficer of the Board has notified the person in writing that the notice hasnot been complied with to his satisfaction.

(4) A person does not commit an offence under subsection (1) (b) above if heacts—

(a) after the end of the period of six months beginning with the date on whichan opportunity to deliver the document was given, or

(b) after an application for consent to a notice being given in relation tothe document has been refused.

(5) A person guilty of an offence under subsection (1) above shall beliable—

(a) on summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding the statutory maximum;

(b) on conviction on indictment, to imprisonment for a term not exceeding twoyears or to a fine or to both.”

(2) This section shall apply to any falsification, concealment, destructionor disposal of a document occurring on or after the day on which this Act ispassed.

Marginal Citations

M26 1970 c. 9.

146 Entry with warrant to obtain documents. U.K.

(1) Section 20C of the M27 Taxes Management Act 1970 (entrywith warrant to obtain documents) shall be amended as follows.

(2) In subsection (1)—

(a) for the words “any form of fraud” there shall be substituted thewords “serious fraud”, and

(b) for the words “has been” there shall be substituted the words “isbeing, has been or is about to be”.

(3) After that subsection there shall be inserted—

“(1A) Without prejudice to the generality of the concept of serious fraud—

(a) any offence which involves fraud is for the purposes of this section anoffence involving serious fraud if its commission had led, or is intended orlikely to lead, either to substantial financial gain to any person or toserious prejudice to the proper assessment or collection of tax; and

(b) an offence which, if considered alone, would not be regarded as involvingserious fraud may nevertheless be so regarded if there is reasonable groundfor suspecting that it forms part of a course of conduct which is, or but forits detection would be, likely to result in serious prejudice to the properassessment or collection of tax.

(1B) The powers conferred by a warrant under this section shall not beexercisable—

(a) by more than such number of officers of the Board as may be specified inthe warrant;

(b) outside such times of day as may be so specified;

(c) if the warrant so provides, otherwise than in the presence of a constablein uniform.”

(4) For subsections (3) to (5) there shall be substituted—

“(3) An officer who enters the premises under the authority of a warrant underthis section may—

(a) take with him such other persons as appear to him to be necessary;

(b) seize and remove any things whatsoever found there which he has reasonablecause to believe may be required as evidence for the purposes of proceedingsin respect of such an offence as is mentioned in subsection (1) above; and

(c) search or cause to be searched any person found on the premises whom hehas reasonable cause to believe to be in possession of any such things;

but no person shall be searched except by a person of the same sex.

(4) Nothing in subsection (3) above authorises the seizure and removal ofdocuments in the possession of a barrister, advocate or solicitor with respectto which a claim to professional privilege could be maintained.

(5) An officer of the Board seeking to exercise the powers conferred by awarrant under this section or, if there is more than one such officer, thatone of them who is in charge of the search—

(a) if the occupier of the premises concerned is present at the time thesearch is to begin, shall supply a copy of the warrant endorsed with his nameto the occupier;

(b) if at that time the occupier is not present but a person who appears tothe officer to be in charge of the premises is present, shall supply such acopy to that person; and

(c) if neither paragraph (a) nor paragraph (b) above applies, shall leave sucha copy in a prominent place on the premises.

(6) Where entry to premises has been made with a warrant under this section,and the officer making the entry has seized any things under the authority ofthe warrant, he shall endorse on or attach to the warrant a list of the thingsseized.

(7) Subsections (10) to (12) of section 16 of the Policeand Criminal Evidence Act 1984 (return, retention and inspection of warrants)apply to a warrant under this section (together with any list endorsed on orattached to it under subsection (6) above) as they apply to a warrant issuedto a constable under any enactment.

(8) Subsection (7) above extends to England and Wales only.”

(5) This section shall apply with respect to warrants issued on or after theday on which this Act is passed.

Marginal Citations

M27 1970 c. 9.

147 Procedure where documents etc. are removed. U.K.

(1) The following section shall be inserted after section 20C of the M28 Taxes Management Act 1970—

“20CC Procedure where documents etc. are removed.

(1) An officer of the Board who removes anything in the exercise of the powerconferred by section 20C above shall, if so requested by a person showinghimself—

(a) to be the occupier of premises from which it was removed, or

(b) to have had custody or control of it immediately before the removal,

provide that person with a record of what he removed.

(2) The officer of the Board shall provide the record within a reasonable timefrom the making of the request for it.

(3) Where anything which has been removed by an officer of the Board asmentioned in subsection (1) above is of such a nature that a photograph orcopy of it would be sufficient—

(a) for use as evidence at a trial for an offence, or

(b) for forensic examination or for investigation in connection with anoffence,

it shall not be retained longer than is necessary to establish that factand to obtain the photograph or copy.

(4) Subject to subsection (8) below, if a request for permission to be grantedaccess to anything which—

(a) has been removed by an officer of the Board, and

(b) is retained by the Board for the purpose of investigating an offence,

is made to the officer in overall charge of the investigation by a personwho had custody or control of the thing immediately before it was so removedor by someone acting on behalf of any such person, the officer shall allow theperson who made the request access to it under the supervision of an officerof the Board.

(5) Subject to subsection (8) below, if a request for a photograph or copy ofany such thing is made to the officer in overall charge of the investigationby a person who had custody or control of the thing immediately before it wasso removed, or by someone acting on behalf of any such person, the officershall—

(a) allow the person who made the request access to it under the supervisionof an officer of the Board for the purpose of photographing it or copying it,or

(b) photograph or copy it, or cause it to be photographed or copied.

(6) Where anything is photographed or copied under subsection (5)(b) above thephotograph or copy shall be supplied to the person who made the request.

(7) The photograph or copy shall be supplied within a reasonable time from themaking of the request.

(8) There is no duty under this section to grant access to, or to supply aphotograph or copy of, anything if the officer in overall charge of theinvestigation for the purposes of which it was removed has reasonable groundsfor believing that to do so would prejudice—

(a) that investigation;

(b) the investigation of an offence other than the offence for the purposesof the investigation of which the thing was removed; or

(c) any criminal proceedings which may be brought as a result of—

(i) the investigation of which he is in charge, or

(ii) any such investigation as is mentioned in paragraph (b) above.

(9) Any reference in this section to the officer in overall charge of theinvestigation is a reference to the person whose name and address are endorsedon the warrant concerned as being the officer so in charge.”

(2) This section shall apply with respect to warrants issued on or after theday on which this Act is passed.

Marginal Citations

M28 1970c. 9.

148 Interpretation. U.K.

(1) Section 20D of the M29 Taxes Management Act 1970 shall beamended as follows.

(2) In subsection (2), for the words “of returns or accounts to be made ordelivered by the other” there shall be substituted the words “or deliveryof any information, return, accounts or other document which he knows will be,or is or are likely to be, used”.

(3) For subsection (3) there shall be substituted—

“(3) Without prejudice to section 127 of the Finance Act1988, in sections 20 to 20CC above “document” has, subject to sections 20(8C) and 20A(1A), thesame meaning as it has—

(a) in relation to England and Wales, in Part I of the Civil Evidence Act 1968,

(b) in relation to Scotland, in Part III of the Law Reform(Miscellaneous Provisions) (Scotland) Act 1968, and

(c) in relation to Northern Ireland, in Part I of the Civil Evidence Act (Northern Ireland) 1971.”

(4) Subsection (3) above shall not affect the meaning of “business” in sections 20 and 20C of the M30 Taxes Management Act 1970 before the coming into force of sections 142and 146 above.

Marginal Citations

M29 1970 c. 9.

M30 1970 c.9.

Assessments, claims etc. U.K.

149 Assessments founded on fraudulent or negligent conduct. U.K.

(1) The following section shall be substituted for section 36 of the TaxesManagement Act 1970—

“36 Fraudulent or negligent conduct.

(1) An assessment on any person (in this section referred to as “theperson in default”) for the purpose of making good to the Crown aloss of tax attributable to his fraudulent or negligent conduct or thefraudulent or negligent conduct of a person acting on his behalf may be madeat any time not later than twenty years after the end of the chargeable periodto which the assessment relates.

(2) Where the person in default is an individual who carried on a trade orprofession in partnership with another individual, or with other persons atleast one of whom is an individual, at any time in the year for which theassessment is made, an assessment in respect of the profits or gains of thetrade or profession for the purpose mentioned in subsection (1) above may bemade not only on the person in default but also on his partner or, as the casemay be, on any of his partners who is an individual.

(3) If the person on whom the assessment is made so requires, in determiningthe amount of the tax to be charged for any chargeable period in anyassessment made for the purpose mentioned in subsection (1) above, effectshall be given to any relief or allowance to which he would have been entitledfor that chargeable period on a claim or application made within the timeallowed by the Taxes Acts.”

(2) Sections 37 to 39 (special provisions as to “neglect”) and section41 (leave required for certain assessments) of the Taxes Management Act 1970shall cease to have effect.

(3) The words “section 36” shall be substituted—

(a) for the words “sections 36, 37 and 39” in section 30(6) of the M31 Taxes Management Act 1970 (tax repaid in error etc.),

(b) for the words “sections 37 to 39” in section 118(3) ofthat Act (effect under law of Scotland of assessment in partnership name),

(c) for the words “sections 36 and 39” in paragraph 10(1) of Schedule 13to the Taxes Act 1988 (assessments to advance corporation tax), and

(d) for the words “sections 36 and 37” in paragraph 10(1) of Schedule 16to that Act (assessments to income tax on company payments which are notdistributions).

(4) The words “ fraudulent or negligent conduct ” shall besubstituted—

(a) for the words “fraud, wilful default or neglect” in—

(i) section 37A of the Taxes Management Act 1970 (married couples),

(ii) section 40(2) of that Act (assessment on personal representatives), and

(iii) paragraph 9 of Schedule 16A to the M32 Finance Act 1973and of Schedule 19A to the Taxes Act 1988 (Lloyd’s), and

(b) for the words “fraud and wilful default) and section 37 of that Act(neglect” in section 307(5) of the Taxes Act 1988 (assessments forwithdrawing relief under Chapter III of Part VII of that Act).

(5) In section 105 of the Taxes Management Act 1970 (admissibility ofevidence), for the words “fraud or default” and the words “fraud orwilful default” there shall be substituted the words “fraudulentconduct”.

(6) In paragraph 9 of Schedule 16A to the Finance Act 1973 and of Schedule 19Ato the Taxes Act 1988, for “37, 40 and 41” there shall be substituted “and 40”.

(7) Nothing in this section shall affect the making of assessments—

(a) for years of assessment before the year 1983-84, or

(b) for accounting periods which ended before 1st April 1983.

Marginal Citations

M31 1970 c.9.

M32 1973 c. 51.

150 Further assessments: claims etc. U.K.

(1) The following sections shall be inserted after section 43 of the TaxesManagement Act 1970—

“43A Further assessments: claims etc.

(1) This section applies where—

(a) by virtue of section 29(3) of this Act an assessment is made on any personfor a chargeable period, and

(b) the assessment is not made for the purpose of making good to the Crown anyloss of tax attributable to his fraudulent or negligent conduct or thefraudulent or negligent conduct of a person acting on his behalf.

(2) Without prejudice to section 43(2) above but subject to section 43B below,where this section applies—

(a) any relevant claim, election, application or notice which could have beenmade or given within the time allowed by the Taxes Acts may be made or givenat any time within one year from the end of the chargeable period in which theassessment is made, and

(b) any relevant claim, election, application or notice previously made orgiven may at any such time be revoked or varied—

(i) in the same manner as it was made or given, and

(ii) by or with the consent of the same person or persons who made, gave orconsented to it (or, in the case of any such person who has died, by or withthe consent of his personal representatives),

except where by virtue of any enactment it is irrevocable.

(3) For the purposes of this section and section 43B below, a claim, election,application or notice is relevant in relation to an assessment for achargeable period if—

(a) it relates to that chargeable period or is made or given by reference toan event occurring in that chargeable period, and

(b) it or, as the case may be, its revocation or variation has or could havethe effect of reducing any of the liabilities mentioned in subsection (4)below.

(4) The liabilities referred to in subsection (3) above are—

(a) the increased liability to tax resulting from the assessment,

(b) any other liability to tax of the person concerned for—

(i) the chargeable period to which the assessment relates, or

(ii) any chargeable period which follows that chargeable period and ends notlater than one year after the end of the chargeable period in which theassessment is made.

(5) Where a claim, election, application or notice is made, given, revoked orvaried by virtue of subsection (2) above, all such adjustments shall be made,whether by way of discharge or repayment of tax or the making of assessmentsor otherwise, as are required to take account of the effect of the taking ofthat action on any person’s liability to tax for any chargeable period.

(6) The provisions of this Act relating to appeals against decisions on claimsshall apply with any necessary modifications to a decision on the revocationor variation of a claim by virtue of subsection (2) above.

43B Limits on application of section 43A.

(1) If the effect of the exercise by any person of a power conferred bysection 43A(2) above—

(a) to make or give a claim, election, application or notice, or

(b) to revoke or vary a claim, election, application or notice previously madeor given,

would be to alter the liability to tax of another person, that power maynot be exercised except with the consent in writing of that other person or,where he has died, his personal representatives.

(2) Where—

(a) a power conferred by subsection (2) of section 43A above is exercised inconsequence of an assessment made on a person, and

(b) the exercise of the power increases the liability to tax of anotherperson,

that section shall not apply by reason of any assessment made because ofthat increased liability.

(3) In any case where—

(a) one or more relevant claims, elections, applications or notices are made,given, revoked or varied by virtue of the application of section 43A above inthe case of an assessment, and

(b) the total of the reductions in liability to tax which, apart from thissubsection, would result from the action mentioned in paragraph (a) abovewould exceed the additional liability to tax resulting from the assessment,

the excess shall not be available to reduce any liability to tax.

(4) Where subsection (3) above has the effect of limiting either the reductionin a person’s liability to tax for more than one period or the reduction inthe liability to tax of more than one person, the limited amount shall beapportioned between the periods or persons concerned—

(a) except where paragraph (b) below applies, in such manner as may bespecified by the inspector by notice in writing to the person or personsconcerned, or

(b) where the person concerned gives (or the persons concerned jointly give)notice in writing to the inspector within the relevant period, in such manneras may be specified in the notice given by the person or persons concerned.

(5) For the purposes of paragraph (b) of subsection (4) above the relevantperiod is the period of 30 days beginning with the day on which notice underparagraph (a) of that subsection is given to the person concerned or, wheremore than one person is concerned, the latest date on which such notice isgiven to any of them.”

(2) This section shall apply in relation to any assessment notice of which isissued on or after the day on which this Act is passed.

151 Assessment of trustees etc. U.K.

(1) Income tax chargeable in respect of income arising to the trustees of asettlement, or to the personal representatives of a deceased person, may beassessed and charged on and in the name of any one or more of the relevanttrustees or, as the case may be, the relevant personal representatives.

(2) In this section “the relevant trustees”, in relation toany income, means the trustees to whom the income arises and any subsequenttrustees of the settlement, and “the relevant personalrepresentatives” has a corresponding meaning.

(3) In this section “personal representatives” has the samemeaning as in section 111 of this Act.

(4) This section shall be deemed always to have had effect.

Distress and poinding etc. U.K.

152 Distress for non-payment of tax. U.K.

(1) Section 61 of the M33 Taxes Management Act 1970 (distress)shall be amended as follows.

(2) In subsection (1), for the words “the collector shall” onwards thereshall be substituted the words “the collector may distrain upon the goods and chattels of the personcharged (in this section referred to as “the person indefault”).”

(3) In subsection (2), for the words from “a collector” to “Commissioners” there shall be substituted the words “a justice of thepeace, on being satisfied by information on oath that there is reasonableground for believing that a person is neglecting or refusing to pay a sumcharged, may issue a warrant in writing authorising a collector to”.

(4) In subsection (4), for the words “neglecting or refusing to pay”there shall be substituted the words “in default”.

(5) In subsection (5)—

(a) for the word “aforesaid” there shall be substituted the words “indefault”,

(b) the words “within the said five days” shall be omitted,

(c) for the words from “two or more inhabitants of the parish” to “sufficient persons” there shall be substituted the words “one or moreindependent persons appointed by the collector”, and

(d) the words from “The costs” to “the collector, and” shall beomitted.

(6) The following subsection shall be added after that subsection—

“(6) The Treasury may by regulations make provision with respect to—

(a) the fees chargeable on or in connection with the levying of distress, and

(b) the costs and charges recoverable where distress has been levied;

and any such regulations shall be made by statutory instrument whichshall be subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House ofCommons.”

(7) This section shall come into force on such day as the Treasury may byorder made by statutory instrument appoint.

Marginal Citations

M33 1970 c. 9.

153 Priority in cases of distraint by others. U.K.

(1) Section 62 of the M34 Taxes Management Act 1970 (priorityof claim for tax) shall be amended as follows.

(2) In subsection (1)—

(a) for the words from the beginning to “shall be” there shall besubstituted the words “If at any time at which any goods or chattelsbelonging to any person (in this section referred to as “the personin default”) are”,

(b) for the word “unless” there shall be substituted the words “theperson in default is in arrears in respect of any such sums as are referredto in subsection (1A) below, the goods or chattels may not be so taken unlesson demand made by the collector”, and

(c) for the words “arrears of tax” onwards there shall be substituted thewords “such sums as have fallen due at or before the date of seizure.”

(3) The following subsection shall be inserted after that subsection—

“(1A) The sums referred to in subsection (1) above are—

(a) sums due from the person in default on account of deductions of income taxfrom emoluments paid during the period of twelve months next before the dateof seizure, being deductions which the person in default was liable to makeunder section 203 of the principal Act (pay as you earn) less the amount ofthe repayments of income tax which he was liable to make during that period;and

(b) sums due from the person in default in respect of deductions required tobe made by him for that period under section 559 of the principal Act(sub-contractors in the construction industry).”

(4) In subsection (2)—

(a) for the words from the beginning to “the collector shall” there shallbe substituted the words “If the sums referred to in subsection (1) aboveare not paid within ten days of the date of the demand referred to in thatsubsection, the collector may”,

(b) for the words “shall proceed” there shall be substituted the words “may proceed”, and

(c) for the words “the tax charged and claimed” there shall besubstituted the words “those sums”.

Marginal Citations

M34 1970 c. 9.

154 Recovery of tax from debtor in Scotland. U.K.

(1) Section 63 of the M35 Taxes Management Act 1970 (recoveryof tax in Scotland) shall be amended as follows.

(2) In subsection (3), for the words “which relates to” onwards thereshall be substituted the words “insofar as it relates to sums due in respect of—

(a) deductions of income tax which any person specified in the application wasliable to make under section 203 of the principal Act (pay as you earn); or

(b) deductions required to be made under section 559 of the principal Act(sub-contractors in the construction industry) by any person specified in theapplication.”

(3) The following subsection shall be added after that subsection—

“(4) In this section references to amounts of tax due and references to sumsdue in respect of deductions include references to amounts which are deemedto be—

(a) amounts of tax which the person is liable to pay by virtue of the Income Tax (Employments) Regulations 1973; or

(b) amounts which the person is liable to pay by virtue of the Income Tax(Sub-Contractors in the Construction Industry)Regulations 1975.”

Marginal Citations

M35 1970 c. 9.

155 Priority in cases of poinding etc. by others in Scotland. U.K.

(1) Section 64 of the Taxes Management Act 1970 (priority of claim for tax inScotland) shall be amended as follows.

(2) In subsection (1)—

(a) for the words from the beginning to “shall be” there shall besubstituted the words “If at any time at which any moveable goods andeffects belonging to any person (in this section referred to as “theperson in default”) are”,

(b) for the word “unless” there shall be substituted the words “theperson in default is in arrears in respect of any such sums as are referredto in subsection (1A) below, the goods and effects may not be so taken unlesson demand made by the collector”, and

(c) for the words “the tax so in arrear” onwards there shall besubstituted the words “such sums as have fallen due at or before the dateof poinding or, as the case may be, other diligence or assignation.”

(3) The following subsection shall be inserted after that subsection—

“(1A) The sums referred to in subsection (1) above are—

(a) sums due from the person in default on account of deductions of income taxfrom emoluments paid during the period of twelve months next before the dateof poinding, being deductions which the person in default was liable to makeunder section 203 of the principal Act (pay as you earn) less the amount ofthe repayments of income tax which he was liable to make during that period;and

(b) sums due from the person in default in respect of deductions required tobe made by him for that period under section 559 of the principal Act(sub-contractors in the construction industry).”

(4) In subsection (2)—

(a) for the words from the beginning to “the tax claimed shall” thereshall be substituted the words “If the sums referred to in subsection (1)above are not paid within ten days of the date of the demand referred to inthat subsection, the sums shall”, and

(b) for the words “proceeding at his instance” there shall be substitutedthe word “proceedings”.

Interest etc. U.K.

156 Interest on overdue tax. U.K.

(1) In section 86 of the M36 Taxes Management Act 1970, forsubsection (3) and the words in subsection (4) preceding the Table there shallbe substituted—

“(3) For the purposes of this section—

(a) the reckonable date in relation to any tax charged by an assessment toincome tax under Schedule E, and

(b) subject to subsection (3A) below, the reckonable date in relation to taxcharged by any other assessment to which this section applies,

is the date on which the tax becomes due and payable.

(3A) Where an appeal has been made against an assessment and any of the taxcharged by the assessment is due and payable on a date later than the dategiven by the Table in subsection (4) below, the reckonable date in relationto the tax so due and payable is the later of—

(a) the date given by that Table, and

(b) the date on which the tax would have been due and payable if there hadbeen no appeal against the assessment (assuming in a case where the tax wouldnot have been charged by the assessment if there had been no appeal that itwas so charged).

(4) The Table referred to in subsection (3A) above is asfollows—”.

(2) In section 55 of that Act—

(a) in subsection (2), for the words “it were” onwards there shall besubstituted the words “there had been no appeal.”,

(b) in subsection (6), for paragraphs (a) and (b) there shall besubstituted—

“(a) in the case of a determination made on an application under subsection (3)above, other than an application made by virtue of subsection (3A) above, thedate on which any tax the payment of which is not so postponed is due andpayable shall be determined as if the tax were charged by an assessment noticeof which was issued on the date of that determination and against which therehad been no appeal; and

(b) in the case of a determination made on an application under subsection (4)above—

(i) the date on which any tax the payment of which ceases to be so postponedis due and payable shall be determined as if the tax were charged by anassessment notice of which was issued on the date of that determination andagainst which there had been no appeal; and

(ii) any tax overpaid shall be repaid.”and

(c) for subsection (9) there shall be substituted—

“(9) On the determination of the appeal—

(a) the date on which any tax payable in accordance with that determinationis due and payable shall, so far as it is tax the payment of which had beenpostponed, or which would not have been charged by the assessment if there hadbeen no appeal, be determined as if the tax were charged by anassessment—

(i) notice of which was issued on the date on which the inspector issues tothe appellant a notice of the total amount payable in accordance with thedetermination, and

(ii) against which there had been no appeal; and

(b) any tax overpaid shall be repaid.”

(3) In section 56(9) of that Act, for the words “amount of” there shallbe substituted the words “amount charged by”.

(4) This section shall apply to tax charged by any assessment notice of whichis issued after 30th July 1982.

Marginal Citations

M36 1970 c. 9.

157 Effect of certain claims on interest. U.K.

(1) In relation to any tax charged by an assessment made under section 252(1)of the Taxes Act 1988 to recover corporation tax that becomes payable as aresult of the making of a claim under section 240 of that Act, the reckonabledate for the purposes of section 86 of the M37 Taxes ManagementAct 1970 (in this section referred to as “section 86”) is the date which is given by paragraph 5 ofthe Table in subsection (4) of that section.

(2) Subsections (3) and (4) below apply in any case where—

(a) there is in any accounting period of a company (in this section referredto as “the later period”) an amount of surplus advance corporationtax, as defined in subsection (3) of section 239 of the Taxes Act 1988, and

(b) pursuant to a claim under the said subsection (3), the whole or any partof that amount is treated for the purposes of the said section 239 asdischarging liability for an amount of corporation tax for an earlieraccounting period (in this section referred to as “the earlier period”), and

(c) if the claim under the said subsection (3) had not been made—

(i) an amount of corporation tax assessed for the earlier period would carryinterest in accordance with section 86, or

(ii) an assessment could have been made under section 252(1) of that Act torecover corporation tax for the earlier period.

(3) In determining the amount of interest payable under section 86 oncorporation tax unpaid for the earlier period, no account shall be taken ofany reduction in the amount of that tax which results from section 239(3) ofthe Taxes Act 1988 except so far as concerns interest for any time after theday following the expiry of nine months from the end of the later period.

(4) Where, but for the claim under section 239(3) of the Taxes Act 1988, anassessment could have been made under section 252(1) of that Act to recovercorporation tax for the earlier period, interest under section 86 shall bechargeable, in relation to any time not later than the day referred to insubsection (3) above, as if the claim had not been made and such an assessmenthad been made.

(5) In relation to interest charged under section 86 by virtue of subsection(4) above, section 69 of the M38 Taxes Management Act 1970shall have effect with the substitution for the words following paragraph (c)of the words “as if it were tax charged and due and payable under anassessment”.

(6) In this section—

(a) subsection (1) above shall have effect where the claim under 240 of theTaxes Act 1988 is made on or after 14th March 1989, and

(b) subsections (2) to (5) above shall have effect where the claim undersection 239(3) of that Act is made on or after that date,

but this section shall not have effect in relation to corporation tax forany accounting period ending after the day which is the appointed day for thepurposes of section 85 of the M39 Finance (No.2) Act 1987.

Marginal Citations

M37 1970 c. 9.

M38 1970 c. 9.

M39 1987 c. 51.

158 Small amounts of interest. U.K.

(1) In the Taxes Management Act 1970—

(a) section 86(6) (remission of interest payable on overdue income tax,capital gains tax or corporation tax where interest would not exceed£30), and

(b) section 87(4) (no interest payable on overdue advance corporation tax orincome tax on company payments where interest would not exceed £30),

shall cease to have effect.

(2) The words “of not less than £25” in—

(a) [F107 section 283(1) of the M40 Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992] (norepayment supplement where overdue repayment of capital gains tax less than£25), and

(b) section 824(1)(a) and (b) and (5) of the Taxes Act 1988 (no repaymentsupplement where overdue repayment of income tax etc. less than £25),

and the words “of not less than £100” in section 825(2) of theTaxes Act 1988 (no repayment supplement where overdue repayment of company taxless than £100) shall cease to have effect.

(3) Paragraph (a) of subsection (1) above shall have effect—

(a) in relation to income tax under Schedule E, where the demand for the taxis made on or after the appointed day, and

(b) in any other case, where the tax is charged by an assessment notice ofwhich is issued on or after the appointed day.

(4) Paragraph (b) of that subsection shall have effect where the tax ischarged by an assessment relating to an accounting period beginning on orafter the appointed day.

(5) Subsection (2) above shall have effect in relation to repayments of taxmade on or after the appointed day.

(6) In this section “the appointed day” means such day as theTreasury may by order made by statutory instrument appoint; and different daysmay be appointed for different enactments or for different purposes of thesame enactment.

Textual Amendments

F107 Words in s. 158(2)(a) substituted (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the substituting Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch. 10 para. 19(3) (with ss. 60, 101(1), 201(3))

Marginal Citations

M40 1975 c. 45.

159 Interest on tax in case of failure or error. U.K.

(1) Section 88 of the M41 Taxes Management Act 1970 (intereston tax recovered to make good loss due to taxpayer’s fault) shall be amendedas follows.

(2) In subsection (1), for the words “the fraud, wilful default or neglectof any person” there shall be substituted the words—

“(a) a failure to give a notice, make a return or produce or furnish a documentor other information required by or under the Taxes Acts, or

(b) an error in any information, return, accounts or other document deliveredto an inspector or other officer of the Board,”.

(3) The following subsection shall be added at the end—

“(7) In paragraph (a) of subsection (1) above the reference to a failure to dosomething includes, in relation to anything required to be done at aparticular time or within a particular period, a reference to a failure to doit at that time or within that period; and, accordingly, section 118(2) ofthis Act shall not apply for the purposes of that paragraph.”

(4) This section shall have effect in relation to failures occurring, anderrors in any information or documents delivered, on or after the day on whichthis Act is passed.

Marginal Citations

M41 1970 c. 9.

160 Determinations under TMA s. 88. U.K.

(1) In subsection (1) of section 88 of the Taxes Management Act 1970, for thewords “shall carry” there shall be substituted the words “shall, if aninspector or the Board so determine, carry”.

(2) The following section shall be inserted after that section—

“88A Determinations under section 88.

(1) Notice of a determination under section 88 above shall be served on theperson liable to pay the interest to which it relates and shall specify—

(a) the date on which it is issued,

(b) the amount of the tax which carries interest and the assessment by whichthat tax was charged,

(c) the date when for the purposes of section 88 above that tax ought to havebeen paid, and

(d) the time within which an appeal against the determination may be made.

(2) After the notice of a determination under section 88 above has been servedthe determination shall not be altered except in accordance with this section.

(3) A determination under section 88 above may be made at any time—

(a) within six years after the end of the chargeable period for which the taxcarrying the interest is charged (or, in the case of development land tax, ofthe financial year in which the liability for that tax arose), or

(b) within three years after the date of the final determination of the amountof that tax.

(4) An appeal may be brought against a determination under section 88 aboveand, subject to the following provisions of this section, the provisions ofthis Act relating to appeals shall have effect in relation to an appealagainst such a determination as they have effect in relation to an appealagainst an assessment to tax.

(5) On an appeal against a determination under section 88 above section 50(6)to (8) of this Act shall not apply but the Commissioners may—

(a) if it appears to them that the tax carries no interest under that section,set the determination aside,

(b) if the determination appears to them to be correct, confirm thedetermination, or

(c) if the determination appears to them to be incorrect as to the amount oftax or the date on which the tax ought to have been paid, revise thedetermination accordingly.”

(3) In section 70 (certificates) of the M42 Taxes ManagementAct 1970, for subsection (3) there shall be substituted—

“(3) A certificate of the inspector or any other officer of the Board that ithas been determined that tax carries interest under section 88 of this Act,together with a certificate of the collector that payment of the interest hasnot been made to him, or, to the best of his knowledge and belief, to anyother collector, or to any person acting on his behalf or on behalf of anothercollector, shall be sufficient evidence—

(a) that interest is chargeable on the tax from the date when for the purposesof section 88 of this Act the tax ought to have been paid, and

(b) that the sum mentioned in the certificate is unpaid and is due to theCrown;

and any document purporting to be such a certificate as is mentioned inthis subsection shall be deemed to be such a certificate unless the contraryis proved.”

(4) In section 113 of that Act (form of documents), the following subsectionshall be inserted after subsection (1B)—

“(1C) Where an officer of the Board has decided that an amount of tax carriesinterest under section 88 of this Act and has taken the decisions needed forarriving at the date when for the purposes of that section that tax ought tohave been paid, he may entrust to any other officer of the Boardresponsibility for completing the determination procedure, whether by meansinvolving the use of a computer or otherwise, including responsibility forserving notice of the determination on the person liable to the interest.”

(5) In section 114 of that Act (want of form not to invalidate), after theword “assessment”, in each place where it occurs, there shall be insertedthe words “or determination”.

(6) In paragraph 5 of Schedule 3 to that Act (rules for assigning proceedingsto Commissioners), the following entry shall be inserted in the first columnafter the entry relating to an appeal against an assessment to capital gainstax— “ An appeal against a determination under section 88 of this Act. ”

Marginal Citations

M42 1970 c. 9.

161 Tax carrying interest under TMA ss. 86 and 88. U.K.

The following subsection shall be substituted for section 88(3) of the M43 Taxes Management Act 1970—

“(3) Where it is finally determined that any tax carries interest under thissection, the tax shall carry no interest under section 86 or 86A above (and,accordingly, any interest under either of those sections which has been paidbefore the final determination shall be set off against the amount of theinterest under this section); and for the purposes of this subsection adetermination that tax carries interest is not final until it can no longerbe varied, whether by any Commissioners on appeal or by the order of anycourt.”

Marginal Citations

M43 1970 c. 9.

Penalties U.K.

162 Failure to make return. U.K.

(1) Section 93 of the Taxes Management Act 1970 (failure to comply with noticeto make return for income tax or capital gains tax) shall be amended asfollows.

(2) In subsection (1) (initial and daily penalties), for paragraphs (a) and(b) there shall be substituted—

“(a) to a penalty not exceeding £300, and

(b) if the failure continues after a penalty is imposed under paragraph (a)above, to a further penalty or penalties not exceeding £60 for each dayon which the failure continues after the day on which the penalty underparagraph (a) above was imposed (but excluding any day for which a penaltyunder this paragraph has already been imposed).”

(3) The following subsection shall be substituted for subsection (2)—

“(2) If a failure by a person to comply with a notice such as is referred toin subsection (1) above continues after the end of the year of assessmentfollowing that during which it was served then, without prejudice to anypenalty under subsection (1) above, he shall be liable to a penalty of anamount not exceeding so much of the tax with which he is charged (whether forone or for more than one year of assessment) in assessments—

(a) based wholly or partly on any income or chargeable gains that ought tohave been included in the return required by the notice, and

(b) made after the end of the year next following the year of assessment inwhich the notice was served,

as is attributable to the income or chargeable gains that ought to havebeen so included.”

(4) The following subsection shall be substituted for subsection (5)—

“(5) No penalty shall be imposed under subsection (1) above in respect of afailure at any time after the failure has been remedied.”

(5) The following subsection shall be substituted for subsection (7)—

“(7) If the person on whom a notice is served proves that there was no incomeor chargeable gain to be included in the return, the penalty under thissection shall not exceed £100.”

(6) This section shall apply in relation to any failure to comply with anotice served on or after 6th April 1989.

163 Incorrect return, accounts etc. U.K.

(1) In—

(a) section 95(1) of the M44 Taxes Management Act 1970(incorrect return etc. for income tax or capital gains tax), and

(b) section 96(1) of that Act (incorrect return etc. for corporation tax),

for the words “the aggregate” onwards there shall be substituted thewords “the amount of the difference specified in subsection (2) below.”

(2) This section shall apply in relation to returns, statements, declarationsor accounts delivered, made or submitted on or after the day on which this Actis passed.

Marginal Citations

M44 1970 c. 9.

164 Special returns, information etc. U.K.

(1) Section 98 of the Taxes Management Act 1970 (special returns, informationetc.) shall be amended as follows.

(2) In subsection (1) (initial and daily penalties)—

(a) for the word “Where” there shall be substituted the words “Subjectto section 98A below, where”, and

(b) for the words “subsection (3)” onwards there shall be substituted thewords “subsections (3) and (4) below—

(i) to a penalty not exceeding £300, and

(ii) if the failure continues after a penalty is imposed under paragraph (i)above, to a further penalty or penalties not exceeding £60 for each dayon which the failure continues after the day on which the penalty underparagraph (i) above was imposed (but excluding any day for which a penaltyunder this paragraph has already been imposed).”

(3) In subsection (2) (maximum penalty for information given fraudulently ornegligently)—

(a) for the word “Where” there shall be substituted the words “Subjectto section 98A below, where”, and

(b) for the words “ £250, or, in the case of fraud, £500”there shall be substituted “ £3,000”.

(4) The following subsections shall be substituted for subsection (3)—

“(3) No penalty shall be imposed under subsection (1) above in respect of afailure within paragraph (a) of that subsection at any time after the failurehas been remedied.

(4) No penalty shall be imposed under paragraph (ii) of subsection (1) abovein respect of a failure within paragraph (b) of that subsection at any timeafter the failure has been remedied.”

(5) In the Table—

(a) in the first column, in the entry relating to Part III of the M45 Taxes Management Act 1970, the words “, except sections 16 and 24(2)” shall be omitted;

(b) the entries relating to sections 38(5) and 42 of the Taxes Act 1988 shallbe moved from the second column to the appropriate place in the first column;and

(c) the entry relating to section 481(5)(k) of that Act shall be omitted fromthe first column and an entry relating to section 482(2) of that Act shall beinserted at the appropriate place in the second column.

(6) In consequence of the amendment made by subsection (5)(a) above section16(6) of the Taxes Management Act 1970 shall cease to have effect.

(7) This section shall apply in relation to—

(a) any failure to comply with a notice or to furnish information, give acertificate or produce a document or record beginning on or after the day onwhich this Act is passed, and

(b) the furnishing, giving, producing or making of any incorrect information,certificate, document, record or declaration on or after that day.

Marginal Citations

M45 1970 c.9.

165 Special penalties in the case of certain returns. U.K.

(1) The following section shall be inserted after section 98 of the TaxesManagement Act 1970—

“98A Special penalties in the case of certain returns.

(1) Regulations under section 203(2) (PAYE) or 566(1) (sub-contractors) of theprincipal Act may provide that this section shall apply in relation to anyspecified provision of the regulations.

(2) Where this section applies in relation to a provision of regulations, anyperson who fails to make a return in accordance with the provision shall beliable—

(a) to a penalty or penalties of the relevant monthly amount for each month(or part of a month) during which the failure continues, but excluding anymonth after the twelfth or for which a penalty under this paragraph hasalready been imposed, and

(b) if the failure continues beyond twelve months, without prejudice to anypenalty under paragraph (a) above, to a penalty not exceeding so much of theamount payable by him in accordance with the regulations for the year ofassessment to which the return relates as remained unpaid at the end of 19thApril after the end of that year.

(3) For the purposes of subsection (2)(a) above, the relevant monthly amountin the case of a failure to make a return—

(a) where the number of persons in respect of whom particulars should beincluded in the return is fifty or less, is £100, and

(b) where that number is greater than fifty, is £100 for each fifty suchpersons and an additional £100 where that number is not a multiple offifty.

(4) Where this section applies in relation to a provision of regulations, anyperson who fraudulently or negligently makes an incorrect return of a kindmentioned in the provision shall be liable to a penalty not exceeding thedifference between—

(a) the amount payable by him in accordance with the regulations for the yearof assessment to which the return relates, and

(b) the amount which would have been so payable if the return had beencorrect.”

[F108 (2) In relation to a failure to make a return beginning before such day as theTreasury may by order made by statutory instrument appoint, section 98A(2)shall have effect with the substitution of the following paragraph forparagraph (a)—

“(a) to—

(i) a penalty not exceeding twelve times the relevant monthly amount, and

(ii) if the failure continues after a penalty is imposed under sub-paragraph(i) above, a further penalty or penalties of the relevant monthly amount foreach month (or part of a month) during which the failure continues, butexcluding any month after the twelfth or for which a penalty under thissub-paragraph has already been imposed,”.]

Textual Amendments

F108 S. 165(2) repealed (with effect in relation to failures beginning on or after 20.5.1995) by Finance Act 1989 (c. 26, SIF 63:1), ss. 165(2), 187(1), Sch. 17 Pt. VIII Note 7; S.I. 1994/2508, art. 2

166 Assisting in preparation of incorrect return etc. U.K.

(1) The following section shall be substituted for section 99 of the M46 Taxes Management Act 1970—

“99 Assisting in preparation of incorrect return etc.

Any person who assists in or induces the preparation or delivery of anyinformation, return, accounts or other document which—

(a) he knows will be, or is or are likely to be, used for any purpose of tax,and

(b) he knows to be incorrect,

shall be liable to a penalty not exceeding £3,000.”

(2) This section shall apply in relation to assistance and inducementsoccurring on or after the day on which this Act is passed.

Marginal Citations

M46 1970c. 9.

167 Determination of penalties. U.K.

The following sections shall be substituted for section 100 of the M47 Taxes Management Act 1970—

“100 Determination of penalties by officer of Board.

(1) Subject to subsection (2) below and except where proceedings for a penaltyhave been instituted under section 100D below or a penalty has been imposedby the Commissioners under section 53 of this Act, an officer of the Boardauthorised by the Board for the purposes of this section may make adetermination imposing a penalty under any provision of the Taxes Acts andsetting it at such amount as, in his opinion, is correct or appropriate.

(2) Subsection (1) above does not apply where the penalty is a penaltyunder—

(a) section 93(1) above as it has effect before the amendments made by section162 of the Finance Act 1989 or section 93(1)(a) above as it has effect afterthose amendments,

(b) section 94(1) above as it has effect before the substitution made bysection 83 of the Finance (No.2) Act 1987,

(c) section 98(1) above as it has effect before the amendments made by section164 of the Finance Act 1989 or section 98(1)(i) above as it has effect afterthose amendments, or

(d) paragraph (a)(i) of section 98A(2) above as it has effect by virtue ofsection 165(2) of the Finance Act 1989.

(3) Notice of a determination of a penalty under this section shall be servedon the person liable to the penalty and shall state the date on which it isissued and the time within which an appeal against the determination may bemade.

(4) After the notice of a determination under this section has been served thedetermination shall not be altered except in accordance with this section oron appeal.

(5) If it is discovered by an officer of the Board authorised by the Board forthe purposes of this section that the amount of a penalty determined underthis section is or has become insufficient the officer may make adetermination in a further amount so that the penalty is set at the amountwhich, in his opinion, is correct or appropriate.

(6) In any case where—

(a) a determination under this section is of a penalty under section 94(6)above, and

(b) after the determination has been made it is discovered by an officer ofthe Board authorised by the Board for the purposes of this section that theamount which was taken into account as the relevant amount of tax is or hasbecome excessive,

the determination shall be revised so that the penalty is set at theamount which is correct; and, where more than the correct amount has alreadybeen paid, the appropriate amount shall be repaid.

100A Provisions supplementary to section 100.

(1) Where a person who has incurred a penalty has died, a determination undersection 100 above which could have been made in relation to him may be madein relation to his personal representatives, and any penalty imposed onpersonal representatives by virtue of this subsection shall be a debt due fromand payable out of his estate.

(2) A penalty determined under section 100 above shall be due and payable atthe end of the period of thirty days beginning with the date of the issue ofthe notice of determination.

(3) A penalty determined under section 100 above shall for all purposes betreated as if it were tax charged in an assessment and due and payable.

100B Appeals against penalty determinations.

(1) An appeal may be brought against the determination of a penalty undersection 100 above and, subject to the following provisions of this section,the provisions of this Act relating to appeals shall have effect in relationto an appeal against such a determination as they have effect in relation toan appeal against an assessment to tax.

(2) On an appeal against the determination of a penalty under section 100above section 50(6) to (8) of this Act shall not apply but—

(a) in the case of a penalty which is required to be of a particular amount,the Commissioners may—

(i) if it appears to them that no penalty has been incurred, set thedetermination aside,

(ii) if the amount determined appears to them to be correct, confirm thedetermination, or

(iii) if the amount determined appears to them to be incorrect, increase orreduce it to the correct amount,

(b) in the case of any other penalty, the Commissioners may—

(i) if it appears to them that no penalty has been incurred, set thedetermination aside,

(ii) if the amount determined appears to them to be appropriate, confirm thedetermination,

(iii) if the amount determined appears to them to be excessive, reduce it tosuch other amount (including nil) as they consider appropriate, or

(iv) if the amount determined appears to them to be insufficient, increase itto such amount not exceeding the permitted maximum as they considerappropriate.

(3) Without prejudice to section 56 of this Act, an appeal from a decision ofthe Commissioners against the amount of a penalty which has been determinedunder section 100 above or this section shall lie, at the instance of theperson liable to the penalty, to the High Court or, in Scotland, to the Courtof Session as the Court of Exchequer in Scotland; and on that appeal the courtshall have the like jurisdiction as is conferred on the Commissioners byvirtue of this section.

100C Penalty proceedings before Commissioners.

(1) An officer of the Board authorised by the Board for the purposes of thissection may commence proceedings before the General or Special Commissionersfor any penalty to which subsection (1) of section 100 above does not applyby virtue of subsection (2) of that section.

(2) Proceedings under this section shall be by way of information in writing,made to the Commissioners, and upon summons issued by them to the defendant(or defender) to appear before them at a time and place stated in the summons;and they shall hear and decide each case in a summary way.

(3) Any penalty determined by the Commissioners in proceedings under thissection shall for all purposes be treated as if it were tax charged in anassessment and due and payable.

(4) An appeal against the determination of a penalty in proceedings under thissection shall lie to the High Court or, in Scotland, the Court of Session asthe Court of Exchequer in Scotland—

(a) by any party on a question of law, and

(b) by the defendant (or, in Scotland, the defender) against the amount of thepenalty.

(5) On any such appeal the court may—

(a) if it appears that no penalty has been incurred, set the determinationaside,

(b) if the amount determined appears to be appropriate, confirm thedetermination,

(c) if the amount determined appears to be excessive, reduce it to such otheramount (including nil) as the court considers appropriate, or

(d) if the amount determined appears to be insufficient, increase it to suchamount not exceeding the permitted maximum as the court considers appropriate.

100D Penalty proceedings before court.

(1) Where in the opinion of the Board the liability of any person for apenalty arises by reason of the fraud of that or any other person, proceedingsfor the penalty may be instituted before the High Court or, in Scotland, theCourt of Session as the Court of Exchequer in Scotland.

(2) Proceedings under this section which are not instituted (in England, Walesor Northern Ireland) under the Crown Proceedings Act 1947by and in the name of the Board as an authorised department for the purposesof that Act shall be instituted—

(a) in England and Wales, in the name of the Attorney General,

(b) in Scotland, in the name of the Lord Advocate, and

(c) in Northern Ireland, in the name of the Attorney General for NorthernIreland.

(3) Any proceedings under this section instituted in England and Wales shallbe deemed to be civil proceedings by the Crown within the meaning of Part IIof the Crown Proceedings Act 1947 and any such proceedings instituted inNorthern Ireland shall be deemed to be civil proceedings within the meaningof that Part of that Act as for the time being in force in Northern Ireland.

(4) If in proceedings under this section the court does not find that fraudis proved but consider that the person concerned is nevertheless liable to apenalty, the court may determine a penalty notwithstanding that, but for theopinion of the Board as to fraud, the penalty would not have been a matter forthe court.”

Marginal Citations

M47 1970 c. 9.

168 Amendments consequential on section 167. U.K.

(1) In consequence of the amendment made by section 167 above the M48 Taxes Management Act 1970 shall be amended in accordance withsubsections (2) to (8) below.

(2) In section 20A (power to call for papers of tax accountant)—

(a) in subsection (1), for the words “awarded against him a penalty incurredby” there shall be substituted the words “a penalty imposed on”,

(b) in subsection (2), for the word “award” in the first place where itoccurs there shall be substituted the word “penalty” and for that wordin the second place where it occurs there shall be substituted the word “imposition”, and

(c) in subsection (4), for the words “award against” there shall besubstituted the words “imposition on” and for the word “award” thereshall be substituted the word “penalty”.

F109 (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(4) In section 102 (mitigation of penalties), for the words “recoverythereof” there shall be substituted the words “a penalty”.

(5) In section 105 (evidence)—

(a) the following paragraph shall be substituted for paragraph (a) ofsubsection (1)—

“(a) pecuniary settlements may be accepted instead of a penalty beingdetermined, or proceedings being instituted, in relation to any tax,”,

(b) in paragraph (b) of subsection (2), for the words “sum” onwards thereshall be substituted the words “tax due from him”, and

(c) after that paragraph there shall be inserted the words “and

(c) any proceedings for a penalty or on appeal against the determination ofa penalty.”

(6) In section 112 (loss of documents etc.), the following subsection shallbe added at the end—

“(3) The references in subsection (1) above to assessments to tax includereferences to determinations of penalties; and in its application to suchdeterminations the proviso to that subsection shall have effect with theappropriate modifications.”

(7) In section 113 (form of documents)—

(a) the following subsection shall be inserted after subsection (1C)—

“(1D) Where an officer of the Board has decided to impose a penalty undersection 100 of this Act and has taken all other decisions needed for arrivingat the amount of the penalty, he may entrust to any other officer of the Boardresponsibility for completing the determination procedure, whether by meansinvolving the use of a computer or otherwise, including responsibility forserving notice of the determination on the person liable to the penalty.”and

(b) in subsection (3)—

(i) after the words “Every assessment,” there shall be inserted the words “determination of a penalty,”,

(ii) after the words “notice of assessment” there shall be inserted thewords “, of determination”, and

(iii) after the words “levying tax” there shall be inserted the words “ordetermining a penalty”.

(8) In paragraph 5 of Schedule 3 (rules for assigning proceedings toCommissioners), for the words “section 100(4)” there shall be substitutedthe words “section 100C or an appeal under section 100B against thedetermination of a penalty”.

(9) In section 41 of the M49 Development Land Tax Act 1976(administration of development land tax) the following subsection shall beinserted after subsection (1)—

“(1A) Nothing in sections 167 to 169 of the Finance Act 1989 shall apply topenalties relating to development land tax.”

Textual Amendments

F109 S. 168(3) repealed (1.9.1994) by S.I. 1994/1813, reg. 2(2), Sch. 2 Pt. I

Marginal Citations

M48 1970 c.9.

M49 1976 c. 24.

169 Time limits. U.K.

(1) The following section shall be substituted for section 103 of the M50 Taxes Management Act 1970—

“103 Time limits for penalties.

(1) Subject to subsection (2) below, where the amount of a penalty is to beascertained by reference to tax payable by a person for any period, thepenalty may be determined by an officer of the Board, or proceedings for thepenalty may be commenced before the Commissioners or a court—

(a) at any time within six years after the date on which the penalty wasincurred, or

(b) at any later time within three years after the final determination of theamount of tax by reference to which the amount of the penalty is to beascertained.

(2) Where the tax was payable by a person who has died, and the determinationwould be made in relation to his personal representatives, subsection (1)(b)above does not apply if the tax was charged in an assessment made later thansix years after the end of the chargeable period for which it was charged.

(3) A penalty under section 99 of this Act may be determined by an officer ofthe Board, or proceedings for such a penalty may be commenced before a court,at any time within twenty years after the date on which the penalty wasincurred.

(4) A penalty to which neither subsection (1) nor subsection (3) above appliesmay be so determined, or proceedings for such a penalty may be commencedbefore the Commissioners or a court, at any time within six years after thedate on which the penalty was incurred or began to be incurred.”

(2) The amendment made by subsection (1) above shall not affect theapplication of section 103(4) of the M51 Taxes Management Act1970 to proceedings under section 100 of that Act as it has effect before theamendment made by section 167 above.

Marginal Citations

M50 1970c. 9.

M51 1970 c. 9.

170 Up-rating of certain penalties. U.K.

[F110 (1) In section 23(8) of the Taxes Act 1988 (maximum penalty for agents failing to make certain payments on behalf of principals), for “£50” there shall be substituted “£300”.]

F111 (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(3) In section 306(6) of that Act (maximum penalty for false certificates or statements relating to investment in corporate trades), for the words “£250 or, in the case of fraud, £500” there shall be substituted “£3,000”.

(4) In—

(a) section 619(7) of that Act (maximum penalty for false statements or representations relating to relief for qualifying premiums),

(b) section 653 of that Act (maximum penalty for statements or representations about personal pension schemes), and

(c) section 658(5) of that Act (maximum penalty for false statements or representations relating to purchased life annuities),

for “£500” there shall be substituted “£3,000”.

(5) In paragraph 2(4) of Schedule 19A to that Act and Schedule 16A to the M52 Finance Act 1973 (maximum penalty for incorrect return byLloyd’s agent), for the words “£500 in the case of fraud and £250 in the case of negligence” there shall be substituted “£3,000”.

(6) This section shall apply in relation to things done or omitted on or after the day on which this Act is passed.

Textual Amendments

F110 S. 170(1) repealed (1.5.1995 with effect as mentioned in s. 39(4)(5) of the amending Act) by 1995 c. 4, s. 162, Sch. 29 Pt. VIII(1), note

F111 S. 170(2) repealed (16.7.1992 with effect in accordance with s. 32 of the repealing Act) by Finance (No. 2) Act 1992 (c. 48), ss. 32, 82, Sch. 18 Pt. VII(4)

Marginal Citations

M52 1973 c. 51.

Part III U.K. Miscellaneous and General

Inheritance tax U.K.

171 Gifts to housing associations. U.K.

(1) The following section shall be inserted in the M53 Inheritance Tax Act 1984 after section 24—

“24A Gifts to housing associations.

(1) A transfer of value is exempt to the extent that the value transferred byit is attributable to land in the United Kingdom given to a registered housingassociation.

(2) In subsection (1) above “registered housing association”means a registered housing association within the meaning of the Housing Associations Act 1985 or Part VII of the Housing (Northern Ireland) Order 1981.

(3) Subsections (2) to (5) of section 23 and subsection (4) of section 24above shall apply in relation to subsection (1) above as they apply inrelation to section 24(1).”

(2) In section 23(5) of the Inheritance Tax Act 1984 the words “or, where it is land, of a body mentioned in section 24Abelow” shall be added at the end.

(3) In section 29(5) of that Act—

(a) the words “or, where it is land, of a body mentioned in section24A” shall be inserted at the end of paragraph (b), and

(b) after “24(3) and (4),” there shall be inserted “24A(3),”.

(4) In section 161(2)(b)(ii) of that Act after “24,” there shall beinserted “24A,”.

(5) In section 102(5) of the M54 Finance Act 1986 afterparagraph (e) there shall be inserted—

“(ee) section 24A (gifts to housing associations);”.

(6) This section shall apply to transfers of value made on or after 14th March1989.

Marginal Citations

M53 1984 c.51.

M54 1986 c. 41.

172 Abatement of exemption where claim settled out of beneficiary’s ownresources. U.K.

(1) The following section shall be inserted after section 29 of the M55 Inheritance Tax Act 1984—

“29A Abatement of exemption where claim settled out of beneficiary’s ownresources.

(1) This section applies where—

(a) apart from this section the transfer of value made on the death of anyperson is an exempt transfer to the extent that the value transferred by itis attributable to an exempt gift, and

(b) the exempt beneficiary, in settlement of the whole or part of any claimagainst the deceased’s estate, effects a disposition of property not derivedfrom the transfer.

(2) The provisions of this Act shall have effect in relation to the transferas if—

(a) so much of the relevant value as is equal to the following amount, namelythe amount by which the value of the exempt beneficiary’s estate immediatelyafter the disposition is less than it would be but for the disposition, or

(b) where that amount exceeds the relevant value, the whole of the relevantvalue,

were attributable to such a gift to the exempt beneficiary as ismentioned in subsection (3) below (instead of being attributable to a giftwith respect to which the transfer is exempt).

(3) The gift referred to in subsection (2) above is a specific gift withrespect to which the transfer is chargeable, being a gift which satisfies theconditions set out in paragraphs (a) and (b) of section 38(1) below.

(4) In determining the value of the exempt beneficiary’s estate for thepurposes of subsection (2) above—

(a) no deduction shall be made in respect of the claim referred to insubsection (1)(b) above, and

(b) where the disposition referred to in that provision constitutes a transferof value—

(i) no account shall be taken of any liability of the beneficiary for any taxon the value transferred, and

(ii) sections 104 and 116 below shall be disregarded.

(5) Subsection (1)(b) above does not apply in relation to any claim againstthe deceased’s estate in respect of so much of any liability as is, inaccordance with this Act, to be taken into account in determining the valueof the estate.

(6) In this section—

• “exempt gift”, in relation to a transfer of value fallingwithin subsection (1)(a) above, means—

(a) a gift with respect to which the transfer is (apart from this section)exempt by virtue of the provisions of any of sections 18 and 23 to 28 above,or

(b) where (apart from this section) the transfer is so exempt with respect toa gift up to a limit, so much of the gift as is within that limit;

• “the exempt beneficiary”, in relation to an exempt gift,means any of the following, namely—

(a) where the gift is exempt by virtue of section 18 above, the deceased’sspouse,

(b) where the gift is exempt by virtue of section 23 above, any person orbody—

(i) whose property the property falling within subsection (1) of that sectionbecomes, or

(ii) by whom that property is held on trust for charitable purposes,

(c) where the gift is exempt by virtue of section 24, 25 or 26 above, any bodywhose property the property falling within subsection (1) of that sectionbecomes,

(d) where the gift is exempt by virtue of section 24A above, any body to whomthe land falling within subsection (1) of that section is given, and

(e) where the gift is exempt by virtue of section 27 or 28 above, the trusteesof any settlement in which the property falling within subsection (1) of thatsection becomes comprised;

• “gift” and “specific gift” have the samemeaning as in Chapter III of this Part; and

• “the relevant value”, in relation to a transfer of valuefalling within subsection (1)(a) above, means so much of the value transferredby the transfer as is attributable to the gift referred to in that provision.”

(2) This section shall have effect in relation to deaths occurring on or afterthe day on which this Act is passed.

Marginal Citations

M55 1984c. 51.

Stamp duty etc. U.K.

173 Insurance: abolition of certain duties. U.K.

(1) Stamp duty shall not be chargeable under—

(a) the heading “Policy of Life Insurance” in Schedule 1 tothe M56 Stamp Act 1891, or

(b) paragraph (3) of the heading “Bond, Covenant, or Instrument of any kindwhatsoever” in that Schedule (superannuation annuities).

(2) Subject to section 4 of the Stamp Act 1891 (separate charges oninstruments containing or relating to several distinct matters) an instrumentwhich, but for subsection (1) above, would be chargeable with stamp duty underparagraph (3) of the heading mentioned in paragraph (b) of that subsectionshall not be chargeable with stamp duty under any other provision of the StampAct 1891.

(3) Section 100 of the Stamp Act 1891 (penalty for not making out policy ormaking policy not duly stamped) shall cease to have effect.

(4) Section 118 of the Stamp Act 1891 (assignment of life insurance policy tobe stamped before payment of money assured) shall cease to have effect.

(5) Section 47(3) of the M57 Finance Act 1966 (enhanced dutywhere policy not exceeding 2 years is varied so as to exceed 2 years) andsection 5(3) of the M58 Finance Act (Northern Ireland)1966 (equivalent provision for Northern Ireland) shall cease to have effect.

(6) Subsections (1) and (2) above apply to instruments made after 31stDecember 1989.

(7) So far as it relates to section 100(1) of the 1891 Act, subsection (3)above applies where a person receives, or takes credit for, a premium orconsideration for insurance after 30th November 1989.

(8) So far as it relates to section 100(2) of the 1891 Act, subsection (3)above applies where the policy is made after 31st December 1989.

(9) Subsection (4) above applies to instruments of assignment made after 31stDecember 1989.

(10) Subsection (5) above applies where the policy is varied after 31stDecember 1989 (whenever it was made).

Marginal Citations

M56 1891 c. 39.

M57 1966 c. 18.

M58 1966 c. 21 (N.I.).

174 Unit trusts. U.K.

(1) The following section shall be substituted for section 101 of the Finance Act 1980[1980 c. 48.] —

“(101) Unit trusts

(1) No stamp duty shall be chargeable on any transfer of any unit in an authorised unit trust scheme to which subsection (2) below applies.

(2) This subsection applies to any authorised unit trust scheme under the terms of which the funds of the trust —

(a) cannot be invested in such a way that income can arise to the trustees which will be chargeable to tax in the hands of the trustees otherwise than under Schedule C as profits arising from United Kingdom public revenue dividends or under Case III of Schedule D, and

(b) cannot be invested in any investment on the transfer of which ad valorem stamp duty would be chargeable.

(3) In this section —

“authorised unit trust scheme” has the same meaning as in the Financial Services Act 1986[1986 c. 60.] , and

“United Kingdom public revenue dividends” means public revenue dividends payable in the United Kingdom (whether they are also payable outside the United Kingdom or not) out of the public revenue of the United Kingdom.”

(2) This section shall have effect in relation to the transfer of units on or after the day on which this Act is passed.

175 Stamp duty: stock exchange nominees U.K.

(1) The Treasury may by regulations provide that where —

(a) circumstances would (apart from the regulations) give rise to a charge to stamp duty under the heading “Conveyance or Transfer on Sale” in Schedule 1 to the Stamp Act 1891[1891 c. 39.] and to a charge to stamp duty reserve tax,

(b) the circumstances involve a stock exchange nominee, and

(c) the circumstances are such as are prescribed,

the charge to stamp duty shall be treated as not arising.

(2) The power to make regulations under this section shall be exercisable by statutory instrument subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons.

(3) In this section —

(a) “prescribed” means prescribed by the regulations, and

(b) “stock exchange nominee” means a person designated for the purposes of section 127 of the Finance Act 1976[1976 c. 40.] as a nominee of The Stock Exchange by an order made by the Secretary of State under subsection (5) of that section.

176 Stamp duty reserve tax: stock exchange nominees U.K.

(1) The Treasury may by regulations provide that where —

(a) circumstances would (apart from the regulations) give rise to two charges to stamp duty reserve tax,

(b) the circumstances involve a stock exchange nominee, and

(c) the circumstances are such as are prescribed,

such one of the charges as may be prescribed shall be treated as not arising.

(2) The Treasury may by regulations provide that where —

(a) circumstances would (apart from the regulations) give rise to a charge to stamp duty reserve tax and a charge to stamp duty,

(b) the circumstances involve a stock exchange nominee, and

(c) the circumstances are such as are prescribed,

the charge to stamp duty reserve tax shall be treated as not arising.

(3) The Treasury may by regulations provide that a provision of an Act by virtue of which there is no charge to stamp duty reserve tax shall also apply in circumstances which involve a stock exchange nominee and are such as are prescribed.

(4) The Treasury may by regulations provide that a provision of an Act by virtue of which the rate at which stamp duty reserve tax is charged is less than it would be apart from the provision shall also apply in circumstances which involve a stock exchange nominee and are such as are prescribed.

(5) The power to make regulations under this section shall be exercisable by statutory instrument subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons.

(6) In this section —

(a) “prescribed” means prescribed by the regulations, and

(b) “stock exchange nominee” means a person designated for the purposes of section 127 of the Finance Act 1976[1976 c. 40.] as a nominee of The Stock Exchange by an order made by the Secretary of State under subsection (5) of that section.

177 Stamp duty reserve tax: information. U.K.

— Regulations under section 98(1) of the Finance Act 1986[1986 c. 41.] (administration etc. of stamp duty reserve tax) may include —

(a) provision that notice which the regulations require to be given to the Commissioners of Inland Revenue shall be given in a manner or form specified by the Commissioners;

(b) provision that information which the regulations require to be supplied to the Commissioners shall be supplied in a manner or form specified by the Commissioners.

Interest etc. U.K.

178 Setting of rates of interest. U.K.

(1) The rate of interest applicable for the purposes of an enactment to whichthis section applies shall be the rate which for the purposes of thatenactment is provided for by regulations made by the Treasury under thissection.

(2) This section applies to—

(a) section 8(9) of the M59 Finance Act 1894,

(b) section 18 of the M60 Finance Act 1896,

(c) section 61(5) of the M61 Finance (1909-10) Act 1910,

(d) section 17(3) of the M62 Law of Property Act 1925,

(e) section 73(6) of the M63 Land Registration Act 1925,

(f) [F112 sections 59C, 86, 86A, 87, 87A, 88, 103A] of the M64 TaxesManagement Act 1970,

(g) paragraph 3 of Schedule 16A to the M65 Finance Act 1973,

[F113 (gg) [F114 paragraph 6 of Schedule 1 to the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992],]

(h) paragraphs 15 and 16 of Schedule 2, and paragraph 8 of Schedule 5, to the M66 Oil Taxation Act 1975,

F115 [(i) section 283 of the M67 Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992;]

(j) paragraph 59 of Schedule 8 to the M68 Development Land TaxAct 1976,

(k) sections 233 and 236(3) and (4) of the M69 Inheritance TaxAct 1984,

(l) section 92 of the Finance Act 1986, and

(m) sections 160, 824, 825 and 826 of, [F116 and paragraph 6B of Schedule 3 to] and paragraph 3 of Schedule 19A to, the M70 Taxes Act 1988. [F117 and]

F118 (n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F119 and

[(o) section 14(4) of the Ports Act 1991.]

(3) Regulations under this section may—

(a) make different provision for different enactments or for differentpurposes of the same enactment,

(b) either themselves specify a rate of interest for the purposes of anenactment or make provision for any such rate to be determined by referenceto such rate or the average of such rates as may be referred to in theregulations,

(c) provide for rates to be reduced below, or increased above, what theyotherwise would be by specified amounts or by reference to specified formulae,

(d) provide for rates arrived at by reference to averages to be rounded up ordown,

(e) provide for circumstances in which alteration of a rate of interest is oris not to take place, and

(f) provide that alterations of rates are to have effect for periods beginningon or after a day determined in accordance with the regulations in relationto interest running from before that day as well as from or from after thatday.

(4) The power to make regulations under this section shall be exercisable bystatutory instrument which shall be subject to annulment in pursuance of aresolution of the House of Commons.

(5) Where—

(a) the rate provided for by regulations under this section as the rateapplicable for the purposes of any enactment is changed, and

(b) the new rate is not specified in the regulations,

the Board shall by order specify the new rate and the day from which ithas effect.

(6) In section 828(2) of the Taxes Act 1988 (powers to make orders which arenot exercisable by statutory instrument) the words “or section 178(5)of the Finance Act 1989” shall be added at the end.

(7) Subsection (1) shall have effect for periods beginning on or after suchday as the Treasury may by order made by statutory instrument appoint andshall have effect in relation to interest running from before that day as wellas from or from after that day; and different days may be appointed fordifferent enactments.

Textual Amendments

F112 Words in s. 178(2)(f) substituted (1.9.1994 with effect as mentioned in s. 199 of the amending Act) by 1994 c. 9, s. 196, Sch. 19 Pt. III para. 44

F113 S. 178(2)(gg) inserted (6.4.1992) (E.W.S.) by Social Security Act 1990 (c. 27, SIF 113:1) s. 17(10); S.I. 1992/632, art. 2

F114 Words in s. 178(2)(gg) substituted (1.7.1992) by Social Security (Consequential Provisions) Act 1992 (c. 6), ss. 4, 7(2), Sch. 2 para. 107

F115 s. 178(2)(i) substituted (in relation to tax for the year 1992-1993 and subsequent years subject as mentioned in s. 289 of the substituting Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch. 10 para. 19(4) (with ss. 60, 101(1), 171, 201(3))

F116 Words in s. 178(2)(m) inserted (16.7.1992 with effect in relation to transactions effected on or after 1.10.1992) by Finance (No. 2) Act 1992 (c. 48), s. 63, Sch. 11 paras. 5, 6

F117 “and” inserted by Finance Act 1990 (c. 29, SIF 58), s.118(8)

F118 S. 178(2)(n) repealed (1.5.1995) by 1995 c. 4, s. 162, Sch. 29 Pt. XII

F119 S. 178(2)(o) and word immediately proceeding it inserted (G.B.) by Ports Act 1991 (c. 52, SIF 58), s. 14(5).

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C39 S. 178 applied by Ports Act 1991 (c. 52, SIF 58), s. 14(4).

S. 178 applied (27.7.1993) by 1993 c. 34, s. 173, Sch. 19 Pt. II para. 11(4)

S. 178 applied (1.9.1994 with effect as mentioned in s. 199 of 1994 c. 9) by 1970 c. 9, s. 59C (as inserted by 1994 c. 9, s. 194)

S. 178 applied (1.5.1995) by 1995 c. 4, s. 157(6)

S. 178 extended (1.5.1995) by 1995 c. 4, s. 157(6)

C40 For regulations see S.I. 1989/1297 (inPart III Vol. 5).And see Tables Iand O Vol. 1

C41 Power of appointment conferred by s. 178(7) partly exercised: 18.8.1989 appointed by S.I. 1989/1298 for all the enactments specified in s. 178(2) other than s. 87A of the 1970 Act and s. 826 of the 1988 Act

Marginal Citations

M59 1894 c. 30.

M60 1896 c. 28.

M61 1910 c. 8.

M62 1925 c. 20.

M63 1925 c. 21.

M64 1970 c. 9.

M65 1973 c. 51.

M66 1975 c. 22.

M67 1992 c. 12.

M68 1976 c. 24.

M69 1984 c. 51.

M70 1986 c. 41.

179 Provisions consequential on section 178. U.K.

(1) The words “rate applicable under section 178 of the Finance Act 1989”shall be substituted—

(a) for the words from “rate” to “annum” in—

(i) section 18(1) of the M71 Finance Act 1896,

(ii) section 61(5) of the M72 Finance (1909-10) Act 1910,

(iii) section 17(3) of the M73 Law of Property Act 1925,

(iv) section 73(6) of the M74 Land Registration Act 1925,

(v) paragraphs 15(1) and 16 of Schedule 2, and paragraph 8(4) of Schedule 5,to the M75 Oil Taxation Act 1975,

F120 (vi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(vii) sections 824(1) and 825(2) of the Taxes Act 1988,

(b) for the words“ perscribed rate” in—

(i) sections 86(1), 86A(1), 87(1), 87A(1) and (5) and 88(1) of the M76 Taxes Management Act 1970,

(ii) paragraph 3(4) of Schedule 16A to the M77 Finance Act1973, and

(iii) paragraph 3(4) of Schedule 19A to the Taxes Act 1988,

(c) for the words “rate which” onwards in—

(i) paragraph 59(1) of Schedule 8 to the M78 Development LandTax Act 1976, and

(ii) section 826(1) of the Taxes Act 1988,

(d) for the words “rate applicable under subsection (2) below” in section233(1) of the M79 Inheritance Tax Act 1984,

(e) for the words “rate for the time being applicable under section233(2)(b) above” in subsection (3), and the words “rate for the timebeing applicable under section 233(2)(a) above” in subsection (4), ofsection 236 of that Act,

(f) for the words “appropriate rate” in section 92(2) of the M80 Finance Act 1986, and

(g) for the words “rate prescribed from time to time by the Treasury byorder” in section 160(5)(d) of the Taxes Act 1988.

(2) In section 8(9) of the M81 Finance Act 1894, for thewords from “such interest” to “per cent.” there shall be substitutedthe words “interest at such rate not exceeding that applicable under section178 of the Finance Act 1989”.

(3) In section 236(4) of the Inheritance Tax Act 1984, for the words “as ifsection 233(1)(b) above had applied” there shall be substituted the words “from the end of the period mentioned in section 233(1)(b) above”.

(4) Any amendment made by subsection (1), (2) or (3) above shall have effect in relation to any period for which section 178(1) above has effect for thepurposes of the enactment concerned.

(5) Section 146(11) of the Taxes Act 1988 shall have effect in relation to anyyear of assessment beginning after the day on which section 178(1) above haseffect for the purposes of section 160 of that Act with the substitution ofthe words “applicable for the purposes of section 160” for the words “prescribed by the Treasury under section 160(5)”.

Textual Amendments

F120 S. 179(1)(a)(vi) repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch. 12 (with ss. 201(3), Sch. 11 paras. 22, 26(2), 27)

Marginal Citations

M71 1896 c. 28.

M72 1910 c. 8.

M73 1925 c. 20.

M74 1925 c. 21.

M75 1975 c. 22.

M76 1970c. 9.

M77 1973 c. 51.

M78 1976 c. 24.

M79 1984 c. 51.

M80 1986 c.41.

M81 1894 c. 30.

180 Repayment interest: period of accrual. U.K.

(1) In section 48(1) of the M82 Finance Act 1975, after thewords “carry interest” there shall be inserted the words “from the dateon which the sums were paid until the order for repayment is issued”.

(2) In—

(a) paragraph 16 of Schedule 2 to the M83 Oil Taxation Act1975,

(b) section 105(7) of the M84 Finance Act 1980,

(c) paragraph 13(4) and (5) of Schedule 16 to the M85 FinanceAct 1981, and

(d) paragraph 10(4) of Schedule 19 to the M86 Finance Act1982,

for the word “repayment” there shall be substituted the words “theorder for repayment is issued”.

(3) In paragraph 59(1) of Schedule 8 to the M87 DevelopmentLand Tax Act 1976, after the word “later,” there shall be inserted thewords “until the order for repayment is issued”.

(4) In section 235(1) of the M88 Inheritance Tax Act 1984(and paragraph 19(3) of Schedule 4 to the M89 Finance Act1975), after the word “made” there shall be inserted the words “untilthe order for repayment is issued”.

(5) In section 92(2) of the M90 Finance Act 1986, for thewords “the time it was paid” there shall be substituted the words “thedate on which the payment was made until the order for repayment isissued”.

(6) In section 826(1) of the Taxes Act 1988, for the words “that repaymentor payment is made” there shall be substituted the words “the order forrepayment or payment is issued”.

(7) The amendments made by this section shall be deemed always to have hadeffect.

Marginal Citations

M82 1975 c. 7.

M83 1975 c. 22.

M84 1980 c. 48.

M85 1981 c. 35.

M86 1982 c. 39.

M87 1976 c. 24.

M88 1984 c. 51.

M89 1975 c. 7.

M90 1986 c. 41.

Miscellaneous U.K.

[F121 181 Broadcasting: additional payments by programme contractors. U.K.

(1) M91 The Broadcasting Act 1981 shall have effect withrespect to additional payments payable by programme contractors under that Actsubject to the amendments made by Part I, and with the substitution, forSchedule 4 to that Act, of the provisions contained in Part II, of Schedule16 to this Act.

(2) The transitional provisions made by Part III of that Schedule shall haveeffect.

(3) This section shall come into force on 1st January 1990.]

Textual Amendments

F121 S. 181, Sch. 16 repealed (prosp. as mentioned in S.I. 1990/2347, art. 3(3)) by Broadcasting Act 1990 (c. 42, SIF 96), ss. 127-129, 134, 203(3), 204(2), Schs. 9-12, Sch. 21

Marginal Citations

M91 1981 c. 68.

182 Disclosure of information. U.K.

(1) A person who discloses any information which he holds or has held in the exercise of tax functions is guilty of an offence if it is information aboutany matter relevant, for the purposes of those functions, to tax or duty inthe case of any identifiable person.

(2) In this section “tax functions” means functions relatingto tax or duty—

(a) of the Commissioners, the Board and their officers,

(b) of any person carrying out the administrative work of any tribunalmentioned in subsection (3) belowm, and

(c) of any other person providing, or employed in the provision of, servicesto any person mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b) above.

(3) The tribunals referred to in subsection (2)(b) above are—

(a) the General Commissioners and the Special Commissioners,

(b) any value added tax tribunal,

(c) any referee or board of referees appointed [F122 for the purposes of section80(3) of the M92 Taxes Management Act 1970 or] under section26(7) of the M93 Capital Allowances Act 1968, and

(d) any tribunal established under section 463 of the Taxes Act 1970 orsection 706 of the Taxes Act 1988.

(4) A person who discloses any information which—

(a) he holds or has held in the exercise of functions—

(i) of the Comptroller Auditor General and any member of the staff of theNational Audit Office, or

(ii) of the Parliamentary Commissioner for Administration and his officers,

(b) is, or is derived from, information which was held by any person in theexercise of tax functions, and

(c) is information about any matter relevant, for the purposes of taxfunctions, to tax or duty in the case of any identifiable person,

is guilty of an offence.

(5) Subsections (1) and (4) above do not apply to any disclosure ofinformation—

(a) with lawful authority,

(b) with the consent of any person in whose case the information is about amatter relevant to tax or duty, or

(c) which has been lawfully made available to the public before the disclosureis made.

(6) For the purposes of this section a disclosure of any information is madewith lawful authority if, and only if, it is made—

(a) by a Crown servant in accordance with his official duty,

(b) by any other person for the purposes of the function in the exercise ofwhich he holds the information and without contravening any restriction dulyimposed by the person responsible,

(c) to, or in accordance with an authorisation duly given by, the personresponsible,

(d) in pursuance of any enactment or of any order of a court, or

(e) in connection with the institution of or otherwise for the purposes of anyproceedings relating to any matter within the general responsibility of theCommissioners or, as the case requires, the Board,

and in this subsection “the person responsible” meansthe Commissioners, the Board, the Comptroller or the ParliamentaryCommissioner, as the case requires.

(7) It is a defence for a person charged with an offence under this sectionto prove that at the time of the alleged offence—

(a) he believed that he had lawful authority to make the disclosure inquestion and had no reasonable cause to believe otherwise, or

(b) he believed that the information in question had been lawfully madeavailable to the public before the disclosure was made and had no reasonablecause to believe otherwise.

(8) A person guilty of an offence under this section is liable—

(a) on conviction on indictment, to imprisonment for a term not exceeding twoyears or a fine or both, and

(b) on summary conviction, to imprisonment for a term not exceeding six monthsor a fine not exceeding the statutory maximum or both.

(9) No prosecution for an offence under this section shall be instituted inEngland and Wales or in Northern Ireland except—

(a) by the Commissioners or the Board, as the case requires, or

(b) by or with the consent of the Director of Public Prosecutions or, inNorthern Ireland, the Director of Public Prosecutions for Northern Ireland.

(10) In this section—

“the Board” means the Commissioners of Inland Revenue,

“the Commissioners” means the Commissioners of Customsand Excise,

“Crown servant” has the same meaning as in the M94 Official Secrets Act 1989, and

“tax or duty” means any tax or duty within the general responsibility of the Commissioners or the Board.

(11) In this section—

(a) references to the Comptroller and Auditor General include the Comptrollerand Auditor General for Northern Ireland,

(b) references to the National Audit Office include the Northern Ireland Audit Office, and

(c) references to the Parliamentary Commissioner for Administration includethe Health Service Commissioner for England, the Health Service Commissioner for Wales, the Health Service Commissioner for Scotland, the Northern IrelandParliamentary Commissioner for Administration and the Northern IrelandCommissioner for Complaints.

(12) This section shall come into force on the repeal of section 2 of the M95 Official Secrets Act 1911.

Textual Amendments

F122 Words in s. 182(3)(c) repealed (1.5.1995 with effect as mentioned in Sch. 29 Pt. VIII(16), note 5) by 1995 c. 4, s. 162, Sch. 29 Pt. VIII(16)

Marginal Citations

M92 1970 c. 9.

M93 1968 c. 3.

M94 1989c. 6.

M95 1911 c. 28.

[182A F123 Double taxation: disclosure of information. U.K.

(1) A person who discloses any information acquired by him in the exercise of his functions as a member of an advisory commission set up under the Arbitration Convention is guilty of an offence.

(2) Subsection (1) above does not apply to any disclosure of information—

(a) with the consent of the person who supplied the information to the commission, or

(b) which has been lawfully made available to the public before the disclosure is made.

(3) It is a defence for a person charged with an offence under this section to prove that at the time of the alleged offence he believed that the information in question had been lawfully made available to the public before the disclosure was made and had no reasonable cause to believe otherwise.

(4) A person guilty of an offence under this section is liable—

(a) on conviction on indictment, to imprisonment for a term not exceeding two years or a fine or both;

(b) on summary conviction, to imprisonment for a term not exceeding six months or a fine not exceeding the statutory maximum or both.

(5) No prosecution for an offence under this section shall be instituted in England and Wales or in Northern Ireland except—

(a) by the Board, or

(b) by or with the consent of the Director of Public Prosecutions or, in Northern Ireland, the Director of Public Prosecutions for Northern Ireland.

(6) In this section—

• “the Arbitration Convention” has the meaning given by section 815B(4) of the Taxes Act 1988;

• “the Board” means the Commissioners of Inland Revenue.]

Textual Amendments

F123 S. 182A inserted (16.7.1992) by Finance (No. 2) Act 1992 (c. 48), s. 51(3)

183 Government securities: redemption and transfer. U.K.

(1) In section 47 of the M96 Finance Act 1942 (power to makeregulations about transfer and registration of Government stock)—

(a) the following paragraph shall be inserted after paragraph (b) ofsubsection (1)—

“(bb) for the redemption of such stock and bonds;”and

(b) the following subsection shall be inserted after that subsection—

“(1A) Regulations under subsection (1) of this section may make provisionauthorising the Bank of England, in such circumstances and subject to suchconditions as may be prescribed in the regulations, to transfer stock andbonds standing in their books in the name of a deceased person into the nameof another person without requiring the production of probate, confirmationor letters of administration.”

(2) In section 3(1) of the M97 National Debt Act 1972 (powerto make regulations about stock on the National Savings Stock Register) thefollowing paragraph shall be inserted after paragraph (b)—

“(bb) the redemption of stock registered in the register,”.

(3) After section 14 of the M98 National Loans Act 1968 thereshall be inserted—

“14A Redemption of securities held in Issue Department of Bank of England.

(1) Any securities of Her Majesty’s Government in the United Kingdom which arefor the time being held in the Issue Department of the Bank of England may beredeemed by the Treasury before maturity at market prices determined in suchmanner as may be agreed between the Treasury and the Bank.

(2) Any expensess incurred by the Treasury in connection with the redemptionof securities under subsection (1) above shall be paid out of the NationalLoans Fund.”

Marginal Citations

M96 1942 c. 21.

M97 1972 c. 65.

M98 1968 c. 13.

184 National savings accounts. U.K.

(1) In section 2 of the M99 National Savings Bank Act 1971(general power to make regulations) after subsection (1) there shall beinserted—

“(1A) Regulations under this section may restrict the classes of persons who mayopen accounts with the National Savings Bank, but any such restriction shallnot apply to any account opened before the coming into force of theregulations imposing the restriction.”

(2) In section 5 of that Act (interest on ordinary deposits) in subsection (1)for the words from the beginning to “in any ordinary deposit account”there shall be substituted “The Director of Savings may, with the consentof the Treasury, from time to time determine the rate or rates at whichinterest is to be payable on amounts deposited in ordinary accounts or thatno interest is to be payable on such amounts, and any such determination inrelation to amounts deposited in any ordinary deposit account may be made”.

(3) After subsection (1) of section 5 of that Act there shall beinserted—

“(1A) The Director of Savings shall give notice in the London, Edinburgh andBelfast Gazettes of any determination under subsection (1) above; and any suchdetermination may affect deposits received at or before, as well as after, thetime the determination is made.”

(4) Subsection (5) of section 5 of that Act (rate of interest on ordinarydeposits to be not less than 2.5 per cent per annum) shall cease to haveeffect.

(5) Subsections (2) and (3) above shall come into force on 1st October 1989.

Marginal Citations

M99 1971 c. 29.

185 Winding up of Redemption Annuities Account. U.K.

As soon as may be after the passing of this Act, the Treasury shall causeto be wound up the Redemption Annuities Account (which was established undersection 25 of the Tithe M100 Act 1936 and which becameredundant on the redemption on 1st October 1988 of all remaining stock issuedunder that Act), and the surplus standing to the credit of that accountimmediately before it is wound up shall be paid into the Consolidated Fund.

Marginal Citations

M100 1936 c. 43.

General U.K.

186 Interpretation etc. U.K.

(1) In this Act “the Taxes Act 1970” means the M101 Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1970 and “the Taxes Act1988” means the M102 Income and Corporation Taxes Act1988.

(2) Chapter II of Part I of this Act shall be construed as one with the M103 Value Added Tax Act 1983.

(3) Part II of this Act, so far as it relates to capital gains tax, shall beconstrued as one with the M104 Capital Gains Tax Act 1979.

Marginal Citations

M101 1970 c.10.

M102 1988 c. 1.

M103 1983 c. 55.

M104 1979 c. 14.

187 Repeals. U.K.

(1) The enactments specified in Schedule 17 to this Act (which includeunnecessary enactments) are hereby repealed to the extent specified in thethird column of that Schedule, but subject to any provision at the end of anyPart of that Schedule.

(2) The repeal of the enactments specified in Part XIV of Schedule 17 shallcome into force on such day as the Treasury may appoint by order made bystatutory instrument; and different days may be appointed for differentenactments.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C42 Power of appointment conferred by s. 187(2) partly exercised:30.9.1989 appointed by S.I. 1989/1788, art. 2 for the repeal of the enactmentsspecified in Part XIV of Schedule 17 other than section 27 in Part II of theTithe Act 1936 (c. 43)

188 Short title. U.K.

This Act may be cited as the Finance Act 1989.

SCHEDULES

Section 6.

SCHEDULE 1 U.K. Vehicles Excise Duty: Rates

F124 Part I U.K.

Textual Amendments

F124 Sch. 1 Pt. I repealed (1.9.1994) by 1994 c. 22, ss. 65, 66(1), Sch. 5 Pt. I (with s. 57(4))

Part II F125 U.K.

Textual Amendments

F125 S. 6(3)(4), Sch. 1 Pt. II, Sch. 2 para. 3 repealed byFinance Act 1990 (c. 29, SIF 58), s. 132, Sch. 19 Pt. II Note 3

Section 8.

SCHEDULE 2 U.K. Vehicles Excise Duty: Special Machines

F126 1 U.K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Textual Amendments

F126 Sch. 2 paras. 1, 2, 4 repealed (1.9.1994) by 1994 c. 22, ss. 65, 66(1), Sch. 5 Pt. I (with s. 57(4))

F127 2 U.K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Textual Amendments

F127 Sch. 2 paras. 1, 2, 4 repealed (1.9.1994) by 1994 c. 22, ss. 65, 66(1), Sch. 5 Pt. I (with s. 57(4))

3F128 U.K.

Textual Amendments

F128 S. 6(3)(4), Sch. 1 Pt. II, Sch. 2 para. 3 repealed byFinance Act 1990 (c. 29, SIF 58), s. 132, Sch. 19 Pt. II Note 3

F129 4 U.K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Textual Amendments

F129 Sch. 2 paras. 1, 2, 4 repealed (1.9.1994) by 1994 c. 22, ss. 65, 66(1), Sch. 5 Pt. I (with s. 57(4))

F130 SCHEDULE 3 U.K.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Textual Amendments

F130 Sch. 3 repealed (1.9.1994) by 1994 c. 23, ss. 100(2), 101(1), Sch. 15

Section 61.

SCHEDULE 4 U.K. Profit-Related Pay

1 The Taxes Act 1988 shall be amended in accordance with the followingprovisions of this Schedule.

2 (1) In section 171(4) (limit on pay of which half may be exempt from tax) for “£3,000” there shall be substituted “£4,000”.

(2) This paragraph shall have effect in relation to profit-related pay paidby reference to profit periods beginning on or after 1st April 1989.

3 After section 177 there shall be inserted—

“177A Death of scheme employer.

“177A (1) Where a scheme employer has died, his personal representatives may makea written application to the Board under this section for the amendment of theregistration of the scheme.

(2) If on receiving an application under this section the Board are satisfiedthat, apart from the death of the scheme employer, there would be no groundsfor cancelling the registration of the scheme, the Board shall amend theregistration of the scheme by substituting the personal representatives forthe deceased scheme employer.

(3) An application under this section shall be made before the end of theperiod of one month beginning with the date of the grant of probate or lettersof administration or, in Scotland, confirmation of executors.

(4) Where the Board amend the registration of a scheme under this section,this Chapter shall (subject to any necessary modifications) have effect as ifthe personal representatives had been the scheme employer throughout.

(5) The Board shall give notice to the personal representatives if they refusean application under this section.

177B Alteration of scheme’s terms.

177B (1) The alteration of the terms of a registered scheme shall not of itselfinvalidate the registration of the scheme.

(2) Subsection (1) above is without prejudice to the power of cancellationconferred on the Board by section 178(3A); but the power conferred by section178(3A) shall not be exercisable by virtue of an alteration registered inaccordance with this section.

(3) Where the terms of a registered scheme have been altered, the schemeemployer may apply to the Board for the registration of the alteration.

(4) An application under subsection (3) above—

(a) shall be in such form as the Board may prescribe;

(b) shall be made within the period of one month beginning with the day onwhich the alteration is made;

(c) shall contain a declaration by the applicant that the alteration is withinsubsection (8) below and that the scheme as altered complies with therequirements of Schedule 8 (either as that Schedule had effect when the schemewas registered, or as it then had effect but subject to one or more subsequentamendments specified in the declaration);

(d) shall be accompanied by a report by an independent accountant, in a formprescribed by the Board, to the effect that in his opinion the alteration iswithin subsection (8) below and the scheme as altered complies with therequirements of Schedule 8 (either as that Schedule had effect when the schemewas registered, or as it then had effect but subject to one or more subsequentamendments specified in the report).

(5) The Board shall not more than three months after the day on which theyreceive an application under subsection (3) above either register thealteration or refuse the application; and in either case they shall givenotice of their decision to the applicant.

(6) Subject to subsection (7) below, the Board shall register an alterationon an application under subsection (3) above.

(7) The Board may refuse an application under subsection (3) above if they arenot satisfied—

(a) that the application complies with the requirements of subsection (4)above, or

(b) that the declaration referred to in subsection (4)(c) above is true.

(8) An alteration is within this subsection if—

(a) it relates to a term which is not relevant to the question whether thescheme complies with the requirements of Schedule 8; or

(b) it relates to a term identifying any person (other than the schemeemployer) who pays the emoluments of employees to whom the scheme relates; or

(c) it consists of the addition of a term making provision for an abbreviatedprofit period of the kind referred to in paragraph 10(3) of Schedule 8; or

(d) it amends the provisions by reference to which the employees to whom thescheme relates may be identified, and does so only for the purposes of profitperiods which begin after the date on which the alteration is made; or

(e) it relates to a provision of a kind referred to in paragraph 13(4) or (5)or 14(3), (4) or (5) of Schedule 8 (as those provisions have effect at thetime of the application for registration of the alteration), and has effectonly for the purposes of profit periods beginning after the date on which thealteration is made; or

(f) it amends the provisions as to when payments will be made to employees,and does so only for the purposes of profit periods beginning after the dateon which the alteration is made; or

(g) the scheme did not comply with the requirements of Schedule 8 when it wasregistered, and the alteration—

(i) is made in order to bring the scheme into compliance with the requirementsof that Schedule (either as it had effect when the scheme was registered oras it has effect at the time of the application for registration of thealteration), and

(ii) is made for the purposes of the first and any subsequent profit period towhich the scheme relates, and

(iii) is made within two years of the beginning of the first profit period, and

(iv) does not invalidate (in whole or in part) any payment of profit-relatedpay already made under the scheme.”

4 (1) Section 178 (cancellation of registration) shall be amended as follows.

(2) In subsection (1) for the words “subsection (5)” there shall besubstituted the words “subsections (5) and (5A)”.

(3) After subsection (3) there shall be inserted—

“(3A) Where the terms of a registered scheme have been altered, then, subjectto section 177B(2), the Board may cancel the registration of the scheme witheffect from the beginning of the profit period during which the alterationtook effect or with effect from the beginning of any later profit period.

(3B) If after an alteration of the terms of a scheme has been registered undersection 177B it appears to the Board—

(a) that the application for registration of the alteration did not complywith the requirements of subsection (4) of that section, or

(b) that the declaration referred to in subsection (4)(c) of that section wasfalse,

the Board may cancel the registration of the scheme with effect from thebeginning of the profit period during which the alteration took effect or witheffect from the beginning of any later profit period.”

(4) After subsection (5) there shall be inserted—

“(5A) Where—

(a) the scheme employer has died, and

(b) his personal representatives by notice request the Board to cancel theregistration of the scheme with effect from the date of death,

then, if the notice is given before the end of the period of one monthbeginning with the date of the grant of probate or letters of administrationor, in Scotland, confirmation of executors, the Board shall comply with therequest.”

5 At the end of section 179 (recovery of tax) there shall be added—

“(3) Where—

(a) the scheme employer has died, but

(b) his personal representatives have not been substituted for him as thescheme employer by virtue of section 177A,

the reference in subsection (2) above to the scheme employer shall beconstrued as a reference to the personal representatives.

(4) Where—

(a) a payment to which this section applies was made by a person other thanthe scheme employer, and

(b) the scheme employer is not resident in the United Kingdom,

then in relation to that payment the reference in subsection (2) aboveto the scheme employer shall include a reference to the person by whom thepayment was made.”

6 At the end of section 180 (annual returns) there shall be added—

“(5) Where—

(a) the scheme employer has died, but

(b) his personal representatives have not been substituted for him as thescheme employer by virtue of section 177A,

the reference in subsection (1) above to the scheme employer shall beconstrued as a reference to the personal representatives.”

7 At the end of section 181 (information) there shall be added—

“(4) Where the scheme employer has died, his personal representatives shallinform the Board of his death by notice given before the end of the period ofone month beginning with the date of the grant of probate or letters ofadministration or, in Scotland, confirmation of executors.”

8 (1) Section 182 (appeals) shall be amended as follows.

(2) In subsection (1) after paragraph (b) there shall be inserted—

“(bb) against a refusal by the Board of an application under section 177B(3);”.

(3) After subsection (1) there shall be inserted—

“(1A) An appeal to the Special Commissioners may be made by the personalrepresentatives of a scheme employer against a refusal by the Board of anapplication under section 177A.”

(4) In subsection (2) for the words “scheme employer” there shall besubstituted the word “appellant”.

9 (1) Paragraph 7 of Schedule 8 (no payments for employees with materialinterest in company) shall be amended as follows.

(2) In sub-paragraph (1), the words “, or is an associate of a person who has,” shall be omitted.

(3) In sub-paragraph (3), after the words “section 417(3) and (4)” thereshall be inserted the words “, but subject to sub-paragraph (4) below”.

(4) The following sub-paragraphs shall be added at the end—

“(4) For the purposes of this paragraph, where an employee of a company has aninterest in shares or obligations of the company as a beneficiary of anemployee benefit trust, the trustees shall not be regarded as associates ofhis by reason only of that interest unless sub-paragraph (8) below applies inrelation to him.

(5) A trust is an employee benefit trust for the purposes of this paragraphif—

(a) all or most of the employees of the company are eligible to benefit underit, and

(b) none of the property subject to it has been disposed of on or after 14thMarch 1989 (whether by sale, loan or otherwise) except in the ordinary courseof management of the trust or in accordance with sub-paragraph (6) below.

(6) Property is disposed of in accordance with this sub-paragraph if—

(a) it is applied for the benefit of—

(i) individual employees or former employees of the company,

(ii) spouses, former spouses, widows or widowers of employees or formeremployees of the company,

(iii) relatives, or spouses of relatives, of persons within sub-paragraph (i)or (ii) above, or

(iv) dependants of persons within sub-paragraph (i) above,

(b) it is applied for charitable purposes, or

(c) it is transferred to the trustees of an approved profit sharing scheme(within the meaning of section 187), of another employee benefit trust, or ofa qualifying employee share ownership trust (within the meaning of Schedule5 to the Finance Act 1989),

and the property applied or transferred consists of any of the ordinaryshare capital of the company or of money paid outright.

(7) In sub-paragraph (6)(a)(iii) above “relative” means parent or remoter forebear, child or remoterissue, brother, sister, uncle, aunt, nephew or niece.

(8) This sub-paragraph applies in relation to an employee if at any time onor after 14th March 1989—

(a) the employee, either on his own or with any one or more of his associates,or

(b) any associate of his, with or without other such associates,

has been the beneficial owner of, or able (directly or through the mediumof other companies or by any other indirect means) to control, more than 25per cent. of the ordinary share capital of the company.

(9) Where—

(a) on or after 14th March 1989 an employee of a company, or an associate ofhis, receives a payment (“the relevant payment”) from the trustees of anemployee benefit trust, and

(b) at any time during the period of three years ending with the day on whichthe relevant payment is received, the property subject to the trust consistsof or includes any part of the ordinary share capital of the company,

the employee or associate shall be treated for the purposes ofsub-paragraph (8) above as if he were the beneficial owner of the appropriatepercentage of the ordinary share capital of the company on the day on whichthe relevant payment is received (in addition to any percentage of that sharecapital of which he is actually the beneficial owner on that day).

(10) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (9) above, the appropriate percentageis—

where—

• A is the smaller of—

  • (a) the aggregate of the relevant payment and any other paymentsreceived by the employee or associates of his from the trustees of the trustduring the period of 12 months ending with the day on which the relevant payment is received, and

  • (b) the aggregate of the distributions made to the trustees of the trustby the company in respect of its ordinary share capital during the period ofthree years ending with the day on which the relevant payment is received; and

• B is the aggregate of—

  • (a) any distributions made by the company in respect of its ordinaryshare capital during the period of 12 months ending with the day on which therelevant payment is received,

  • (b) any distributions so made during the period of 12 months immediatelypreceding that mentioned in paragraph (a) above, and

  • (c) any distributions so made during the period of 12 months immediately preceding that mentioned in paragraph (b) above,

divided by the number of the periods mentioned in paragraphs (a) to(c) above in which distributions were so made.

(11) Where—

(a) an employee or associate is treated by sub-paragraph (9) above as if hewere the beneficial owner of a percentage of the ordinary share capital of acompany by reason of receiving the relevant payment from the trustees of atrust, and

(b) that employee, or an associate of his, has, during the period of 12 monthsending with the day on which the relevant payment is received, received oneor more payments from trustees of another employee benefit trust or trustssatisfying the requirement in paragraph (b) of sub-paragraph (9) above,

that sub-paragraph shall have effect in relation to the employee orassociate mentioned in paragraph (a) above as if he had received the paymentfrom the trustees of the trust or of each of the trusts mentioned in paragraph(b) above (or where more than one payment has been received from the trusteesof a trust, the last of the payments) on the day on which the relevant paymentis received.

(12) In sub-paragraphs (8) to (11) above “associate”, in relation to an employee, does not include thetrustees of an employee benefit trust by reason only that the employee has aninterest in shares or obligations of the trust.”

10 (1) Paragraphs 13(2) and 14(2) of Schedule 8 (which provide for a scheme’sdistributable pool to be at least 5 per cent. of the pay of all the employeesto whom the scheme relates if profits remain unchanged) shall be omitted.

(2) In consequence of sub-paragraph (1) above—

(a) the following provisions shall be omitted—

• section 175(3);

• in section 176(1), the words “(but not more than six months)”;

• section 178(2)(b);

• in paragraph 13(1) of Schedule 8, the word “fixed”;

• paragraph 13(3) of that Schedule;

• paragraph 14(7) of that Schedule.

(b) in paragraph 13 of Schedule 8—

(i) after sub-paragraph (1) there shall be inserted—

“(1A) That percentage must be a fixed percentage specified in the scheme and,if the scheme relates to more than one period, must be the same for eachperiod.”;

(ii) in sub-paragraph (4)(a), for the words “the base year referred to insub-paragraph (3) above” there shall be substituted the words “a baseyear specified in the scheme”;

(iii) in sub-paragraph (5), for the words “must be” onwards there shall besubstituted the words “must not exceed the profits for a base year specifiedin the scheme”;

(iv) for sub-paragraph (6), there shall be substituted—

“(6) The base year referred to in sub-paragraph (4)(a) and sub-paragraph (5)above must be a period of 12 months ending at a time within the period of twoyears immediately preceding the profit period, or the first of the profitperiods, to which the scheme relates”;

(c) in paragraph 14(5) of that Schedule, for the words “must be” onwardsthere shall be substituted the words “must not exceed the profits in theperiod of 12 months immediately preceding the first or only profit period towhich the scheme relates”.

11 At the end of paragraph 13 of Schedule 8 (calculation of distributablepool by method A) there shall be added—

“(7) Any provision included in a scheme by virtue of sub-paragraph (4) or (5)above may take effect either from the scheme’s first profit period or from anylater profit period determined in accordance with the scheme.”

12 In paragraph 14 of Schedule 8 (calculation of distributable pool by methodB), in sub-paragraph (5) the words “specified in, or” shall be omitted.

13 At the end of paragraph 14 of Schedule 8 there shall be added—

“(8) Any provision included in a scheme by virtue of sub-paragraph (3)(b), (4)or (5) above may take effect either from the scheme’s first profit period orfrom any later profit period determined in accordance with the scheme.”

14 (1) Paragraph 19 of Schedule 8 (profit and loss account for purposes ofprofit-related pay scheme) shall be amended as follows.

(2) After sub-paragraph (4) (account to make no allowance for remuneration ofpersons excluded from scheme) there shall be inserted—

“(4A) In sub-paragraph (4) above “remuneration”, in relation to a person, includes fees andpercentages, any sums paid by way of expenses allowance (insofar as those sumsare charged to income tax), any contributions paid in respect of him under anypension scheme and the estimated value of any other benefits received by himotherwise than in cash.”

(3) In sub-paragraph (6) (items which may be left out of account in arrivingat profits or losses) for paragraph (f) there shall be substituted—

“(f) profit-related pay payable under the scheme, and profit-related paypayable under any other registered scheme if it is one to which paragraph 21below applies;

(ff) secondary Class 1 contributions under Part I of the Social Security Act 1975 or Part I of the SocialSecurity (Northern Ireland) Act 1975 in respect of profit-related pay payableunder the scheme;”.

15 After paragraph 20 of Schedule 8 there shall be inserted—

“ Parts of undertakings

21 (1) This paragraph shall apply to a scheme if the employment unit is a partof an undertaking, and the scheme states that the profits or losses of theunit are for the purposes of the scheme to be taken to be equivalent to thoseof the whole undertaking (which must be identified by the scheme).

(2) Where this paragraph applies to a scheme, this Schedule shall have effectas if any reference to the profits or losses of the employment unit were areference to the profits or losses of the undertaking of which it forms part.

22 (1) Where paragraph 21 above applies to a scheme, the scheme must containprovisions ensuring that no payments are made under it by reference to aprofit period unless, at the beginning of that profit period,—

(a) there is at least one other registered scheme which relates to employeesemployed in the same undertaking as that of which the employment unit formspart, and

(b) the number of the employees to whom the scheme relates does not exceed 33per cent. of the number of the employees to whom that other scheme relates (orif there is more than one other scheme, the aggregate number of the employeesto whom they relate).

(2) Another registered scheme shall be disregarded for the purposes ofsub-paragraph (1) above—

(a) if paragraph 21 above applies to it, or

(b) if, by virtue of provisions of the kind described in paragraph 6 above,no payments could be made under it by reference to the profit periodconcerned.

(3) Where paragraph 21 above applies to two or more schemes relating toemployment units which are parts of the same undertaking, an employee to whomanother scheme relates shall not be counted for the purposes of sub-paragraph(1)(b) above in connection with more than one of those schemes.”

Section 74.

SCHEDULE 5 U.K. Employee Share Ownership Trusts

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C43 Sch. 5 applied (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the applying Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 228(7), 235(8), 289 (with ss. 60, 101(1), 171, 201(3))

Qualifying trusts U.K.

1 U.K. A trust is a qualifying employee share ownership trust at the time it isestablished if the conditions set out in paragraphs 2 to 11 below aresatisfied in relation to the trust at that time.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C44 See Finance Act 1990 (c. 29) ss.31–40—roll-over relief for disposal of shares to employeeshare ownership trusts

General U.K.

2 (1) The trust must be established under a deed (the trust deed). U.K.

(2) The trust must be established by a company (the founding company) which,at the time the trust is established, is resident in the United Kingdom andnot controlled by another company.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C45 See Finance Act 1990 (c. 29) ss.31–40—roll-over relief for disposal of shares to employeeshare ownership trusts

Trustees U.K.

3 (1) The trust deed must provide for the establishment of a body of trustees. U.K.

(2) The trust deed must—

(a) appoint the initial trustees;

(b) contain rules for the retirement and removal of trustees;

(c) contain rules for the appointment of replacement and additional trustees.

(3) The trust deed must provide that at any time while the trust subsists (therelevant time)—

(a) the number of trustees must not be less than three;

(b) all the trustees must be resident in the United Kingdom;

(c) the trustees must include one person who is a trust corporation, asolicitor, or a member of such other professional body as the Board may fromtime to time allow for the purposes of this paragraph;

(d) most of the trustees must be persons who are not and have never beendirectors of any company which falls within the founding company’s group atthe relevant time;

(e) most of the trustees must be persons who are employees of companies whichfall within the founding company’s group at the relevant time, and who do nothave and have never had a material interest in any such company;

(f) the trustees falling within paragraph (e) above must, before beingappointed as trustees, have been selected by a majority of the employees ofthe companies falling within the founding company’s group at the time of theselection or by persons elected to represent those employees.

(4) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (3) above a company falls within thefounding company’s group at a particular time if—

(a) it is the founding company, or

(b) it is at that time resident in the United Kingdom and controlled by thefounding company.

[F131 (5) This paragraph applies in relation to trusts established on or before the day on which the Finance Act 1994 was passed.]

Textual Amendments

F131 Sch. 5 para. 3(5) inserted (3.5.1994) by 1994 c. 9, s. 102, Sch. 13 para. 2

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C46 See Finance Act 1990 (c. 29) ss.31–40—roll-over relief for disposal of shares to employeeshare ownership trusts

C47 Schedule 5 para. 3(3)(c) amended (1.1.1992) by S.I. 1991/2684, arts. 2(1), 4, Sch. 1

[F132 3A U.K. Where a trust is established after the day on which the Finance Act 1994 was passed, the trust deed must make provision as mentioned in one of paragraphs (a) to (c) below—

(a) provision for the establishment of a body of trustees and complying with paragraph 3(2) to (4) above;

(b) provision for the establishment of a body of trustees and complying with paragraph 3B(2) to (9) below;

(c) provision that at any time while the trust subsists there must be a single trustee.]

Textual Amendments

F132 Sch. 5 paras. 3A-3C inserted (3.5.1994) by 1994 c. 9, s. 102, Sch. 13 para. 3

F133 3B (1) The following are the provisions that must be complied with under paragraph 3A(b) above. U.K.

(2) The trust deed must—

(a) appoint the initial trustees;

(b) contain rules for the retirement and removal of trustees;

(c) contain rules for the appointment of replacement and additional trustees.

(3) The trust deed must be so framed that at any time while the trust subsists the conditions set out in sub-paragraph (4) below are fulfilled as regards the persons who are then trustees; and in that sub-paragraph “the relevant time” means that time.

(4) The conditions are that—

(a) the number of trustees is not less than three;

(b) all the trustees are resident in the United Kingdom;

(c) the trustees include at least one person who is a professional trustee and at least two persons who are non-professional trustees;

(d) at least half of the non-professional trustees were, before being appointed as trustees, selected in accordance with sub-paragraph (7) or (8) below;

(e) all the trustees so selected are persons who are employees of companies which fall within the founding company’s group at the relevant time, and who do not have and have never had a material interest in any such company.

(5) For the purposes of this paragraph a trustee is a professional trustee at a particular time if—

(a) the trustee is then a trust corporation, a solicitor, or a member of such other professional body as the Board may at that time allow for the purposes of this sub-paragraph,

(b) the trustee is not then an employee or director of any company then falling within the founding company’s group, and

(c) the trustee meets the requirements of sub-paragraph (6) below;

and for the purposes of this paragraph a trustee is a non-professional trustee at a particular time if the trustee is not then a professional trustee for those purposes.

(6) A trustee meets the requirements of this sub-paragraph if—

(a) he was appointed as an initial trustee and, before being appointed as trustee, was selected by (and only by) the persons who later became the non-professional initial trustees, or

(b) he was appointed as a replacement or additional trustee and, before being appointed as trustee, was selected by (and only by) the persons who were the non-professional trustees at the time of the selection.

(7) Trustees are selected in accordance with this sub-paragraph if the process of selection is one under which—

(a) all the persons who are employees of the companies which fall within the founding company’s group at the time of the selection, and who do not have and have never had a material interest in any such company, are (so far as is reasonably practicable) given the opportunity to stand for selection,

(b) all the employees of the companies falling within the founding company’s group at the time of the selection are (so far as is reasonably practicable) given the opportunity to vote, and

(c) persons gaining more votes are preferred to those gaining less.

(8) Trustees are selected in accordance with this sub-paragraph if they are selected by persons elected to represent the employees of the companies falling within the founding company’s group at the time of the selection.

(9) For the purposes of this paragraph a company falls within the founding company’s group at a particular time if—

(a) it is at that time resident in the United Kingdom, and

(b) it is the founding company or it is at that time controlled by the founding company.

Textual Amendments

F133 Sch. 5 paras. 3A-3C inserted (3.5.1994) by 1994 c. 9, s. 102, Sch. 13 para. 3

F134 3C (1) This paragraph applies where the trust deed provides that at any time while the trust subsists there must be a single trustee. U.K.

(2) The trust deed must—

(a) be so framed that at any time while the trust subsists the trustee is a company which at that time is resident in the United Kingdom and controlled by the founding company;

(b) appoint the initial trustee;

(c) contain rules for the removal of any trustee and for the appointment of a replacement trustee.

(3) The trust deed must be so framed that at any time while the trust subsists the company which is then the trustee is a company so constituted that the conditions set out in sub-paragraph (4) below are then fulfilled as regards the persons who are then directors of the company; and in that sub-paragraph “the relevant time” is that time and “the trust company” is that company.

(4) The conditions are that—

(a) the number of directors is not less than three;

(b) all the directors are resident in the United Kingdom;

(c) the directors include at least one person who is a professional director and at least two persons who are non-professional directors;

(d) at least half of the non-professional directors were, before being appointed as directors, selected in accordance with sub-paragraph (7) or (8) below;

(e) all the directors so selected are persons who are employees of companies which fall within the founding company’s group at the relevant time, and who do not have and have never had a material interest in any such company.

(5) For the purposes of this paragraph a director is a professional director at a particular time if—

(a) the director is then a solicitor or a member of such other professional body as the Board may at that time allow for the purposes of this sub-paragraph,

(b) the director is not then an employee of any company then falling within the founding company’s group,

(c) the director is not then a director of any such company (other than the trust company), and

(d) the director meets the requirements of sub-paragraph (6) below;

and for the purposes of this paragraph a director is a non-professional director at a particular time if the director is not then a professional director for those purposes.

(6) A director meets the requirements of this sub-paragraph if—

(a) he was appointed as an initial director and, before being appointed as director, was selected by (and only by) the persons who later became the non-professional initial directors, or

(b) he was appointed as a replacement or additional director and, before being appointed as director, was selected by (and only by) the persons who were the non-professional directors at the time of the selection.

(7) Directors are selected in accordance with this sub-paragraph if the process of selection is one under which—

(a) all the persons who are employees of the companies which fall within the founding company’s group at the time of the selection, and who do not have and have never had a material interest in any such company, are (so far as is reasonably practicable) given the opportunity to stand for selection,

(b) all the employees of the companies falling within the founding company’s group at the time of the selection are (so far as is reasonably practicable) given the opportunity to vote, and

(c) persons gaining more votes are preferred to those gaining less.

(8) Directors are selected in accordance with this sub-paragraph if they are selected by persons elected to represent the employees of the companies falling within the founding company’s group at the time of the selection.

(9) For the purposes of this paragraph a company falls within the founding company’s group at a particular time if—

(a) it is at that time resident in the United Kingdom, and

(b) it is the founding company or it is at that time controlled by the founding company.

Textual Amendments

F134 Sch. 5 paras. 3A-3C inserted (3.5.1994) by 1994 c. 9, s. 102, Sch. 13 para. 3

Beneficiaries U.K.

4 (1) The trust deed must contain provision as to the beneficiaries under thetrust, in accordance with the following rules.

(2) The trust deed must provide that a person is a beneficiary at a particulartime (the relevant time) if—

(a) he is at the relevant time an employee or director of a company which atthat time falls within the founding company’s group,

(b) at each given time in a qualifying period he was an employee or directorof a company falling within the founding company’s group at that given time,and

(c) [F135 in the case of a director, at that given time he worked as a] director of the companyconcerned at the rate of at least 20 hours a week (ignoring such matters asholidays and sickness).

(3) The trust deed may provide that a person is a beneficiary at a particulartime (the relevant time) if—

(a) he has at each given time in a qualifying period been an employee ordirector of a company falling within the founding company’s group at thatgiven time,

(b) he has ceased to be an employee or director of the company or the companyhas ceased to fall within that group, and

(c) at the relevant time a period of not more than eighteen months has elapsedsince he so ceased or the company so ceased (as the case may be).

(4) The trust deed may provide for a person to be a beneficiary if the personis a charity and the circumstances are such that—

(a) there is no person who is a beneficiary within any rule which is includedin the deed and conforms with sub-paragraph (2) or (3) above, and

(b) the trust is in consequence being wound up.

(5) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above a qualifying period is aperiod—

(a) whose length is not less than one year and not more than five years,

(b) whose length is specified in the trust deed, and

(c) which ends with the relevant time (within the meaning of thatsub-paragraph).

(6) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (3) above a qualifying period is aperiod—

(a) whose length is equal to that of the period specified in the trust deedfor the purposes of a rule which conforms with sub-paragraph (2) above, and

(b) which ends when the person or company (as the case may be) ceased asmentioned in sub-paragraph (3)(b) above.

(7) The trust deed must not provide for a person to be a beneficiary unlesshe falls within any rule which is included in the deed and conforms withsub-paragraph (2), (3) or (4) above.

(8) The trust deed must provide that, notwithstanding any other rule which isincluded in it, a person cannot be a beneficiary at a particular time (therelevant time) if—

(a) at that time he has a material interest in the founding company, or

(b) at any time in the period of one year preceding the relevant time he hashad a material interest in that company.

(9) For the purposes of this paragraph a company falls within the foundingcompany’s group at a particular time if—

(a) it is at that time resident in the United Kingdom, and

(b) it is the founding company or it is at that time controlled by thefounding company.

(10) For the purposes of this paragraph a charity is a body of personsestablished for charitable purposes only.

Textual Amendments

F135 Words in Sch. 5 para. 4(2)(c) substituted (1.5.1995 with effect as mentioned in s. 137(9) of the amending Act) by 1995 c. 4, s. 137(5)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C48 See Finance Act 1990 (c. 29) ss.31–40—roll-over relief for disposal of shares to employeeshare ownership trusts

Trustees’ functions U.K.

5 (1) The trust deed must contain provision as to the functions of the trustees.

(2) The functions of the trustees must be so expressed that it is apparentthat their general functions are—

(a) to receive sums from the founding company and other sums (by way of loanor otherwise);

(b) to acquire securities;

(c) to transfer securities or sums (or both) to persons who are beneficiariesunder the terms of the trust deed;

(d) to transfer securities to the trustees of profit sharing schemes approvedunder Schedule 9 to the Taxes Act 1988, for a price not less than the pricethe securities might reasonably be expected to fetch on a sale in the openmarket;

(e) pending transfer, to retain the securities and to manage them (whether byexercising voting rights or otherwise).

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C49 See Finance Act 1990 (c. 29) ss.31–40—roll-over relief for disposal of shares to employeeshare ownership trusts

Sums U.K.

6 (1) The trust deed must require that any sum received by the trustees— U.K.

(a) must be expended within the relevant period,

(b) may be expended only for one or more of the qualifying purposes, and

(c) must, while it is retained by them, be kept as cash or be kept in anaccount with a bank or building society.

(2) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (1) above the relevant period is theperiod of nine months beginning with the day found as follows—

(a) in a case where the sum is received from the founding company, or acompany which is controlled by that company at the time the sum is received,the day following the end of the period of account in which the sum is chargedas an expense of the company from which it is received;

(b) in any other case, the day the sum is received.

(3) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (1) above each of the following is aqualifying purpose—

(a) the acquisition of shares in the founding company;

(b) the repayment of sums borrowed;

(c) the payment of interest on sums borrowed;

(d) the payment of any sum to a person who is a beneficiary under the termsof the trust deed;

(e) the meeting of expenses.

(4) The trust deed must provide that, in ascertaining for the purposes of arelevant rule whether a particular sum has been expended, sums receivedearlier by the trustees shall be treated as expended before sums received bythem later; and a relevant rule is one which is included in the trust deed andconforms with sub-paragraph (1) above.

(5) The trust deed must provide that, where the trustees pay sums to differentbeneficiaries at the same time, all the sums must be paid on similar terms.

(6) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (5) above, the fact that terms varyaccording to the levels of remuneration of beneficiaries, the length of theirservice, or similar factors, shall not be regarded as meaning that the termsare not similar.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C50 See Finance Act 1990 (c. 29) ss.31–40—roll-over relief for disposal of shares to employeeshare ownership trusts

Securities U.K.

7 (1) Subject to paragraph 8 below, the trust deed must provide that securitiesacquired by the trustees must be shares in the founding company which— U.K.

(a) form part of the ordinary share capital of the company,

(b) are fully paid up,

(c) are not redeemable, and

(d) are not subject to any restrictions other than restrictions which attachto all shares of the same class or a restriction authorised by sub-paragraph(2) below.

(2) Subject to sub-paragraph (3) below, a restriction is authorised by thissub-paragraph if—

(a) it is imposed by the founding company’s articles of association,

(b) it requires all shares held by directors or employees of the foundingcompany, or of any other company which it controls for the time being, to bedisposed of on ceasing to be so held, and

(c) it requires all shares acquired, in pursuance of rights or interestsobtained by such directors or employees, by persons who are not (or haveceased to be) such directors or employees to be disposed of when they areacquired.

(3) A restriction is not authorised by sub-paragraph (2) above unless—

(a) any disposal required by the restriction will be by way of sale for aconsideration in money on terms specified in the articles of association, and

(b) the articles also contain general provisions by virtue of which any persondisposing of shares of the same class (whether or not held or acquired asmentioned in sub-paragraph (2) above) may be required to sell them on termswhich are the same as those mentioned in paragraph (a) above.

(4) The trust deed must provide that shares in the founding company may notbe acquired by the trustees at a price exceeding the price they mightreasonably be expected to fetch on a sale in the open market.

(5) The trust deed must provide that shares in the founding company may notbe acquired by the trustees at a time when that company is controlled byanother company.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C51 See Finance Act 1990 (c. 29) ss.31–40—roll-over relief for disposal of shares to employeeshare ownership trusts

8 U.K. The trust deed may provide that the trustees may acquire securities otherthan shares in the founding company—

(a) if they are securities issued to the trustees in exchange in circumstancesmentioned in section [F136 135(1) of the M113 Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act1992], or

(b) if they are securities acquired by the trustees as a result of areorganisation, and the original shares the securities represent are sharesin the founding company (construing “reorganisation” and “originalshares” in accordance with section [F136 126] of that Act).

Textual Amendments

F136 Words in Sch. 5 para. 8 substituted (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the substituting Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch. 10 para. 19(5) (with s. 60, 101(1), 201(3))

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C52 See Finance Act 1990 (c. 29) ss.31–40—roll-over relief for disposal of shares to employeeshare ownership trusts

Marginal Citations

M113 1992 c. 12.

9 (1) The trust deed must provide that—

(a) where the trustees transfer securities to a beneficiary, they must do soon qualifying terms;

(b) the trustees must transfer securities before the expiry of the [F137 qualifying period] beginning with the date on which they acquired them.

(2) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (1) above a transfer of securities ismade on qualifying terms if—

(a) all the securities transferred at the same time are transferred on similarterms,

(b) securities have been offered to all the persons who are beneficiariesunder the terms of the trust deed when the transfer is made, and

(c) securities are transferred to all such beneficiaries who have accepted.

[F138 (2A) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (1) above the qualifying period is—

(a) seven years, in the case of trusts established on or before the day on which the Finance Act 1994 was passed;

(b) twenty years, in the case of other trusts.]

(3) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above, the fact that terms varyaccording to the levels of remuneration of beneficiaries, the length of theirservice, or similar factors, shall not be regarded as meaning that the termsare not similar.

(4) The trust deed must provide that, in ascertaining for the purposes of arelevant rule whether particular securities are transferred, securitiesacquired earlier by the trustees shall be treated as transferred by thembefore securities acquired by them later; and a relevant rule is one which isincluded in the trust deed and conforms with sub-paragraph (1) above.

Textual Amendments

F137 Words in Sch. 5 para. 9(1)(b) substituted (3.5.1994) by 1994 c. 9, s. 102, Sch. 13 para. 7(2)

F138 Sch. 5 para. 9(2A) inserted (3.5.1994) by 1994 c. 9, s. 102, Sch. 13 para. 7(3)

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C53 See Finance Act 1990 (c. 29) ss.31–40—roll-over relief for disposal of shares to employeeshare ownership trusts

Other features U.K.

10 The trust deed must not contain features which are not essential orreasonably incidental to the purpose of acquiring sums and securities,transferring sums and securities to employees and directors, and transferringsecurities to the trustees of profit sharing schemes approved under Schedule9 to the Taxes Act 1988.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C54 See Finance Act 1990 (c. 29) ss.31–40—roll-over relief for disposal of shares to employeeshare ownership trusts

Rules about acquisition etc. U.K.

11 (1) The trust deed must provide that, for the purposes of the deed, thetrustees— U.K.

(a) acquire securities when they become entitled to them;

(b) transfer securities to another person when that other becomes entitled tothem;

(c) retain securities if they remain entitled to them.

(2) But if the deed provides as mentioned in paragraph 8 above, it mustprovide for the following exceptions to any rule which is included in it andconforms with sub-paragraph (1)(a) above, namely, that—

(a) if securities are issued to the trustees in exchange in circumstancesmentioned in section [F139 135(1) of the M114 Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992], they shall be treated as having acquired them when they became entitledto the securities for which they are exchanged;

(b) if the trustees become entitled to securities as a result of areorganisation, they shall be treated as having acquired them when they becameentitled to the original shares which those securities represent (construing “reorganisation” and “original shares” in accordance with section [F139 126] of that Act).

(3) The trust deed must provide that—

(a) if the trustees agree to take a transfer of securities, for the purposesof the deed they become entitled to them when the agreement is made and noton a later transfer made pursuant to the agreement;

(b) if the trustees agree to transfer securities to another person, for thepurposes of the deed the other person becomes entitled to them when theagreement is made and not on a later transfer made pursuant to the agreement.

Textual Amendments

F139 Words in Sch. 5 para. 11 substituted (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the substituting Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch. 10 para. 19(5) (with s. 60, 101(1), 201(3))

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C55 See Finance Act 1990 (c. 29) ss.31–40—roll-over relief for disposal of shares to employeeshare ownership trusts

Marginal Citations

M114 1992 c. 12.

Position after trust’s establishment U.K.

12 U.K. A trust which was at the time it was established a qualifying employeeshare ownership trust shall continue to be one, except that it shall not besuch a trust at any time when the requirements mentioned in paragraph 3(3)(a)to (f) above are not satisfied. [F140 This paragraph applies in relation to trusts established on or before the day on which the Finance Act 1994 was passed.]

Textual Amendments

F140 Words in Sch. 5 para. 12 inserted (3.5.1994) by 1994 c. 9, s. 102, Sch. 13 para. 4

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C56 See Finance Act 1990 (c. 29) ss.31–40—roll-over relief for disposal of shares to employeeshare ownership trusts

[F141 12A (1) Subject to sub-paragraphs (2) and (3) below, a trust which was at the time it was established a qualifying employee share ownership trust shall continue to be one. U.K.

(2) If the trust deed makes provision under paragraph 3A(a) above, the trust shall not be a qualifying employee share ownership trust at any time when the requirements mentioned in paragraph 3(3)(a) to (f) above are not satisfied.

(3) If the trust deed makes provision under paragraph 3A(b) above, the trust shall not be a qualifying employee share ownership trust at any time when the conditions mentioned in paragraph 3B(4)(a) to (e) above are not satisfied.

(4) If the trust deed makes provision under paragraph 3A(c) above, the trust shall not be a qualifying employee share ownership trust at any time when—

(a) there is not a single trustee,

(b) the trustee is not a company which is resident in the United Kingdom and controlled by the founding company, or

(c) the conditions mentioned in paragraph 3C(4)(a) to (e) above are not satisfied as regards the directors of the trustee.

(5) This paragraph applies in relation to trusts established after the day on which the Finance Act 1994 was passed.]

Textual Amendments

F141 Sch. 5 para. 12A inserted (3.5.1994) by 1994 c. 9, s. 102, Sch. 13 para. 5

13 U.K. A trust is an employee share ownership trust at a particular time (therelevant time) if it was a qualifying employee share ownership trust at thetime it was established; and it is immaterial whether or not it is aqualifying employee share ownership trust at the relevant time.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C57 See Finance Act 1990 (c. 29) ss.31–40—roll-over relief for disposal of shares to employeeshare ownership trusts

Interpretation U.K.

14 U.K. For the purposes of this Schedule the following are securities—

(a) shares;

(b) debentures.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C58 See Finance Act 1990 (c. 29) ss.31–40—roll-over relief for disposal of shares to employeeshare ownership trusts

15 U.K. For the purposes of this Schedule, the question whether one company iscontrolled by another shall be construed in accordance with section 840 of theTaxes Act 1988.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C59 See Finance Act 1990 (c. 29) ss.31–40—roll-over relief for disposal of shares to employeeshare ownership trusts

16 (1) For the purposes of this Schedule a person shall be treated as having amaterial interest in a company if he, either on his own or with one or moreof his associates, or if any associate of his with or without other suchassociates,— U.K.

(a) is the beneficial owner of, or able (directly or through the medium ofother companies or by any other indirect means) to control, more than 5 percent. of the ordinary share capital of the company, or

(b) possesses, or is entitled to acquire, such rights as would, in the eventof the winding-up of the company or in any other circumstances, give anentitlement to receive more than 5 per cent. of the assets which would thenbe available for distribution among the participators.

(2) In this paragraph—

(a) “associate” has the same meaning as in section 417(3) and (4)of the Taxes Act 1988, but subject to sub-paragraph (3) below,

(b) “control” has the meaning given by section 840 of that Act,and

(c) “participator” has the same meaning as in Part XI of thatAct.

(3) Where a person has an interest in shares or obligations of the company asa beneficiary of an employee benefit trust, the trustees shall not be regardedas associates of his by reason only of that interest unless sub-paragraph (5)below applies in relation to him.

(4) In sub-paragraph (3) above “employee benefit trust” hasthe same meaning as in paragraph 7 of Schedule 8 to the Taxes Act 1988, exceptthat in its application for this purpose paragraph 7(5)(b) of that Scheduleshall have effect as if it referred to the day on which this Act was passedinstead of to 14th March 1989.

(5) This sub-paragraph applies in relation to a person if at any time on orafter the day on which this Act was passed—

(a) he, either on his own or with any one or more of his associates, or

(b) any associate of his, with or without other such associates,

has been the beneficial owner of, or able (directly or through the mediumof other companies or by any other indirect means) to control, more than 5 percent. of the ordinary share capital of the company.

(6) Sub-paragraphs (9) to (12) of paragraph 7 of Schedule 8 to the Taxes Act1988 shall apply for the purposes of sub-paragraph (5) above as they apply forthe purposes of that paragraph.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C60 See Finance Act 1990 (c. 29) ss.31–40—roll-over relief for disposal of shares to employee share ownership trusts

[F142 17 U.K. For the purposes of this Schedule a trust is established when the deed under which it is established is executed.]

Textual Amendments

F142 Sch. 5 para. 17 inserted (3.5.1994) by 1994 c. 9, s. 102, Sch. 13 para. 8

Section 75.

SCHEDULE 6 U.K. Retirement Benefits Schemes

Part I U.K. Amendments of Taxes Act

Preliminary U.K.

1 U.K. The Taxes Act 1988 shall be amended as mentioned in the followingprovisions of this Part of this Schedule.

Amendments U.K.

F143 2 U.K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Textual Amendments

F143 Sch. 6 para. 2 repealed (1.5.1995 with effect in accordance with Sch. 8 para. 57 of the amending Act) by 1995 c. 4, s. 162, Sch. 29 Pt. VIII(5), note 2

3 (1) Section 590 (conditions for approval of schemes) shall be amended asfollows. U.K.

(2) In subsection (3)(d) (condition to be satisfied as to lump sum) the words “(disregarding any excess of that remuneration over the permittedmaximum)” shall be omitted.

(3) In subsection (3) for the words from “In paragraph (d) above” to theend there shall be substituted—

“(e) that, in the case of any employee who is a member of the scheme by virtueof two or more relevant associated employments, the amount payable by way ofpension in respect of service in any one of them may not, when aggregated withany amount payable by way of pension in respect of service in the other orothers, exceed the relevant amount;

(f) that, in the case of any employee who is a member of the scheme by virtueof two or more relevant associated employments, the amount payable by way ofcommuted pension in respect of service in any one of them may not, whenaggregated with any amount payable by way of commuted pension in respect ofservice in the other or others, exceed the relevant amount;

(g) that, in the case of any employee in relation to whom the scheme isconnected with another scheme which is (or other schemes each of which is) anapproved scheme, the amount payable by way of pension under the scheme maynot, when aggregated with any amount payable by way of pension under the otherscheme or schemes, exceed the relevant amount;

(h) that, in the case of any employee in relation to whom the scheme isconnected with another scheme which is (or other schemes each of which is) anapproved scheme, the amount payable by way of commuted pension may not, whenaggregated with any amount payable by way of commuted pension under the otherscheme or schemes, exceed the relevant amount.”

(4) For subsection (7) there shall be substituted—

“(7) Subsections (8) to (10) below apply where the Board are consideringwhether a retirement benefits scheme satisfies or continues to satisfy theprescribed conditions.

(8) For the purpose of determining whether the scheme, so far as it relatesto a particular class or description of employees, satisfies or continues tosatisfy the prescribed conditions, that scheme shall be considered inconjunction with—

(a) any other retirement benefits scheme (or schemes) which relates (orrelate) to employees of that class or description and which is (or are)approved for the purposes of this Chapter,

(b) any other retirement benefits scheme (or schemes) which relates (orrelate) to employees of that class or description and which is (or are) at thesame time before the Board in order for them to decide whether to giveapproval for the purposes of this Chapter,

(c) any section 608 scheme or schemes relating to employees of that class ordescription, and

(d) any relevant statutory scheme or schemes relating to employees of thatclass or description.

(9) If those conditions are satisfied in the case of both or all of thoseschemes taken together, they shall be taken to be satisfied in the case of thescheme mentioned in subsection (7) above (as well as the other or others).

(10) If those conditions are not satisfied in the case of both or all of thoseschemes taken together, they shall not be taken to be satisfied in the caseof the scheme mentioned in subsection (7) above.

(11) The reference in subsection (8)(c) above to a section 608 scheme is areference to a fund to which section 608 applies.”

4 U.K. The following sections shall be inserted after section 590—

“590A Section 590: supplementary provisions.

(1) For the purposes of section 590(3)(e) and (f) two or more employments arerelevant associated employments if they are employments in the case ofwhich—

(a) there is a period during which the employee has held both or all of them,

(b) the period counts under the scheme in the case of both or all of them asa period in respect of which benefits are payable, and

(c) the period is one during which both or all of the employers in questionare associated.

(2) For the purposes of section 590(3)(g) and (h) the scheme is connected withanother scheme in relation to an employee if—

(a) there is a period during which he has been the employee of two persons whoare associated employers,

(b) the period counts under both schemes as a period in respect of whichbenefits are payable, and

(c) the period counts under one scheme by virtue of service with one employerand under the other scheme by virtue of service with the other employer.

(3) For the purposes of subsections (1) and (2) above, employers areassociated if (directly or indirectly) one is controlled by the other or ifboth are controlled by a third person.

(4) In subsection (3) above the reference to control, in relation to a bodycorporate, shall be construed—

(a) where the body corporate is a close company, in accordance with section416, and

(b) where it is not, in accordance with section 840.

590B Section 590: further supplementary provisions.

(1) For the purposes of section 590(3)(e) the relevant amount, in relation toan employee, shall be found by applying the following formula—

(2) For the purposes of section 590(3)(f) the relevant amount, in relation toan employee, shall be found by applying the following formula—

(3) For the purposes of section 590(3)(g) the relevant amount, in relation toan employee, shall be found by applying the following formula—

(4) For the purposes of section 590(3)(h) the relevant amount, in relation toan employee, shall be found by applying the following formula—

(5) For the purposes of this section A is the aggregate number of yearsservice (expressing parts of a year as a fraction), subject to a maximum of40, which, in the case of the employee, count for the purposes of the schemeat the time the benefits in respect of service in the employment becomepayable.

(6) But where the same year (or part of a year) counts for the purposes of thescheme by virtue of more than one of the relevant associated employments itshall be counted only once in calculating the aggregate number of yearsservice for the purposes of subsection (5) above.

(7) For the purposes of this section B is the aggregate number of yearsservice (expressing parts of a year as a fraction), subject to a maximum of40, which, in the case of the employee, count for the purposes of any of thefollowing—

(a) the scheme, and

(b) the other scheme or schemes with which the scheme is connected in relationto him,

at the time the benefits become payable.

(8) But where the same year (or part of a year) counts for the purposes ofmore than one scheme it shall be counted only once in calculating theaggregate number of years service for the purpose of subsection (7) above.

(9) For the purposes of this section C is the permitted maximum in relationto the year of assessment in which the benefits in question become payable,that is, the figure found for that year by virtue of subsections (10) and (11)below.

(10) For the years 1988-89 and 1989-90 the figure is £60,000.

(11) For any subsequent year of assessment the figure is the figure found forthat year, for the purposes of section 590C, by virtue of section 590C(4) and(5).

590C Earnings cap.

(1) In arriving at an employee’s final remuneration for the purposes ofsection 590(3)(a) or (d), any excess of what would be his final remuneration(apart from this section) over the permitted maximum for the year ofassessment in which his participation in the scheme ceases shall bedisregarded.

(2) In subsection (1) above “the permitted maximum”, in relation to a year of assessment,means the figure found for that year by virtue of subsections (3) and (4)below.

(3) For the years 1988-89 and 1989-90 the figure is £60,000.

(4) For any subsequent year of assessment the figure is also £60,000,subject to subsection (5) below.

(5) If the retail prices index for the month of December preceding a year ofassessment falling within subsection (4) above is higher than it was for theprevious December, the figure for that year shall be an amount arrived atby—

(a) increasing the figure for the previous year of assessment by the samepercentage as the percentage increase in the retail prices index, and

(b) if the result is not a multiple of £600, rounding it up to thenearest amount which is such a multiple.

(6) The Treasury shall in the year of assessment 1989-90, and in eachsubsequent year of assessment, make an order specifying the figure which isby virtue of this section the figure for the following year of assessment.”

5 (1) Section 592 (exempt approved schemes) shall be amended as follows. U.K.

(2) In subsection (8) there shall be inserted at the beginning the words “Subject to subsection (8A) below,”.

(3) After subsection (8) there shall be inserted—

“(8A) Where an employee’s remuneration for a year of assessment includesremuneration in respect of more than one employment, the amount allowed to bededucted by virtue of subsection (7) above in respect of contributions paidby the employee in that year by virtue of any employment (whether under asingle scheme or under two or more schemes) shall not exceed 15 per cent, orsuch higher percentage as the Board may in a particular case prescribe, of hisremuneration for the year in respect of that employment.”

(4) After subsection (8A) there shall be inserted—

“(8B) In arriving at an employee’s remuneration for a year of assessment for thepurposes of subsection (8) or (8A) above, any excess of what would be hisremuneration (apart from this subsection) over the permitted maximum for thatyear shall be disregarded.

(8C) In subsection (8B) above “permitted maximum”, in relation to a year of assessment,means the figure found for that year by virtue of subsections (8D) and (8E)below.

(8D) For the year 1989-90 the figure is £60,000.

(8E) For any subsequent year of assessment the figure is the figure found forthat year, for the purposes of section 590C, by virtue of section 590C(4) and(5).”

6 (1) Section 594 (exempt statutory schemes) shall be amended as follows. U.K.

(2) In subsection (1) the word “relevant” shall be inserted before the words “statutoryscheme”.

(3) In subsection (2) there shall be inserted at the beginning the words “Subject to subsection (3) below,”.

(4) After subsection (2) there shall be inserted—

“(3) Where a person’s remuneration for a year of assessment includesremuneration in respect of more than one office or employment, the amountallowed to be deducted by virtue of subsection (1) above in respect ofcontributions paid by the person in that year by virtue of any office oremployment (whether under a single scheme or under two or more schemes) shallnot exceed 15 per cent, or such higher percentage as the Board may in aparticular case prescribe, of his remuneration for the year in respect of thatoffice or employment.”

(5) After subsection (3) there shall be inserted—

“(4) In arriving at a person’s remuneration for a year of assessment for thepurposes of subsection (2) or (3) above, any excess of what would be hisremuneration (apart from this subsection) over the permitted maximum for thatyear shall be disregarded.

(5) In subsection (4) above “permitted maximum”, in relation to a year of assessment,means the figure found for that year by virtue of subsections (6) and (7)below.

(6) For the year 1989-90 the figure is £60,000.

(7) For any subsequent year of assessment the figure is the figure found forthat year, for the purposes of section 590C, by virtue of section 590C(4) and(5).”

7 U.K. Section 595(2) and (3) (charge to tax in certain cases) shall be omitted.

8 (1) Section 596 (exceptions from section 595) shall be amended as follows. U.K.

(2) In subsection (1)—

(a) for the words “Neither subsection (1) nor subsection (2) of section 595shall” there shall be substituted the words “Section 595(1) shallnot”; and

(b) in paragraph (b) the word “relevant” shall be inserted before thewords “statutory scheme”.

(3) In subsection (2) for the words “Neither subsection (1) nor subsection(2) of section 595 shall” there shall be substituted the words “Section595(1) shall not”.

(4) In subsection (3)(a) the words “either” and “or subsection (2)” shall be omitted.

9 U.K. The following section shall be inserted after section 596—

“596A Charge to tax: benefits under non-approved schemes.

(1) Where in any year of assessment a person receives a benefit provided undera retirement benefits scheme which is not of a description mentioned insection 596(1) (a), (b) or (c), tax shall be charged in accordance with theprovisions of this section.

(2) Where the benefit is received by an individual, he shall be charged to taxunder Schedule E for that year.

(3) Where the benefit is received by a person other than an individual, theadministrator of the scheme shall be charged to tax under Case VI of ScheduleD for that year.

(4) The amount to be charged to tax is—

(a) in the case of a cash benefit, the amount received, and

(b) in the case of a benefit in kind, an amount equal to whatever is the cashequivalent of the benefit.

(5) In the case of the charge under Case VI of Schedule D, the rate of tax is40 per cent. or such other rate (whether higher or lower) as may for the timebeing be specified by the Treasury by order.

(6) Tax shall not be charged under this section in the case of a benefit whichis chargeable to tax under Schedule E by virtue of section 19(1)1.

(7) But where the amount chargeable to tax by virtue of section 19(1)1 is lessthan the amount which would be chargeable to tax under this section—

(a) subsection (6) above shall not apply, and

(b) the amount chargeable to tax under this section shall be reduced by theamount chargeable to tax by virtue of section 19(1)1.

(8) Tax shall not be charged under this section to the extent that the benefitreceived is attributable to the payment of a sum—

(a) which is deemed to be the income of a person by virtue of section 595(1),and

(b) in respect of which that person has been assessed to tax.

(9) For the purpose of subsection (8) above the provision of a benefit shallbe presumed not to be attributable to the payment of such a sum as ismentioned in that subsection unless the contrary is shown.

596B Section 596A: supplementary provisions.

(1) For the purposes of section 596A the cash equivalent of a benefit in kindis—

(a) in the case of a benefit other than living accommodation, the amount whichwould be the cash equivalent of the benefit under Chapter II of Part V if itwere chargeable under the appropriate provision of that Chapter (treating anysum made good by the recipient as made good by the employee), and

(b) in the case of living accommodation, an amount equal to the value of theaccommodation to the recipient determined in accordance with the followingprovisions of this section less so much of any sum made good by him to thoseat whose cost the accommodation is provided as is properly attributable to theprovision of the accommodation.

(2) Where the cost of providing the accommodation does not exceed£75,000, the value of the accommodation to the recipient in any periodis the rent which would have been payable for the period if the premises hadbeen let to him at an annual rent equal to their annual value as ascertainedunder section 837.

(3) But for a period in which those at whose cost the accommodation isprovided pay rent at an annual rate greater than the annual value as soascertained, the value of the accommodation to the recipient is an amountequal to the rent payable by them for the period.

(4) Where the cost of providing the accommodation does exceed £75,000,the value of the accommodation to the recipient shall be taken to be theaggregate of the value of the accommodation to him determined in accordancewith subsections (2) and (3) above and the additional value of theaccommodation to him determined in accordance with subsections (5) and (6)below.

(5) The additional value of the accommodation to the recipient in any periodis the rent which would have been payable for that period if the premises hadbeen let to him at an annual rent equal to the appropriate percentage of theamount by which the cost of providing the accommodation exceeds £75,000.

(6) Where throughout the period of six years ending with the date when therecipient first occupied the property any estate or interest in the propertywas held by a relevant person (whether or not it was the same estate, interestor person throughout), the additional value shall be calculated as if insubsection (7) below—

(a) the amount referred to in paragraph (a) were the market value of thatproperty as at that date, and

(b) the amount referred to in paragraph (b) did not include expenditure onimprovements made before that date.

(7) For the purposes of this section, the cost of providing any livingaccommodation shall be taken to be the aggregate of—

(a) the amount of any expenditure incurred in acquiring the estate or interestin the property held by a relevant person, and

(b) the amount of any expenditure incurred by a relevant person before theyear of assessment in question on improvements to the property.

(8) The aggregate amount mentioned in subsection (7) above shall be reducedby the amount of any payment made by the recipient to a relevant person, sofar as that amount represents a reimbursement of any such expenditure as ismentioned in paragraph (a) or (b) of that subsection or representsconsideration for the grant to the recipient of a tenancy of the property.

(9) For the purposes of this section, any of the following persons is arelevant person—

(a) the person providing the accommodation;

(b) any person, other than the recipient, who is connected with a personfalling within paragraph (a) above.

(10) In this section—

• “the appropriate percentage” means the rate applicable forthe purposes of section 160 as at the beginning of the year of assessment inquestion;

• “market value”, in relation to any property, means the pricewhich that property might reasonably be expected to fetch on a sale in theopen market with vacant possession, no reduction being made, in estimating themarket value, on account of any option in respect of the property held by therecipient, or a person connected with him, or by any of the persons mentionedin subsection (9) above;

• “property”, in relation to any living accommodation, meansthe property consisting of that living accommodation;

• “tenancy” includes a sub-tenancy;

and section 839 shall apply for the purposes of this section.”

10 U.K. In section 598(1)(b) (charge to tax: repayment of employee’scontributions) the word “relevant” shall be inserted before the words “statutoryscheme”.

11 (1) Section 599 (charge to tax: commutation of entire pension in specialcircumstances) shall be amended as follows. U.K.

(2) In subsection (2)(b) the word “relevant” shall be inserted before thewords “statutory scheme”.

(3) After subsection (9) there shall be inserted—

“(10) In subsection (1)(a) above “the permitted maximum” means, as regards a charge to taxarising under this section in a particular year of assessment, the figurefound for that year by virtue of subsections (11) and (12) below.

(11) For the years 1988-89 and l989-90 the figure is £60,000.

(12) For any subsequent year of assessment the figure is the figure found forthat year, for the purposes of section 590C, by virtue of section 590C(4) and(5).”

12 (1) The following section shall be inserted after section 599— U.K.

“599A Charge to tax: payments out of surplus funds.

(1) This subsection applies to any payment which is made to or for the benefitof an employee or to his personal representatives out of funds which are orhave been held for the purposes of—

(a) a scheme which is or has at any time been an exempt approved scheme, or

(b) a relevant statutory scheme established under a public general Act,

and which is made in pursuance of a duty to return surplus funds.

(2) On the making of a payment to which subsection (1) above applies, theadministrator of the scheme shall be charged to income tax under Case VI ofSchedule D at the relevant rate on such amount as, after deduction of tax atthat rate, would equal the amount of the payment.

(3) Subject to subsection (4) below, the relevant rate shall be 35 per cent.

(4) The Treasury may by order from time to time increase or decrease therelevant rate.

(5) Where a payment made to or for the benefit of an employee is one to whichsubsection (1) above applies, it shall be treated in computing the totalincome of the employee for the year in which it is made as income for thatyear which is—

(a) received by him after deduction of income tax at the basic rate from acorresponding gross amount, and

(b) chargeable to income tax under Case VI of Schedule D.

(6) But, subject to subsection (7) below, no assessment to income tax shallbe made on, and no repayment of income tax shall be made to, the employee.

(7) Subsection (6) above shall not prevent an assessment in respect of incometax at a rate other than the basic rate.

(8) Subsection (5) above applies whether or not the employee is the recipientof the payment.

(9) Any payment chargeable to tax under this section shall not be chargeableto tax under section 598, 599 or 600 or under the Regulations mentioned inparagraph 8 of Schedule 3 to the Finance Act 1971.

(10) In this section—

• “employee”, in relation to a relevant statutory scheme,includes any officer;

• references to any payment include references to any transfer of assets orother transfer of money’s worth.”

13 (1) Section 600 (charge to tax: unauthorised payments to or for employees)shall be amended as follows. U.K.

(2) In subsection (1) the words “or have been” and “or has at any time been” shall be omitted.

(3) In subsection (2) for paragraphs (a) and (b) there shall be substitutedthe words “is not expressly authorised by the rules of the scheme or byvirtue of paragraph 33 of Schedule 6 to the Finance Act 1989.”

14 U.K. In section 605 (information) the word “relevant” shall be inserted before the words “statutory scheme” in subsections (2), (3)(a) and (b)(i) and(4).

15 U.K. The following section shall be inserted after section 611—

“611A Definition of relevant statutory scheme.

(1) In this Chapter any reference to a relevant statutory scheme is areference to a statutory scheme—

(a) established before 14th March 1989, or

(b) established on or after that date and entered in the register maintainedby the Board for the purposes of this section.

(2) The Board shall maintain a register for the purposes of this section andshall enter in it the relevant particulars of any statutory scheme establishedon or after 14th March 1989 which is reported to the Board by the authorityresponsible for establishing it as a scheme the provisions of which correspondwith those of an approved scheme.

(3) The reference in subsection (2) above to the relevant particulars, inrelation to a scheme, is a reference to—

(a) the identity of the scheme,

(b) the date on which it was established,

(c) the authority responsible for establishing it, and

(d) the date on which that authority reported the scheme to the Board.

(4) Where the Board enter the relevant particulars of a scheme in the registermaintained by them for the purposes of this section, they shall inform theauthority responsible for establishing the scheme of the date of the entry.”

16 U.K. In section 828(4) (orders) after “377(8)” there shall be inserted “590C(6)”.

17 U.K. Paragraph 8 of Schedule 23 (benefits under scheme for additional voluntarycontributions causing benefits under main scheme to abate if aggregatebenefits exceed limits) shall be omitted.

Effect of amendments U.K.

18 (1) Paragraphs 2, 6(2), 8(2)(b), 10, 11(2), 14 and 15 above shall be deemedto have come into force on 14th March 1989. U.K.

(2) Paragraphs 3(2) and (3) and 4 above shall have effect in relation to ascheme not approved by the Board before the day on which this Act is passed;but if the scheme came into existence before 14th March 1989 those provisionsshall not have effect as regards an employee who became a member of the schemebefore 1st June 1989.

(3) Paragraph 3(4) above shall have effect where a determination is made onor after the day on which this Act is passed.

(4) Paragraphs 5 and 6(3), (4) and (5) above shall have effect for the year1989-90 and subsequent years of assessment, but paragraphs 5(4) and 6(5) aboveshall not have effect as regards a person’s remuneration in respect of anoffice or employment in such circumstances as the Board may by regulationsprescribe for the purposes of this sub-paragraph.

(5) Paragraphs 7 and 8(2)(a) and (3) above shall have effect for the year1988-89 and subsequent years of assessment.

(6) Paragraph 8(4) above shall not have effect where a sum has been deemed tobe income of a person by virtue of section 595(2) before 6th April 1988.

(7) Paragraph 9 above shall have effect in relation to payments made andbenefits provided on or after the day on which this Act is passed.

(8) Paragraph 11(3) above shall have effect where the charge to tax undersection 599 arises on or after 14th March 1989, but not where the scheme cameinto existence before that date and the employee became a member of it before1st June 1989.

(9) Paragraphs 12 and 13 above shall have effect in relation to payments madeon or after the day on which this Act is passed.

(10) Paragraph 17 above shall have effect in relation to benefits provided onor after the day on which this Act is passed.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C61 For regulations see Part III Vol. 5 (under “Retirement benefit schemes: tax relief on contributions”)

Part II U.K. Approved Schemes: General

Preliminary U.K.

19 (1) This Part of this Schedule shall be deemed to have come into force on 14thMarch 1989 and, subject to sub-paragraphs (2) to (4) below, applies inrelation to any retirement benefits scheme (within the meaning of Chapter Iof Part XIV of the Taxes Act 1988) approved by the Board before the day onwhich this Act is passed. U.K.

(2) The Board may by regulations provide that, in circumstances prescribed inthe regulations, this Part of this Schedule or any provision of it shall notapply or shall apply with such modifications as may be so prescribed.

(3) Regulations under sub-paragraph (2) above—

(a) may include provision authorising the Board to direct that this Part ofthis Schedule or any provision of it shall not apply in any particular casewhere in the opinion of the Board the facts are such that its applicationwould not be appropriate;

(b) may take effect (and may authorise any direction given under them to takeeffect) as from 14th March 1989 or any later date;

(c) may make such supplementary provision as appears to the Board to benecessary or expedient.

(4) This Part of this Schedule shall not apply to a scheme if, before the endof 1989, the administrator of the scheme gives written notice to the Boardthat it is not to apply.

(5) Where a notice is given to the Board under sub-paragraph (4) above, thescheme shall cease to be approved—

(a) if it came into existence before 14th March 1989, with effect from 1stJune 1989 or (if later) the date with effect from which it was approved;

(b) if it came into existence on or after 14th March 1989, with effect fromthe date with effect from which it was approved.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C62 For regulations see Part III Vol. 5 (under “Retirement benefit schemes: tax relief on contributions”)

Remuneration U.K.

20 (1) This paragraph applies— U.K.

(a) where the scheme came into existence before 14th March 1989, as regardsan employee who became a member of the scheme on or after 1st June 1989;

(b) where the scheme came into existence on or after 14th March 1989, asregards any employee who is a member of the scheme (whenever he became amember).

(2) The rules of the scheme shall have effect (notwithstanding anything inthem to the contrary and notwithstanding the effect of anything in Schedule23 to the Taxes Act 1988) as if, in arriving at the employee’s relevant annualremuneration for the purposes of calculating benefits, any excess of whatwould be his relevant annual remuneration (apart from this paragraph) over thepermitted maximum for the year of assessment in which his participation in thescheme ceases shall be disregarded.

(3) The rules of the scheme shall have effect (notwithstanding anything inthem to the contrary) as if, in arriving at the employee’s remuneration forthe year 1988-89 or any subsequent year of assessment for the purposes of anyrestriction on the aggregate amount of contributions payable under the schemeby the employee and the employer, there were disregarded any excess of whatwould be his remuneration for the year (apart from this paragraph) over thepermitted maximum for the year.

(4) In this paragraph “the permitted maximum”, in relation to a year of assessment,means the figure found for that year by virtue of sub-paragraphs (5) and (6)below.

(5) For the years 1988-89 and 1989-90 the figure is £60,000.

(6) For any subsequent year of assessment the figure is the figure found forthat year, for the purposes of section 590C of the Taxes Act 1988, by virtueof section 590C(4) and (5).

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C63 See The Retirement Benefits Schemes (Continuationof Rights of Members of Approved Schemes) Regs. 1990 (S.I.1990/2101–in Part III Vol. 5)for circumstanceswhen para. 20disapplied or modified; when para. 21modified; or when para. 22disapplied

21 (1) The rules of the scheme shall have effect (notwithstanding anything inthem to the contrary) as if the amount of contributions payable under thescheme by an employee in the year 1989-90 or any subsequent year of assessmentwere limited to 15 per cent. of his remuneration for the year in respect ofthe employment. U.K.

(2) Where in relation to any year of assessment a percentage higher than 15per cent. applies for the purposes of section 592(8) or (8A) of the Taxes Act1988 (relief in respect of contributions) as regards any employee,sub-paragraph (1) above, as regards him, shall have effect in relation to thatyear with the substitution for 15 per cent. of that higher percentage.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C64 See The Retirement Benefits Schemes (Continuationof Rights of Members of Approved Schemes) Regs. 1990 (S.I.1990/2101–in Part III Vol. 5)for circumstanceswhen para. 20disapplied or modified; when para. 21modified; or when para. 22disapplied

22 (1) This paragraph applies— U.K.

(a) where the scheme came into existence before 14th March 1989, as regardsan employee who became a member of the scheme on or after 1st June 1989;

(b) where the scheme came into existence on or after 14th March 1989, asregards any employee who is a member of the scheme (whenever he became amember).

(2) For the purposes of paragraph 21(1) above, in arriving at the employee’sremuneration for the year any excess of what would be his remuneration for theyear (apart from this sub-paragraph) over the permitted maximum for the yearshall be disregarded.

(3) In sub-paragraph (2) above “the permitted maximum”, in relation to a year of assessment,means the figure found for that year by virtue of sub-paragraphs (4) and (5)below.

(4) For the year 1989-90 the figure is £60,000.

(5) For any subsequent year of assessment the figure is the figure found forthat year, for the purposes of section 590C of the Taxes Act 1988, by virtueof section 590C(4) and (5).

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C65 See The Retirement Benefits Schemes (Continuationof Rights of Members of Approved Schemes) Regs. 1990 (S.I.1990/2101–in Part III Vol. 5)for circumstanceswhen para. 20disapplied or modified; when para. 21modified; or when para. 22disapplied

Accelerated accrual U.K.

23 (1) This paragraph applies where the scheme allows a member to commute hispension or part of it for a lump sum or sums and— U.K.

(a) where the scheme came into existence before 14th March 1989, applies asregards an employee who became a member of the scheme on or after 1st June1989, and

(b) where the scheme came into existence on or after 14th March 1989, appliesas regards any employee who is a member of the scheme (whenever he became amember).

(2) The rules of the scheme shall have effect (notwithstanding anything inthem to the contrary and notwithstanding the effect of paragraph 3 of Schedule23 to the Taxes Act 1988) as if they did not allow the employee to obtain byway of commutation a lump sum or sums exceeding in all the greater of thefollowing sums—

(a) a sum of three-eightieths of his relevant annual remuneration for eachyear of service up to a maximum of 40;

(b) a sum of the pension payable under the scheme to the employee for thefirst year in which it is payable multiplied by 2.25.

(3) The following rules shall apply in calculating, for the purposes ofsub-paragraph (2) above, the pension payable under the scheme to the employeefor the first year in which it is payable—

(a) if the pension payable for the year changes, the initial pension payableshall be taken;

(b) it shall be assumed that the employee will survive for the year;

(c) the effect of commutation, and of any allocation of pension to providebenefits for survivors, shall be ignored.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C66 See The Retirement Benefits Schemes (Contiuationof Rights of Members of Approved Schemes) Regs. 1990 (S.I.1990/2101–in Part III Vol. 5)for circumstanceswhen para. 23disapplied or modified

24 (1) This paragraph applies where the scheme provides a lump sum or sums fora member otherwise than by commutation of his pension or part of itand— U.K.

(a) where the scheme came into existence before 14th March 1989, applies asregards an employee who became a member of the scheme on or after 1st June1989, and

(b) where the scheme came into existence on or after 14th March 1989, appliesas regards any employee who is a member of the scheme (whenever he became amember).

(2) The rules of the scheme shall have effect (notwithstanding anything inthem to the contrary and notwithstanding the effect of paragraph 4 of Schedule23 to the Taxes Act 1988) as if they did not allow the payment to theemployee, otherwise than by way of commutation, of a lump sum or sumsexceeding in all the greater of the following sums—

(a) a sum of three-eightieths of his relevant annual remuneration for eachyear of service up to a maximum of 40;

(b) a sum of the relevant number of eightieths of his relevant annualremuneration.

(3) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above the relevant number shall befound by taking the number of eightieths (of relevant annual remuneration) byreference to which the pension payable under the scheme to the employee iscalculated, multiplying that number by three, and treating the resultingnumber as 120 if it would otherwise exceed 120.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C67 See The Retirement Benefits Schemes (Continuationof Rights of Members of Approved Schemes) Regs. 1990 (S.I.1990/2101–in Part III Vol. 5)for circumstanceswhen para. 24disapplied

Associated employments U.K.

25 (1) This paragraph applies— U.K.

(a) where the scheme came into existence before 14th March 1989, as regardsan employee who became a member of the scheme on or after 1st June 1989;

(b) where the scheme came into existence on or after 14th March 1989, asregards any employee who is a member of the scheme (whenever he became amember).

(2) Where the employee is a member of the scheme by virtue of two or morerelevant associated employments, the rules of the scheme shall have effect asmentioned in sub-paragraph (3) below.

(3) The rules of the scheme shall have effect (notwithstanding anything inthem to the contrary) as if they prohibited the amount payable by way ofpension in respect of service in any of the relevant associated employments,when aggregated with any amount payable by way of pension in respect ofservice in the other such employment or employments, from exceeding therelevant amount.

(4) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (3) above the relevant amount, inrelation to the employee, shall be found by applying the followingformula—

(5) For the purposes of this paragraph—

(a) section 590B(5) and (6) of the Taxes Act 1988 shall apply for the purposeof defining A, and

(b) section 590B(9) to (11) of that Act shall apply for the purpose ofdefining C,

as they apply for the purposes of section 590B of that Act, except thatfor the purposes of this paragraph A shall not exceed 20.

(6) The reference to two or more relevant associated employments shall beconstrued in accordance with section 590A of the Taxes Act 1988.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C68 See The Retirement Benefits Schemes (Continuationof Rights of Members of Approved Schemes) Regs. 1990 (S.I.1990/2101–in Part III Vol. 5)for circumstanceswhen paras. 25or 26disapplied

Connected schemes U.K.

26 (1) This paragraph applies— U.K.

(a) where the scheme came into existence before 14th March 1989, as regardsan employee who became a member of the scheme on or after 1st June 1989;

(b) where the scheme came into existence on or after 14th March 1989, asregards any employee who is a member of the scheme (whenever he became amember).

(2) Where in relation to the employee the scheme is connected with anotherscheme which is (or other schemes each of which is) an approved scheme, therules of the scheme shall have effect as mentioned in sub-paragraph (3) below.

(3) The rules of the scheme shall have effect (notwithstanding anything inthem to the contrary) as if they prohibited the amount payable by way ofpension under the scheme, when aggregated with any amount payable by way ofpension under the other scheme or schemes, from exceeding the relevant amount.

(4) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (3) above the relevant amount, inrelation to the employee, shall be found by applying the followingformula—

(5) For the purposes of this paragraph—

(a) section 590B(7) and (8) of the Taxes Act 1988 shall apply for the purposeof defining B, and

(b) section 590B(9) to (11) of that Act shall apply for the purpose ofdefining C,

as they apply for the purposes of section 590B of that Act, except thatfor the purposes of this paragraph B shall not exceed 20.

(6) References in this paragraph to the scheme being connected with anotherscheme in relation to the employee shall be construed in accordance withsection 590A of the Taxes Act 1988.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C69 See The Retirement Benefits Schemes (Continuationof Rights of Members of Approved Schemes) Regs. 1990 (S.I.1990/2101–in Part III Vol. 5)for circumstanceswhen paras. 25or 26disapplied

Augmentation U.K.

27 (1) This paragraph applies— U.K.

(a) where the scheme came into existence before 14th March 1989, as regardsan employee who became a member of the scheme on or after 1st June 1989;

(b) where the scheme came into existence on or after 14th March 1989, asregards any employee who is a member of the scheme (whenever he became amember).

(2) Where in addition to being a member of the scheme (the main scheme) theemployee is also a member of an approved scheme (the voluntary scheme) whichprovides additional benefits to supplement those provided by the main schemeand to which no contributions are made by any employer of his, sub-paragraph(3) below shall apply in relation to any augmentation of the benefits providedfor him by the main scheme after he has ceased to participate in it.

(3) Any rules of the main scheme imposing a limit on the amount of a benefitprovided for the employee shall have effect (notwithstanding anything in themto the contrary) as if they provided for the limit to be reduced by the amountof any like benefit provided for the employee by the voluntary scheme.

Centralised schemes U.K.

28 (1) Where the scheme is a centralised scheme, sub-paragraph (1)(a) and (b) ofeach of paragraphs 20 and 22 to 27 above shall have effect with thesubstitution for the reference to the coming into existence of the scheme ofa reference to the commencement of the employer’s participation in the scheme. U.K.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph a centralised scheme is a retirementbenefits scheme (within the meaning of Chapter I of Part XIV of the Taxes Act1988) established for the purpose of enabling any employer, other than anemployer associated with the person by whom the scheme is established, toparticipate in it as regards his employees.

(3) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above one person is associated withanother if (directly or indirectly) one is controlled by the other or if bothare controlled by a third person.

(4) In sub-paragraph (3) above the reference to control, in relation to a bodycorporate, shall be construed—

(a) where the body corporate is a close company, in accordance with section416 of the Taxes Act 1988, and

(b) where it is not, in accordance with section 840 of that Act.

Election U.K.

29 (1) In a case where— U.K.

(a) an employee became a member of the scheme on or after 17th March 1987 andbefore 1st June 1989, and

(b) he gives written notice to the administrator of the scheme that this Partof this Schedule is to apply in his case,

he shall be deemed for the purposes of this Part of this Schedule to havebecome a member of the scheme on 1st June 1989.

(2) A notice under this paragraph shall be given in such form as the Board mayprescribe.

Supplementary U.K.

30 U.K. In this Part of this Schedule “relevant annual remuneration” means final remuneration or,if the scheme provides for benefits to be calculated by reference to someother annual remuneration, that other annual remuneration.

Part III U.K. Approved Schemes: Additional Voluntary Contributions

Preliminary U.K.

31 (1) Subject to sub-paragraphs (2) to (4) below, this Part of this Scheduleapplies in relation to any retirement benefits scheme which was approved bythe Board before the day on which this Act is passed and which makes provisionfor the payment by an employee of voluntary contributions. U.K.

(2) Paragraph 32 below only applies where—

(a) the provision for the payment of voluntary contributions is freestanding,and

(b) the scheme is not one to which contributions are made by any employer ofthe employee.

(3) The Board may by regulations provide that, in circumstances prescribed inthe regulations, this Part of this Schedule or any provision of it shall notapply or shall apply with such modifications as may be so prescribed.

(4) Regulations under sub-paragraph (3) above—

(a) may include provision authorising the Board to direct that this Part ofthis Schedule or any provision of it shall not apply in any particular casewhere in the opinion of the Board the facts are such that its applicationwould not be appropriate;

(b) may make such supplementary provision as appears to the Board to benecessary or expedient.

Abatement of benefits U.K.

32 (1) The scheme shall have effect (notwithstanding anything in it to thecontrary) as if its rules included a rule imposing, in the case of eachbenefit provided for the employee, such a limit on the amount of the benefitas is mentioned in sub-paragraph (2) below. U.K.

(2) The limit referred to above is a limit of such an amount as is foundby—

(a) taking the amount of the limit imposed by the main scheme on the provisionof any like benefit for the employee by that scheme, and

(b) subtracting from that amount an amount equal to the relevant amount.

(3) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above the relevant amount is—

(a) where the employee is not a member of any other relevant scheme, theamount of any like benefit provided for the employee by the main scheme, and

(b) where the employee is a member of another relevant scheme or schemes, anamount equal to the aggregate of the amount mentioned in paragraph (a) aboveand the amount of any like benefit provided for the employee by the otherrelevant scheme or schemes.

(4) In sub-paragraph (3) above, references to the employee being a member ofanother relevant scheme are references to his being a member of any approvedscheme, other than the scheme, which provides additional benefits for him tosupplement those provided by the main scheme.

(5) This paragraph shall have effect in relation to benefits provided on orafter the day on which this Act is passed.

Return of surplus funds U.K.

33 (1) The scheme shall have effect (notwithstanding anything in it to thecontrary) as if its rules included a rule requiring the administrator, in thecircumstances mentioned in sub-paragraph (2) or (3) below, as the case may be,to make to the employee or his personal representatives a payment of an amountequal to the prescribed amount out of funds which are or have been held forthe purposes of the scheme. U.K.

(2) Where the provision for the payment of voluntary contributions isfreestanding, the circumstances referred to above are that the amount of anybenefit provided for the employee by the scheme would have been greater hadthe amount of any like benefit provided for him by the main scheme, or anyother relevant scheme of which he is a member, been less.

(3) Where the provision for the payment of voluntary contributions is notfreestanding, the circumstances referred to above are that the amount of anybenefit provided for the employee by virtue of the voluntary contributionswould have been greater had the amount of any like benefit provided for himby the principal provisions of the scheme, or any other relevant scheme ofwhich he is a member, been less.

(4) In sub-paragraph (1) above, the reference to the prescribed amount is toan amount calculated in accordance with the method for the time beingspecified in regulations made for the purposes of section 591 of the Taxes Act1988 as the method to be used for calculating the amount of any surplus funds.

(5) In sub-paragraph (2) above, the reference to the employee being a memberof another relevant scheme is a reference to his being a member of anyapproved scheme, other than the scheme, which provides additional benefits forhim to supplement those provided by the main scheme.

(6) In sub-paragraph (3) above, the reference to the employee being a memberof another relevant scheme is a reference to his being a member of anyapproved scheme, other than the scheme, which provides additional benefits forhim to supplement those provided by the principal provisions of the scheme.

34 U.K. The scheme shall have effect (notwithstanding anything in it to thecontrary) as if its rules included a rule enabling the administrator, beforemaking any payment by virtue of paragraph 33 above, to deduct the amount ofany tax to which he is charged by section 599A of the Taxes Act 1988 by virtueof making the payment.

Supplementary U.K.

35 U.K. In this Part of this Schedule—

(a) “administrator”, “approved scheme”, “employee” and “retirement benefits scheme”have the same meanings as in Chapter I of Part XIV of the Taxes Act 1988,

(b) “freestanding”, in relation to provision for the payment ofvoluntary contributions, means provision which is contained in a retirementbenefits scheme other than the one which provides the benefits which thevoluntary contributions are intended to supplement,

(c) “the main scheme”, in relation to provision for the paymentof voluntary contributions which is freestanding, means the retirementbenefits scheme which provides the benefits which the voluntary contributionsare intended to supplement,

(d) “principal provisions”, in relation to a retirement benefitsscheme which makes provision for the payment of voluntary contributions whichis not freestanding, means the provisions of the scheme concerning theprovision of the benefits which the voluntary contributions are intended tosupplement,

(e) references to the provision of a benefit for an employee shall, inrelation to a deceased employee, be construed as references to the provisionof a benefit in respect of him, and

(f) references to an employee being (or not being) a member of a scheme shall,in relation to a deceased employee, be construed as references to his havingbeen (or not having been) a member of a scheme immediately before the time ofhis death.

Section 77.

SCHEDULE 7 U.K. Personal Pension Schemes

Part I U.K. Amendments of Taxes Act

1 U.K. Chapter IV of Part XIV of the Taxes Act 1988 (personal pension schemes)shall be amended as mentioned in the following provisions of this Part of thisSchedule.

2 (1) Section 635 (lump sum to member) shall be amended as follows. U.K.

(2) The following subsection shall be substituted for subsection (3) (lump sumnot to exceed one quarter of value of benefits for member)—

“(3) The lump sum must not exceed one quarter of the difference between—

(a) the total value, at the time when the lump sum is paid, of the benefitsprovided for by the arrangements made by the member in accordance with thescheme, and

(b) the value, at that time, of such of the member’s rights under the schemeas are protected rights for the purposes of the SocialSecurity Act 1986 or the Social Security(Northern Ireland) Order 1986.”

(3) Subsection (4) (lump sum not to exceed £150,000 or sum specified byTreasury by order) shall cease to have effect.

(4) This paragraph shall have effect in relation to the approval of a schemeon or after the day on which this Act is passed; but if the scheme came intoexistence before that day sub-paragraph (2) above shall not have effect asregards arrangements made by a member in accordance with the scheme beforethat day.

3 (1) In section 640 (maximum amount of deductions) the following table shallbe substituted for the table in subsection (2) (maximum amount by referenceto age)— U.K.

36 to 45	20 per cent.
46 to 50	25 per cent.
51 to 55	30 per cent.
56 to 60	35 per cent.
61 or more	40 per cent.

(2) This paragraph shall have effect for the year 1989-90 and subsequent yearsof assessment.

4 (1) The following section shall be inserted after section 640— U.K.

“640A Earnings cap.

(1) In arriving at an individual’s net relevant earnings for a year ofassessment for the purposes of section 640 above, any excess of what would behis net relevant earnings for the year (apart from this subsection) over theallowable maximum for the year shall be disregarded.

(2) In subsection (1) above “the allowable maximum” means, as regards a particular yearof assessment, the figure found for that year by virtue of subsections (3) and(4) below.

(3) For the year of assessment 1989-90 the figure is £60,000.

(4) For the year of assessment 1990-91 and any subsequent year of assessmentthe figure is the figure found for that year, for the purposes of section590C, by virtue of section 590C(4) and (5).”

(2) This paragraph shall have effect for the year 1989-90 and subsequent yearsof assessment.

5 (1) Section 644 (meaning of relevant earnings) shall be amended as follows. U.K.

(2) In subsection (2) for “(5)” there shall be substituted “(6F)”.

(3) The following subsections shall be inserted after subsection (6)—

“(6A) Emoluments of an individual as an employee of a company are not incomewithin subsection (2) above if—

(a) he is a controlling director of the company at any time in the year ofassessment in question or has been a controlling director of the company atany time in the ten years immediately preceding that year of assessment, and

(b) any of subsections (6B) to (6E) below applies in his case.

(6B) This subsection applies in the case of the individual if—

(a) at any time in the year of assessment in question he is in receipt ofbenefits under a relevant superannuation scheme, and

(b) the benefits are payable in respect of past service with the company.

(6C) This subsection applies in the case of the individual if—

(a) at any time in the year of assessment in question he is in receipt ofbenefits under a personal pension scheme,

(b) the scheme has received a transfer payment relating to him from a relevantsuperannuation scheme, and

(c) the transfer payment is in respect of past service with the company.

(6D) This subsection applies in the case of the individual if—

(a) at any time in the year of assessment in question he is in receipt ofbenefits under a relevant superannuation scheme,

(b) the benefits are payable in respect of past service with another company,

(c) the emoluments are for a period during which the company mentioned insubsection (6A) above has carried on a trade or business previously carriedon by the other company, and

(d) the other company carried on the trade or business at any time during theperiod of service in respect of which the benefits are payable.

(6E) This subsection applies in the case of the individual if—

(a) at any time in the year of assessment in question he is in receipt ofbenefits under a personal pension scheme,

(b) the scheme has received a transfer payment relating to him from a relevantsuperannuation scheme,

(c) the transfer payment is in respect of past service with another company,

(d) the emoluments are for a period during which the company mentioned insubsection (6A) above has carried on a trade or business previously carriedon by the other company, and

(e) the other company carried on the trade or business at any time during theperiod of service in respect of which the transfer payment was made.

(6F) For the purposes of subsections (6A) to (6E) above—

(a) a person is a controlling director of a company if he is a director (asdefined by section 612(1)), and he is within paragraph (b) of section 417(5),in relation to the company;

(b) “relevant superannuation scheme” has the same meaning as insection 645(1);

(c) references to benefits payable in respect of past service with a companyinclude references to benefits payable partly in respect of past service withthe company; and

(d) references to a transfer payment in respect of past service with a companyinclude references to a transfer payment partly in respect of past servicewith the company.”

(4) This paragraph shall be deemed to have come into force on 6th April 1989.

6 (1) Section 645 (earnings from pensionable employment) shall be amended asfollows. U.K.

(2) In subsection (1)(c) for the words “neither subsection (4) norsubsection (5) below applies” there shall be substituted the words “subsection (4) below does not apply”.

(3) In subsection (3) the word “and” following paragraph (a) shall beomitted and after paragraph (b) there shall be inserted “and

(c) which is of a description mentioned in section 596(1)(a), (b) or (c).”

(4) After subsection (4) there shall be inserted—

“(4A) Where the emoluments from an office or employment held by an individualare foreign emoluments within the meaning of section 192, this section shallhave effect with the substitution of the following for paragraph (c) ofsubsection (3) above—”

(c) which corresponds to a scheme of a description mentioned in section596(1)(a), (b) or (c).””

(5) Subsection (5) shall cease to have effect.

(6) This paragraph shall be deemed to have come into force on 6th April 1989.

7 (1) In section 646 (“net relevant earnings”) in subsection (1) after thewords “(7) below” there shall be inserted the words “and section646A”. U.K.

(2) This paragraph shall have effect for the year 1989-90 and subsequent yearsof assessment.

8 (1) The following section shall be inserted after section 646— U.K.

“646A Earnings from associated employments.

(1) This section applies where in the year of assessment in question—

(a) an individual holds two or more offices or employments which areassociated in that year,

(b) one or more of them is an office or employment to which section 645applies (“pensionable job”), and

(c) one or more of them is an office or employment to which that section doesnot apply (“non-pensionable job”).

(2) Where the emoluments for that year from the pensionable job (or jobs) areequal to or exceed the allowable maximum for that year, section 646(1) shallhave effect in the case of the individual as if the references to relevantearnings were references to relevant earnings not attributable to thenon-pensionable job (or jobs).

(3) Where the allowable maximum for that year exceeds the emoluments for thatyear from the pensionable job (or jobs), the individual’s net relevantearnings, so far as attributable to the non-pensionable job (or jobs), shallnot be greater than the amount of the excess.

(4) For the purposes of this section two or more offices or employments heldby an individual in a year of assessment are associated in that year if theemployers in question are associated at any time during it.

(5) For the purposes of subsection (4) above, employers are associated if(directly or indirectly) one is controlled by the other or if both arecontrolled by a third person.

(6) In subsection (5) above the reference to control, in relation to a bodycorporate, shall be construed—

(a) where the body corporate is a close company, in accordance with section416, and

(b) where it is not, in accordance with section 840.

(7) In this section “the allowable maximum” has the same meaning as in section640A(1).”

(2) This paragraph shall have effect for the year 1989-90 and subsequent yearsof assessment.

9 U.K. In section 655(5) (provisional approval in the case of applications madebefore 1st February 1990) the words “in cases where the applications aremade before 1st February 1990” shall be omitted.

Part II U.K. Schemes Approved Before Passing of This Act

Interpretation U.K.

10 U.K. In this Part of this Schedule—

(a) “personal pension scheme” has the same meaning as in ChapterIV of Part XIV of the Taxes Act 1988, and

(b) references to approval of such a scheme do not include references toprovisional approval under regulations made under section 655(5) of that Act.

Lump sum to member U.K.

11 (1) This paragraph applies as regards arrangements made by a member of apersonal pension scheme approved by the Board before the day on which this Actis passed, if the arrangements are made by the member in accordance with thescheme on or after that day. U.K.

(2) The rules of the scheme shall have effect (notwithstanding anything inthem to the contrary) as if any limitation imposed on the maximum amountpayable to the member by way of lump sum, and imposed by reference to afraction of the total value of the benefits for him provided for by thearrangements, were imposed by reference to the same fraction of the differencebetween—

(a) the total value, at the time when the lump sum is paid, of the benefitsprovided for by the arrangements, and

(b) the value, at that time, of such of his rights under the scheme as areprotected rights for the purposes of the [F144 Pension Schemes Act 1993] or the [F145 Pension Schemes (Northern Ireland) Act 1993].

Textual Amendments

F144 Words in Sch. 7 para. 11(2)(b) substituted (7.2.1994) by 1993 c. 48, s. 190, Sch. 8 para.22 (with ss. 6(8), 164); S.I. 1994/86, art. 2

F145 Words in Sch. 7 para. 11(2)(b) substituted (7.2.1994) by 1993 c. 49, s. 184, Sch. 7 para.24; S.R. 1994/17, art. 2

12 (1) This paragraph applies where on or after the day on which this Act ispassed a lump sum becomes payable under a personal pension scheme approved bythe Board before that day. U.K.

(2) The rules of the scheme shall have effect (notwithstanding anything inthem to the contrary) as if any limitation imposed on the maximum amountpayable to a member by way of lump sum, and imposed by reference to a figure,did not apply.

(3) The reference in sub-paragraph (2) above to a limitation imposed on themaximum amount payable to a member by way of lump sum does not include areference to a limitation imposed on the maximum amount so payable out of atransfer payment.

Section 84.

SCHEDULE 8 U.K. Amendments of Chapter I of Part XII of Taxes Act 1988 (InsuranceCompanies)

1 U.K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F146

Textual Amendments

F146 Sch. 8 paras. 1, 3(3), 7 repealed by Finance Act 1990 (c.29), s. 132, Sch. 19 Pt. IV, Notes 6, 14

2 U.K. Section 433 (profits reserved for policy holders or annuitants) shallcease to have effect.

3 (1) In section 434 (franked investment income etc.), for subsection (3) thereshall be substituted the following subsections— U.K.

“(3) Subject to sections 437 and 438, the policy holders’ fraction of thefranked investment income from investments held in connection with a company’slife assurance business shall not be used under Chapter V of Part VI to frankdistributions made by the company and, accordingly, for the purposes of thatChapter (other than the application of franked investment income under section241), in relation to any unrelieved income of a company falling withinsubsection (1) above, the surplus of franked investment income for anyaccounting period means the aggregate of—

(a) the policy holders’ fraction of that franked investment income; and

(b) the amount determined under section 241(3) on the basis that the referencetherein to franked investment income is a reference only to the shareholders’fraction of that income.

(3A) The policy holders’ fraction of the franked investment income frominvestments held in connection with a company’s life assurance business shallbe left out of account in determining, under subsection (7) of section 13, thefranked investment income forming part of the company’s profits for thepurposes of that section.”

(2) Subsections (4) and (5) of that section shall be omitted.

(3)

F147 (4) In subsection (7) of that section for “(4)” there shall besubstituted “(3)” and after the words “against which” there shallbe inserted “disregarding relief under section 242”.

Textual Amendments

F147 Sch. 8 paras. 1, 3(3), 7 repealed by Finance Act 1990 (c.29), s. 132, Sch. 19 Pt. IV, Notes 6, 14

F148 4 U.K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Textual Amendments

F148 Sch. 8 para. 4 repealed (1.5.1995 with effect in accordance with Sch. 8 para. 57 of the amending Act) by 1995 c. 4, s. 162, Sch. 29 Pt. VIII(5), note

5 U.K. Section 435 (taxation of gains reserved for policy holders and annuitants)shall cease to have effect.

6 U.K. In section 436 (annuity and pension business: separate charge on profits)in subsection (3)(a) for the words “section 433” there shall besubstituted “sections 82 and 83 of the Finance Act 1989”.

7 U.K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F149

Textual Amendments

F149 Sch. 8 paras. 1, 3(3), 7 repealed by Finance Act 1990 (c.29), s. 132, Sch. 19 Pt. IV, Notes 6, 14

Section 89A.]

[F150 SCHEDULE 8A U.K. Modification of sections 83 and 89 in relation to overseas life insurance companies

Textual Amendments

F150 Sch. 8A inserted (27.7.1993) by 1993 c. 34, s. 101(2), Sch.10

[F151 1 (1) In their application to an overseas life insurance company sections 83 and 83A of this Act shall have effect with the modifications specified in paragraphs 1A to 1C below.

(2) In those paragraphs—

(a) any reference to the Taxes Act 1988 is a reference to that Act as it has effect in relation to such a company by virtue of Schedule 19AC to that Act; and

(b) any expression to which a meaning is given by section 11A of that Act has that meaning.]

Textual Amendments

F151 Sch. 8A paras. 1, 1A-1C substituted for para. 1 (1.5.1995) by 1995 c. 4, s. 51, Sch. 8 Pt. II para. 49(2) (with Sch. 8 paras. 55(2), 57(1))

F152 1A (1) The reference in section 83(2)(a) to investment income shall be construed as a reference to such of the income concerned as is attributable to the branch or agency in the United Kingdom through which the company carries on life assurance business.

(2) The reference to assets in section 83(2)(b) (as it applies apart from subsection (3) of that section) shall be construed as a reference to such of the assets concerned—

(a) as are—

(i) section 11(2)(b) assets;

(ii) section 11(2)(c) assets; or

(iii) assets which by virtue of section 11B of the Taxes Act 1988 are attributed to the branch or agency; or

(b) as are assets—

(i) (in a case where section 11C of that Act (other than subsection (9)) applies) of the relevant fund, or

(ii) (in a case where that section including that subsection applies) of the relevant funds,

other than assets which fall within paragraph (a) above.

(3) In determining for the purposes of section 83(2) (as it applies apart from subsection (3) of that section) whether there has been any increase or reduction in the value (whether realised or not) of assets—

(a) no regard shall be had to any period of time during which an asset held by the company does not fall within paragraph (a) or (b) of sub-paragraph (2) above; and

(b) in the case of an asset which falls within paragraph (b) of that sub-paragraph, only the specified portion of any increase or reduction in the value of the asset shall be taken into account.

For the purposes of paragraph (b) above the specified portion of any increase or reduction in the value of an asset is found by applying to that increase or reduction the same fraction as would, by virtue of section 11C of the Taxes Act 1988, be applied to any relevant gain accruing to the company on the disposal of the asset.

(4) For the reference in section 83(3) to any amount being transferred into the company’s long term business fund from other assets of the company, or otherwise added to that fund, there shall be substituted a reference to assets becoming assets of the long term business fund used or held for the purposes of the company’s United Kingdom branch or agency, having immediately previously been held by the company otherwise than as assets of that fund or used or held otherwise than for those purposes.

The amount of the increase in value under section 83(2)(b), as it applies in relation to such a transfer, shall be taken to be an amount equal to the value of the assets transferred.

Textual Amendments

F152 Sch. 8A paras. 1, 1A-1C substituted for para. 1 (1.5.1995) by 1995 c. 4, s. 51, Sch. 8 Pt. II para. 49(2) (with Sch. 8 paras. 55(2), 57(1))

F153 1B The references in section 83A to the company’s long term business shall be construed as references to the whole of that business or to the whole of that business other than business in respect of which preparation of a revenue account for the purposes of the Insurance Companies Act 1982 is not required.

Textual Amendments

F153 Sch. 8A paras. 1, 1A-1C substituted for para. 1 (1.5.1995) by 1995 c. 4, s. 51, Sch. 8 Pt. II para. 49(2) (with Sch. 8 paras. 55(2), 57(1))

F154 1C (1) Where for a period of account any investment income referred to in section 83(2)(a) is not otherwise brought into account within the meaning of that section, it shall be treated as brought into account for the period if it arises in the period.

(2) Where for a period of account any increase in value referred to in section 83(2)(b) (as it applies apart from subsection (3) of that section) is not otherwise brought into account within the meaning of that section, it shall be treated as brought into account for the period if it is shown in the company’s records as available to fund one or both of the following for the period, namely, bonuses to policy holders and dividends to shareholders.

(3) Where for a period of account any reduction in value referred to in section 83(2) (as it applies apart from subsection (3) of that section) is not otherwise brought into account within the meaning of that section, it shall be treated as brought into account for the period if it is shown in the company’s records as reducing sums available to fund one or both of the following for the period, namely, bonuses to policy holders and dividends to shareholders.

(4) Where in any period of account any such transfer is made as is mentioned in section 83(3) which is not otherwise brought into account within the meaning of that section, it shall be treated as brought into account for the period in which it is made.

Textual Amendments

F154 Sch. 8A paras. 1, 1A-1C substituted for para. 1 (1.5.1995) by 1995 c. 4, s. 51, Sch. 8 Pt. II para. 49(2) (with Sch. 8 paras. 55(2), 57(1))

[F155 F156 2 (1) In its application to an overseas life insurance company section 89 of this Act shall have effect with the following modifications; and in those modifications any reference to the Taxes Act 1988 is a reference to that Act as it has effect in relation to such a company by virtue of Schedule 19AC to that Act. U.K.

(2) Any reference to franked investment income shall be treated as a reference to UK distribution income (as defined by [F157 paragraph 5B(4) of that Schedule]).

(3) Any reference in subsection (5)(a) to income shall be construed as a reference to such of the income concerned as is attributable to the branch or agency in the United Kingdom through which the company carries on life assurance business.

(4) The reference in subsection (5)(b) to assets shall be construed as a reference to such of the assets concerned—

(a) as are—

(i) section 11(2)(b) assets;

(ii) section 11(2)(c) assets; or

(iii) assets which by virtue of section 11B of the Taxes Act 1988 are attributed to the branch or agency; or

(b) as are assets—

(i) (in a case where section 11C of that Act (other than subsection (9)) applies) of the relevant fund, or

(ii) (in a case where that section including that subsection applies) of the relevant funds,

other than assets which fall within paragraph (a) above.

(5) In subsection (5)(c) the reference to expenses shall be construed as a reference to such of the expenses concerned as are attributable to the branch or agency.

(6) In subsection (5)(d) the reference to interest shall be construed as a reference to such of the interest concerned as is so attributable.

(7) In determining for the purposes of subsection (5) whether there has been any increase or reduction in the value (whether realised or not) of assets—

(a) no regard shall be had to any period of time during which an asset does not fall within paragraph (a) or (b) of sub-paragraph (4) above; and

(b) in the case of an asset which falls within paragraph (b) of that sub-paragraph, only the specified portion of any increase or reduction in the value of the asset shall be taken into account;

[F158 and in paragraph (b) above the “specified portion” has the same meaning as in paragraph 1A(3)(b) above.]

[F159 (7A) For the purposes of this paragraph any expression to which a meaning is given by section 11A of the Taxes Act 1988 has that meaning.]

(8) Where for a period of account any item consisting of income, expenses or interest referred to in subsection (5) is not brought into account within the meaning given by subsection (6) it shall be treated as brought into account for the period if it arises in the period.

(9) Where for a period of account any increase in value referred to in subsection (5) is not brought into account within the meaning given by subsection (6) it shall be treated as brought into account for the period if it is shown in the company’s records as available to fund one or both of the following for the period, namely, bonuses to policy holders and dividends to shareholders.

(10) Where for a period of account any reduction in value referred to in subsection (5) is not brought into account within the meaning given by subsection (6) it shall be treated as brought into account for the period if it is shown in the company’s records as reducing sums available to fund one or both of the following for the period, namely, bonuses to policy holders and dividends to shareholders.

F160 (11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .]

Textual Amendments

F155 Sch. 8A inserted (27.7.1993) by 1993 c. 34, s. 101(2), Sch. 10

F156 Sch. 8A inserted (27.7.1993) by 1993 c. 34, s. 101(2), Sch. 10

F157 Words in Sch. 8A para. 2(2) substituted (1.5.1995) by 1995 c. 4, s. 51, Sch. 8 Pt. II para. 35(5) (with Sch. 8 paras. 55(2), 57(1))

F158 Words in Sch. 8A para. 2(7) substituted (1.5.1995) by 1995 c. 4, s. 51, Sch. 8 Pt. II para. 49(3) (with Sch. 8 paras. 55(2), 57(1))

F159 Sch. 8A para. 2(7A) inserted (1.5.1995) by 1995 c. 4, s. 51, Sch. 8 Pt. II para. 49(4) (with Sch. 8 paras. 55(2), 57(1))

F160 Sch. 8A para. 2(11) repealed (1.5.1995 with effect in accordance with Sch. 8 para. 57 of the amending Act) by 1995 c. 4, s. 162, Sch. 29 Pt. VIII(5), note 2

Textual Amendments

F150 Sch. 8A inserted (27.7.1993) by 1993 c. 34, s. 101(2), Sch.10

Section 89A.]

[F199 SCHEDULE 8A U.K. Modification of sections 83 and 89 in relation to overseas life insurance companies

Textual Amendments

F199 Sch. 8A inserted (27.7.1993) by 1993 c. 34, s. 101(2), Sch.10

[F151 1 (1) In their application to an overseas life insurance company sections 83 and 83A of this Act shall have effect with the modifications specified in paragraphs 1A to 1C below.

(2) In those paragraphs—

(a) any reference to the Taxes Act 1988 is a reference to that Act as it has effect in relation to such a company by virtue of Schedule 19AC to that Act; and

(b) any expression to which a meaning is given by section 11A of that Act has that meaning.]

Textual Amendments

F151 Sch. 8A paras. 1, 1A-1C substituted for para. 1 (1.5.1995) by 1995 c. 4, s. 51, Sch. 8 Pt. II para. 49(2) (with Sch. 8 paras. 55(2), 57(1))

[F155 F156 2 (1) In its application to an overseas life insurance company section 89 of this Act shall have effect with the following modifications; and in those modifications any reference to the Taxes Act 1988 is a reference to that Act as it has effect in relation to such a company by virtue of Schedule 19AC to that Act. U.K.

(2) Any reference to franked investment income shall be treated as a reference to UK distribution income (as defined by [F157 paragraph 5B(4) of that Schedule]).

(3) Any reference in subsection (5)(a) to income shall be construed as a reference to such of the income concerned as is attributable to the branch or agency in the United Kingdom through which the company carries on life assurance business.

(4) The reference in subsection (5)(b) to assets shall be construed as a reference to such of the assets concerned—

(a) as are—

(i) section 11(2)(b) assets;

(ii) section 11(2)(c) assets; or

(iii) assets which by virtue of section 11B of the Taxes Act 1988 are attributed to the branch or agency; or

(b) as are assets—

(i) (in a case where section 11C of that Act (other than subsection (9)) applies) of the relevant fund, or

(ii) (in a case where that section including that subsection applies) of the relevant funds,

other than assets which fall within paragraph (a) above.

(5) In subsection (5)(c) the reference to expenses shall be construed as a reference to such of the expenses concerned as are attributable to the branch or agency.

(6) In subsection (5)(d) the reference to interest shall be construed as a reference to such of the interest concerned as is so attributable.

(7) In determining for the purposes of subsection (5) whether there has been any increase or reduction in the value (whether realised or not) of assets—

(a) no regard shall be had to any period of time during which an asset does not fall within paragraph (a) or (b) of sub-paragraph (4) above; and

(b) in the case of an asset which falls within paragraph (b) of that sub-paragraph, only the specified portion of any increase or reduction in the value of the asset shall be taken into account;

[F158 and in paragraph (b) above the “specified portion” has the same meaning as in paragraph 1A(3)(b) above.]

[F159 (7A) For the purposes of this paragraph any expression to which a meaning is given by section 11A of the Taxes Act 1988 has that meaning.]

(8) Where for a period of account any item consisting of income, expenses or interest referred to in subsection (5) is not brought into account within the meaning given by subsection (6) it shall be treated as brought into account for the period if it arises in the period.

(9) Where for a period of account any increase in value referred to in subsection (5) is not brought into account within the meaning given by subsection (6) it shall be treated as brought into account for the period if it is shown in the company’s records as available to fund one or both of the following for the period, namely, bonuses to policy holders and dividends to shareholders.

(10) Where for a period of account any reduction in value referred to in subsection (5) is not brought into account within the meaning given by subsection (6) it shall be treated as brought into account for the period if it is shown in the company’s records as reducing sums available to fund one or both of the following for the period, namely, bonuses to policy holders and dividends to shareholders.

F160 (11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .]

Textual Amendments

F155 Sch. 8A inserted (27.7.1993) by 1993 c. 34, s. 101(2), Sch. 10

F156 Sch. 8A inserted (27.7.1993) by 1993 c. 34, s. 101(2), Sch. 10

F157 Words in Sch. 8A para. 2(2) substituted (1.5.1995) by 1995 c. 4, s. 51, Sch. 8 Pt. II para. 35(5) (with Sch. 8 paras. 55(2), 57(1))

F158 Words in Sch. 8A para. 2(7) substituted (1.5.1995) by 1995 c. 4, s. 51, Sch. 8 Pt. II para. 49(3) (with Sch. 8 paras. 55(2), 57(1))

F159 Sch. 8A para. 2(7A) inserted (1.5.1995) by 1995 c. 4, s. 51, Sch. 8 Pt. II para. 49(4) (with Sch. 8 paras. 55(2), 57(1))

F160 Sch. 8A para. 2(11) repealed (1.5.1995 with effect in accordance with Sch. 8 para. 57 of the amending Act) by 1995 c. 4, s. 162, Sch. 29 Pt. VIII(5), note 2

Section 90.

SCHEDULE 9 U.K. Life Policies Etc. Held by Companies

1 U.K. Chapter II of Part XIII of the Taxes Act 1988 shall be amended as follows.

2 U.K. At the end of section 539 there shall be added—

“(9) A policy of life insurance issued in respect of an insurance made before14th March 1989 shall be treated for the purposes of sections 540(5A), 547(8)and 548(3A) as issued in respect of one made on or after that date if it isvaried on or after that date so as to increase the benefits secured or toextend the term of the insurance; and any exercise of rights conferred by thepolicy shall be regarded for this purpose as a variation.”

3 (1) Section 540 shall be amended as follows. U.K.

(2) In subsection (4), for the words “this section” there shall besubstituted the words “subsections (1) and (3) above”.

(3) After subsection (5) there shall be inserted—

“(5A) Sub-paragraphs (i) and (ii) of subsection (1)(b) above shall not apply inrelation to a policy issued in respect of an insurance made on or after 14thMarch 1989 if, immediately before the happening of the event, the rightsconferred by the policy were in the beneficial ownership of a company, or wereheld on trusts created, or as security for a debt owed, by a company.”

4 (1) Section 541 shall be amended as follows. U.K.

(2) After subsection (4) there shall be inserted—

“(4A) Where, immediately before the happening of the chargeable event, therights conferred by a qualifying endowment policy are held as security for adebt owed by a company, then, if—

(a) the conditions in subsection (4B) below are satisfied,

(b) the amount of the debt exceeds the total amount previously paid under thepolicy by way of premiums, and

(c) the company makes a claim for the purpose within two years after the endof the accounting period in which the chargeable event happens,

this section shall have effect as if the references in subsection (1)(a)and (b) to that total amount were references to the amount of the debt.

(4B) The conditions referred to in subsection (4A) above are—

(a) that, throughout the period beginning with the making of the insurance andending immediately before the happening of the chargeable event, the rightsconferred by the policy have been held as security for a debt owed by thecompany;

(b) that the capital sum payable under the policy in the event of death duringthe term of the policy is not less than the amount of the debt when theinsurance was made;

(c) that any sum payable under the policy by reason of the chargeable eventis applied in repayment of the debt (except to the extent that its amountexceeds the amount of the debt);

(d) that the debt was incurred to defray money applied—

(i) in purchasing an estate or interest in land to be occupied by the companyfor the purposes of a trade carried on by it, or

(ii) for the purpose of the construction, extension or improvement (but not therepair or maintenance) of buildings which are or are to be so occupied.

(4C) If the amount of the debt is higher immediately before the happening ofthe chargeable event than it was at some earlier time during the periodmentioned in subsection (4B)(a) above, the amount to be taken into account forthe purposes of subsection (1) above shall be the lowest amount at which itstood during that period.

(4D) If during the period mentioned in subsection (4B)(a) above the companyincurs a debt by borrowing in order to repay another debt, subsections (4B)and (4C) above shall have effect as if, where appropriate, references toeither debt included references to the other.”

(3) In subsection (5), after paragraph (b) there shall be inserted “and

(c) “qualifying endowment policy” means a policy which is aqualifying policy by virtue of paragraph 2 of Schedule 15;”.

5 (1) Section 547 shall be amended as follows. U.K.

(2) In subsection (1), for paragraph (b) there shall be substituted—

“(b) if, immediately before the happening of that event, those rights were inthe beneficial ownership of a company, or were held on trusts created, or assecurity for a debt owed, by a company, the amount of the gain shall be deemedto form part of the company’s income (chargeable under Case VI of Schedule D)for the accounting period in which the event happened;”.

(3) After subsection (7) there shall be inserted—

“(8) Subsection (1)(b) above shall not have effect as respects—

(a) a policy of life insurance issued in respect of an insurance made before14th March 1989,

(b) a contract for a life annuity made before that date, or

(c) a capital redemption policy issued in respect of an insurance made beforethat date, or issued by a company resident in the United Kingdom in respectof an insurance made on or after that date.”

6 (1) Section 548 shall be amended as follows. U.K.

(2) In subsection (1)—

(a) in paragraph (a), after the words “an individual’s total income”there shall be inserted the words “or the income of a company”;

(b) in paragraph (c), after the words “that individual” there shall beinserted the words “or company”;

(c) for the words “subsection (3)” there shall be substituted the words “subsections (3) and (3A)”.

(3) After subsection (3) there shall be inserted—

“(3A) Subsections (1) and (2) do not apply where the rights conferred by thepolicy or contract are in the beneficial ownership of a company, or are heldon trusts created, or as security for a debt owed, by a company, if the policywas issued in respect of an insurance made before 14th March 1989 or thecontract was made before that date.”

7 U.K. In section 552, in subsection (2), after paragraph (b) there shall beinserted “or

(c) the event is a chargeable event only because of section 540(5A).”

8 U.K. Paragraph 5 above shall have effect in relation to chargeable eventshappening in any accounting period of the company concerned which begins after31st March 1989; but subject to that this Schedule shall have effect as from14th March 1989.

Section 93.

SCHEDULE 10 U.K. Deep Discount Securities: Amendments

1 Schedule 4 to the Taxes Act 1988 (deep discount securities) shall beamended as mentioned in the following provisions of this Schedule.

2 (1) Paragraph 1 shall be amended as follows.

(2) The following paragraph shall be inserted after sub-paragraph(1)(d)—

“(dd) “a deep discount security” also means any redeemable security whichhas been issued by a public body (at whatever time) at a deep discount, otherthan—

(i) a security such as is mentioned in paragraph (d)(ii) above;

(ii) a security falling within sub-paragraph (5), (6) or (7) below;”.

(3) In sub-paragraph (1)(g) after the words “the company” there shall beinserted the words “or the public body”.

(4) The following shall be inserted at the end of sub-paragraph (2)— “ This sub-paragraph applies only in the case of securities issued by acompany. ”

(5) The following sub-paragraphs shall be inserted after sub-paragraph(3)—

“(4) For the purposes of this Schedule a public body is any of the followingwhich is not a company—

(a) a government, whether of the United Kingdom or elsewhere;

(b) a public or local authority, whether in the United Kingdom or elsewhere.

(5) A security falls within this sub-paragraph if it is a gilt-edged securityand—

(a) it was issued before 14th March 1989, or

(b) it was issued on or after that date but was issued under the sameprospectus as any gilt-edged security issued before that date.

(6) A security falls within this sub-paragraph if it is a gilt-edged securityand—

(a) it was issued under a prospectus under which no securities were issuedbefore 14th March 1989,

(b) it was issued otherwise than on the occasion of the original issue underthe prospectus, and

(c) all the securities issued on the occasion of the original issue under theprospectus are gilt-edged securities which are not deep discount securities.

(7) A security falls within this sub-paragraph if it is not a gilt-edgedsecurity and was issued (at whatever time) under the same prospectus as anyother security which was issued before the security in question and which isnot a deep discount security.

(8) For the purposes of this Schedule “gilt-edged security”has the same meaning as it has for the purposes of the 1979 Act.”

3 The following sub-paragraph shall be inserted after paragraph 4(7)—

“(8) In the case of a deep discount security issued by a public body, thisparagraph applies where a disposal is made on or after 14th March 1989(whatever the date of acquisition).”

4 In paragraph 11(1) after the words “deep discount security” thereshall be inserted the words “issued by a company”.

5 The following paragraph shall be inserted after paragraph 11—

Where any deep discount security issued by a public body is redeemedbefore the redemption date by the body which issued it, paragraph 4 aboveshall have effect subject to paragraph 11(2) above (ignoring the wordsfollowing paragraph (b)).”

6 The following sub-paragraph shall be inserted after paragraph 13(2)—

“(3) Every public body which issues deep discount securities on or after 1stAugust 1989 shall cause to be shown on the certificate of each such securitythe income element for each income period between the date of issue of thesecurity and the redemption date.”

7 The following shall be inserted after paragraph 14—

“15 Retirement benefit schemes

“15 (1) In a case where—

(a) paragraph 4 above would apply (apart from this paragraph) to a disposalof a security, and

(b) immediately before the disposal was made the security was held for thepurposes of an exempt approved scheme (within the meaning of Chapter I of PartXIV),

that paragraph shall not apply to the disposal.

(2) Sub-paragraph (1) above shall not apply unless the disposal is made on orafter 14th March 1989.

16 Stock lending

16 (1) In a case where—

(a) a security is the subject of a transfer which falls within section 129(3),and

(b) the transfer constitutes a disposal to which (apart from this paragraph)paragraph 4 above would apply,

that paragraph shall not apply to the disposal.

(2) Sub-paragraph (1) above shall not apply unless the disposal is made on orafter 14th March 1989.

17 Trustees

17 (1) Where on the disposal by trustees of a deep discount security an amountis treated as income chargeable to tax by virtue of paragraph 4(1) above, therate at which it is chargeable shall be a rate equal to the sum of the basicrate and the additional rate for the year of assessment in which the disposalis made.

(2) Where the trustees are trustees of a scheme to which section 469 applies,sub-paragraph (1) above shall not apply if or to the extent that the amountis treated as income in the accounts of the scheme.

(3) Sub-paragraph (1) above shall not apply unless the disposal is made on orafter 14th March 1989.

18 Underwriters

18 (1) An underwriting member of Lloyd’s shall be treated for the purposes ofthis Schedule as absolutely entitled as against the trustees to the securitiesforming part of his premiums trust fund, his special reserve fund (if any) andany other trust fund required or authorised by the rules of Lloyd’s, orrequired by the underwriting agent through whom his business or any part ofit is carried on, to be kept in connection with the business.

(2) Sub-paragraph (1) above applies where a disposal is made on or after 14thMarch 1989 (whatever the date of acquisition).

(3) Where a security forms part of a premiums trust fund at the end of 31stDecember of any relevant year, for the purposes of this Schedule the trusteesof the fund shall be deemed to dispose of the security at that time; and forthis purpose relevant years are 1989 and subsequent years.

(4) Where a security forms part of a premiums trust fund at the beginning of1st January of any relevant year, for the purposes of this Schedule thetrustees of the fund shall be deemed to acquire the security at that time; andfor this purpose relevant years are 1990 and subsequent years.

(5) Sub-paragraph (6) below applies where the following state of affairsexists at the beginning of 1st January of any year or the end of 31st Decemberof any year—

(a) securities have been transferred by the trustees of a premiums trust fundin pursuance of an arrangement mentioned in section 129(1) or (2),

(b) the transfer was made to enable another person to fulfil a contract or tomake a transfer,

(c) securities have not been transferred in return, and

(d) section 129(3) applies to the transfer made by the trustees.

(6) The securities transferred by the trustees shall be treated for thepurposes of sub-paragraphs (3) and (4) above as if they formed part of thepremiums trust fund at the beginning of 1st January concerned or the end of31st December concerned (as the case may be).

(7) Paragraph 7 above shall have effect subject to sub-paragraph (3) above.

(8) Paragraph 7(2) above shall not apply where—

(a) the deceased was an underwriting member of Lloyd’s who died on or after14th March 1989, and

(b) immediately before his death the security concerned formed part of apremiums trust fund, a special reserve fund or any other trust fund requiredor authorised by the rules of Lloyd’s, or required by the underwriting agentthrough whom the deceased’s business or any part of it was carried on, to bekept in connection with the business.

(9) In a case where an amount treated as income chargeable to tax by virtueof paragraph 4(1) above constitutes profits or gains mentioned in section450(1)—

(a) section 450(1)(b) shall apply; and

(b) paragraph 4(1)(b) above shall not apply.

(10) For the purpose of computing income tax for the year 1987–88sub-paragraph (9) above shall have effect as if—

(a) the reference to section 450(1) were to paragraph 2 of Schedule 16 to theFinance Act 1973, and

(b) the reference to section 450(1)(b) were to paragraph 2(b) of thatSchedule.

(11) In this paragraph “business” and “premiums trustfund” have the meanings given by section 457.

19 Gilts: special rules

19 (1) In a case where—

(a) securities have been issued by a public body under a prospectus underwhich no securities were issued before 14th March 1989,

(b) some of the securities issued under the prospectus are gilt-edgedsecurities which are would-be deep discount securities,

(c) some of the securities issued under the prospectus are gilt-edgedsecurities which are not would-be deep discount securities, and

(d) there is a time when the aggregate nominal value of the securities fallingwithin paragraph (b) above (at that time) exceeds the aggregate nominal valueof the securities falling within paragraph (c) above (at that time),

sub-paragraph (2) below shall apply in relation to any gilt-edgedsecurity which has been or is issued under the prospectus at any time (whetherbefore, at or after the time mentioned in paragraph (d) above).

(2) As regards any event occurring in relation to the security after the timementioned in sub-paragraph (1)(d) above, paragraphs 4, 7, 8, 11A, 12 and 14to 18 above shall have effect as if—

(a) the security were a deep discount security,

(b) it had been issued as such (whatever the time it was issued), and

(c) it had been acquired as such (whatever the time it was acquired).

(3) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (1) above a would-be deep discountsecurity is a security which would be a deep discount security apart fromparagraph 1(6) above.

(4) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above events, in relation to asecurity, include anything constituting a disposal for the purposes of the1979 Act, the death of a person competent to dispose of the security, adisposal mentioned in paragraph 18(3) above, and an acquisition mentioned inparagraph 18(4) above.

20 Non-gilts: special rules

20 (1) In a case where—

(a) all the securities issued by a public body on the occasion of the originalissue under a particular prospectus (whatever the time of the issue) areneither gilt-edged securities nor deep discount securities,

(b) some of the securities issued under the prospectus are not gilt-edgedsecurities but are new would-be deep discount securities, and

(c) there is a time when the aggregate nominal value of the securities fallingwithin paragraph (b) above (at that time) exceeds the aggregate nominal valueof the securities which (looking at the state of affairs at that time) havebeen issued under the prospectus and are neither gilt-edged securities nor newwould-be deep discount securities,

sub-paragraph (2) below shall apply in relation to any security which isnot a gilt-edged security but which has been or is issued under the prospectusat any time (whether before, at or after the time mentioned in paragraph (c)above).

(2) As regards any event occurring in relation to the security after the timementioned in sub-paragraph (1)(c) above, paragraphs 4, 7, 8, 11A, 12 and 14to 18 above shall have effect as if—

(a) the security were a deep discount security,

(b) it had been issued as such (whatever the time it was issued), and

(c) it had been acquired as such (whatever the time it was acquired).

(3) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (1) above a new would-be deep discountsecurity is a security which—

(a) would be a deep discount security apart from paragraph 1(7) above, and

(b) was issued on or after 14th March 1989.

(4) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above events, in relation to asecurity, include anything constituting a disposal for the purposes of the1979 Act, the death of a person competent to dispose of the security, adisposal mentioned in paragraph 18(3) above, and an acquisition mentioned inparagraph 18(4) above.”

Section 94.

SCHEDULE 11 U.K. Deep Gain Securities

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C70 Sch. 11 modified (27.7.1993) by 1993 c. 34, ss. 65(2)(4)(7)(8), 66(1)

Sch. 11 applied (27.7.1993) by 1993 c. 34, ss. 164(12), (with s. 165)

Deep gain securities U.K.

1 (1) For the purposes of this Schedule a deep gain security is a redeemable security (whenever issued) which fulfils the first and second conditions.

(2) The first condition is that, taking the security at the time it is issuedand assuming redemption, the amount payable on redemption might constitute adeep gain; and if the security is capable of redemption on one of a number ofoccasions, this condition is fulfilled if it is fulfilled as regards any oneof them.

(3) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above “redemption” does not include any redemption which may be made before maturity only at the option of the person who issued the security(and no other person).

[F161 (3A) In the case of a security issued before 13th November 1991, for the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above “redemption” does not include any redemption which may be made before maturity otherwise than in pursuance of the exercise by the person who holds the security for the time being of an option exercisable only on the effluxion of time or the happening of an event which (judged at the time of the security’s issue) is certain or likely to occur.

(3B) In the case of a security issued on or after 13th November 1991, for the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above “redemption” does not include any redemption which may be made before maturity otherwise than at the option of the person who holds the security for the time being and as regards which the following conditions are fulfilled (judged at the time of the security’s issue)—

(a) the event occasioning redemption is such that, if it occurred and there was no provision for redemption, the interests of the person holding the security at the time of the occurrence might be adversely affected,

(b) the event occasioning redemption is neither certain nor likely to occur,

(c) the event occasioning redemption is not one of a number of events occasioning or allowing redemption before maturity at least one of which is certain or likely to occur, and

(d) the obtaining of a tax advantage by any person is not the main benefit, or one of the main benefits, that might be expected to accrue from the provision for redemption.

(3C) The condition set out in sub-paragraph (3B)(a) above is fulfilled if it is fulfilled by reference to any one potential holder, whether or not it is fulfilled by reference to other potential holders.

(3D) In a case where—

(a) the security is one which under the terms of issue can be converted into or exchanged for a security of a different kind, and

(b) it falls to be decided whether the condition set out in paragraph (b) or (c) of sub-paragraph (3B) above is fulfilled,

the condition concerned shall not be treated as fulfilled unless it is fulfilled having regard only to circumstances in which (judged at the time of the security’s issue) the right to convert or exchange cannot be or is unlikely to be exercised.

(3E) In the case of a security issued on or after 13th November 1991, for the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above “redemption” does not include any redemption which may be made before maturity at the option of the person who holds the security for the time being and as regards which the following conditions are fulfilled (judged at the time of the security’s issue)—

(a) the event allowing the option to be exercised is such that, if it occurred and there was no provision for redemption, the interests of the person holding the security at the time of the occurrence might be adversely affected,

(b) the event allowing the option to be exercised is neither certain nor likely to occur,

(c) the event allowing the option to be exercised is not one of a number of events occasioning or allowing redemption before maturity at least one of which is certain or likely to occur, and

(d) the obtaining of a tax advantage by any person is not the main benefit, or one of the main benefits, that might be expected to accrue from the provision for redemption.

(3F) The condition set out in sub-paragraph (3E)(a) above is fulfilled if it is fulfilled by reference to any one potential holder, whether or not it is fulfilled by reference to other potential holders.

(3G) In a case where—

(a) the security is one which under the terms of issue can be converted into or exchanged for a security of a different kind, and

(b) it falls to be decided whether the condition set out in paragraph (b) or (c) of sub-paragraph (3E) above is fulfilled,

the condition concerned shall not be treated as fulfilled unless it is fulfilled having regard only to circumstances in which (judged at the time of the security’s issue) the right to convert or exchange cannot be or is unlikely to be exercised.]

(4) The second condition is that the security—

(a) is not a deep discount security (either because the amount payable onredemption is not known at issue or for some other reason),

(b) is not a share in a company,

(c) is not a qualifying indexed security,

(d) is not a convertible security, and

(e) does not fall within sub-paragraph (5), (6) or (7) below.

(5) A security falls within this sub-paragraph if it is a gilt-edged securityand—

(a) it was issued before 14th March 1989, or

(b) it was issued on or after that date but was issued under the sameprospectus as any gilt-edged security issued before that date.

(6) A security falls within this sub-paragraph if it is a gilt-edged securityand—

(a) it was issued under a prospectus under which no securities were issuedbefore 14th March 1989,

(b) it was issued otherwise than on the occasion of the original issue underthe prospectus, and

(c) all the securities issued on the occasion of the original issue under theprospectus are gilt-edged securities which are not deep gain securities.

(7) A security falls within this sub-paragraph if it is not a gilt-edgedsecurity and was issued (at whatever time) under the same prospectus as anyother security which was issued before the security in question and which isnot a deep gain security.

(8) For the purposes of this paragraph—

(a) a deep discount security is a security which is a deep discount securityfor the purposes of Schedule 4 to the Taxes Act 1988,

(b) “qualifying indexed security” has the meaning given byparagraph 2 below, and

(c) a gilt-edged security is a security which is a gilt-edged security for thepurposes of the M115 [F162 Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992] .

(9) For the purposes of this paragraph the amount payable on redemption of asecurity constitutes a deep gain if the issue price is less than the amountso payable, and the amount by which it is less represents more than—

(a) 15 per cent. of the amount so payable, or

(b) half Y per cent. of the amount so payable, where Y is the number ofcomplete years between the date of issue and the redemption date.

(10) For the purposes of this paragraph the amount payable on redemption doesnot include any amount payable by way of interest.

Textual Amendments

F161 Sch. 11 para. 1(3A)-(3G) substituted (retrospectively and deemed always to have had effect) for para. 1(3A) by Finance (No. 2) Act 1992 (c. 48), s. 33, Sch. 7 paras. 2, 7, 8

F162 Words in Sch. 11 para. 1(8)(c) substituted (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the substituting Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch. 10 para. 19(6)(a) (with s. 60, 101(1), 201(3))

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C71 See Finance Act 1990 (c. 29), s. 56, Sch. 10para. 11(4)–definition employed for purposes of Finance Act1990 (c. 29), Sch. 10–convertible securities

Marginal Citations

M115 1992 c. 12.

Qualifying indexed securities U.K.

2 (1) For the purposes of paragraph 1 above a qualifying indexed security is asecurity which fulfils each of the conditions set out below.

(2) The first condition is that—

(a) the security is denominated in sterling and under the terms of issue theamount payable on redemption is determined by reference to the movement of theretail prices index,

(b) the security is denominated in a currency other than sterling and underthe terms of issue the amount payable on redemption is determined by referenceto any similar general index of prices which is published by the government,or by an agent of the government, of the territory in whose currency thesecurity is denominated, or

(c) [F163 the security was quoted in the official list of arecognised stock exchange at the time it was issued], and under the terms of issue the amount payable on redemption isdetermined by reference to the movement of a published index of prices ofshares quoted in the official list of a recognised stock exchange.

(3) The second condition is that the terms of issue make no provision forconversion into, or redemption in, a currency other than that in which thesecurity is denominated on issue.

(4) The third condition is that under the terms of issue—

(a) interest is payable on the security,

(b) not more than one year can elapse between the day of issue and the firstday on which interest becomes payable, or between any day on which interestbecomes payable and the next day on which it becomes payable,

(c) the interest payable is determined by reference to a rate which is notless than a reasonable commercial rate (judged by reference to the date ofissue and by reference to securities of a similar nature to the one inquestion), and

(d) the interest payable is also determined by reference to the movement ofthe index by reference to which the amount payable on redemption isdetermined.

(5) The fourth condition is that where that index is applied to determine theamount payable on redemption or to determine interest it must, under the termsof issue, be applied precisely and without restriction.

(6) The fifth condition is that—

(a) the security is expressed to be issued for a definite period stated on theface of the security, and

(b) the period so stated commences with the day of issue and is five years ormore.

(7) The sixth condition is that the terms of issue contain no provisionenabling the person who holds the security for the time being to require anyof the following before the expiry of a period which commences with the dayof issue and which is five years or more—

(a) the security to be repurchased by the person who issued it;

(b) the security to be purchased by a person other than the person who issuedit;

(c) the security to be converted into another kind of security;

(d) the security to be redeemed in circumstances other than any of thequalifying circumstances (set out in sub-paragraph (13) below).

(8) The seventh condition is that, where the issue is handled by an agent forthe person making the issue or by an underwriter, the terms on which the agentor underwriter offers the security—

(a) contain no provision for the security to be repurchased by the person whoissued it, converted into another kind of security, or redeemed, before theexpiry of a period which commences with the day of issue and which is fiveyears or more, and

(b) contain no provision enabling the person who holds the security for thetime being to require the security to be purchased, by a person other than theperson who issued it, before the expiry of a period which commences with theday of issue and which is five years or more.

[F164 (8A) If a security was issued before 9th June 1989, was not quoted in theofficial list of a recognised stock exchange at the time it was issued, butwas quoted in such a list on 8th June 1989, for the purposes of subparagraph(2)(c) above it shall be deemed to have been quoted in that list at the timeit was issued.

(8B) If a security was issued on or after 9th June 1989, and was quoted in theofficial list of a recognised stock exchange at a time aftet it was issued butbefore the end of the qualifying period, for the purposes of sub-paragraph(2)(c) above it shall be deemed to have been quoted in that list at the timeit was issued; and the qualifying period is the period of one month beginningwith the day on which the security was issued]

(9) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (5) above “redemption” does not include any redemption which may bemade before maturity only at the option of the person who issued the security(and no other person).

(10) In a case where the amount payable on redemption, or the amount ofinterest, is under the terms of issue determined by reference to the movementof the index for a period (a notional period) in place of a later actualperiod (a process commonly known as lagging) the fourth condition shall betreated as fulfilled if the following rules are fulfilled—

(a) under the terms of issue the notional period must start not more thaneight months before the actual period starts and must end not more than eightmonths before the actual period ends, and

(b) where the index is applied for the notional period it must, under theterms of issue, be applied precisely and without restriction.

(11) In a case where the terms of issue contain provision for the amountpayable on redemption to be not less than an amount stated in the terms, theprovision shall not prevent the fourth condition being fulfilled if—

(a) the security was issued before 9th June 1989, and

(b) the amount stated does not constitute a deep gain (within the meaninggiven by paragraph 1(9) above).

[F164 (11A) In a case where the terms of issue contain provision for the amountpayable on redemption to be not less than a specified percentage of the issueprice, the provision shall not prevent the fourth condition being fulfilledif the specified percentage is not greater than 10.]

(12) In a case where—

(a) the terms of issue contain provision for the amount payable on redemptionin any of the qualifying circumstances (set out in sub-paragraph (13) below)to be not less than an amount stated in the terms, and

(b) the security was issued before 9th June 1989,

the provision shall not prevent the fourth condition being fulfilled.

[F165 (12A) In a case where—

(a) the terms of issue contain provision for the amount payable on redemptionin any of the qualifying circumstances (set out in sub-paragraph (13) below)to be not more than the issue price, and

(b) the security was issued on or after 9th June 1989,

the provision shall not prevent the fourth condition being fulfilled.]

(13) For the purposes of sub-paragraphs (7) [F166 , (12) and (12A)] above the following are qualifying circumstances—

(a) there is a fundamental change in the rules governing the index and thechange would be detrimental to the interests of the person who holds thesecurity for the time being;

(b) the index ceases to be published without being replaced by a comparableindex;

[F167 (c) in the case of a security issued before 13th November 1991, any circumstances except circumstances in which the person who holds the security for the time being exercises an option exercisable only on the effluxion of time or the happening of an event which (judged at the time of the security’s issue) is certain or likely to occur;

(d) in the case of a security issued on or after 13th November 1991, any circumstances for redemption which may be made before maturity otherwise than at the option of the person who holds the security for the time being and as regards which the conditions set out in paragraph 1(3B) above are fulfilled (judged at the time of the security’s issue and read subject to paragraph 1(3C) and (3D) above);

(e) in the case of a security issued on or after 13th November 1991, any circumstances for redemption which may be made before maturity at the option of the person who holds the security for the time being and as regards which the conditions set out in paragraph 1(3E) above are fulfilled (judged at the time of the security’s issue and read subject to paragraph 1(3F) and (3G) above).]

(14) In a case where an issue is handled by an agent for the person making theissue, or by an underwriter, for the purposes of sub-paragraphs (2) to (5) and(10) above the terms of issue shall be taken to include any terms on which theagent or underwriter offers the security.

(15) For the purposes of this paragraph the amount payable on redemption doesnot include any amount payable by way of interest.

(16) For the purposes of this paragraph “control” (in relation to acompany) shall be construed in accordance with section 840 of the Taxes Act1988.

Textual Amendments

F163 Finance Act 1990 (c. 29), s. 58(2)(7)–deemedalways to have had effect. Previously

“the security was issued before9th June 1989 and was quoted in the official list of a recognised stockexchange on 8th June 1989”

F164 Finance Act 1990 (c. 29), s. 58(3)(4)respectively–deemed always to have had effect (subs. (7))

F165 Finance Act 1990 (c. 29), s. 58(5)(7)–deemedalways to have had effect

F166 Finance Act 1990 (c. 29), s. 58(6)(a)(7)–deemedalways to have had effect. Previously

“and (12)”

F167 Sch. 11 para. 2(13)(c)-(e) substituted(retrospectively and deemed always to have had effect) for sub-para. (13)(c)(d) by Finance (No. 2) Act 1992 (c. 48), s. 33, Sch. 7 paras.3, 7, 8

Convertible securities U.K.

3 (1) For the purposes of paragraph 1 above a security is a convertible securityif—

(a) it was issued by a company before 9th June 1989,

(b) under the terms of issue it can be converted into or exchanged for sharecapital in a company (whether or not the company is the one which issued thesecurity), and

(c) the condition set out in sub-paragraph (2) below is fulfilled.

(2) The condition is that—

(a) at some time in the qualifying period the security was quoted in theofficial list of a recognised stock exchange,

(b) at some time in that period relevant share capital was so quoted, or

(c) each of paragraphs (a) and (b) above is satisfied (though not necessarilyas regards the same time).

(3) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above the qualifying period is theperiod of one month beginning with the day on which the security was issued.

(4) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above relevant share capital isshare capital in the company into whose share capital the security can beconverted or for whose share capital the security can be exchanged; andrelevant share capital need not be share capital into or for which thesecurity can be converted or exchanged.

(5) References in this paragraph to share capital are to share capital bywhatever name called.

[F168 Issue price] U.K.

Textual Amendments

F168 Sch. 11 para. 3A inserted by Finance Act 1991 (c. 31, SIF 63:1), s. 54, Sch. 12 para.4.

[3A (1) This paragraph applies where—

(a) securities (old securities) of a particular kind are issued by way of the original issue of securities of that kind,

(b) on a later occasion securities (new securities) of the same kind are issued,

(c) a sum (the extra return) is payable in respect of each new security, by the person issuing it, to reflect the fact that interest is accruing on the old securities,

(d) the issue price of each new security includes an element (whether or not separately identified) representing payment for the extra return, and

(e) the extra return is equal to the amount of interest payable for the relevant period on each old security.

(2) In such a case, the issue price of each new security shall be deemed for the purposes of paragraph 1(9) above to be its actual issue price less an amount equal to the extra return payable in respect of the security.

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph securities are of the same kind if they are treated as being of the same kind by the practice of a recognised stock exchange or would be so treated if dealt with on such a stock exchange.

(4) For the purposes of this paragraph the relevant period is the period beginning with the day following the relevant day and ending with the day on which the new securities are issued.

(5) For the purposes of this paragraph the relevant day is—

(a) the last (or only) interest payment day to fall in respect of the old securities before the day on which the new securities are issued, or

(b) the day on which the old securities were issued, in a case where no interest payment day fell in respect of them before the day on which the new securities are issued;

and an interest payment day, in relation to the old securities, is a day on which interest is payable under them.]

Meaning of transfer etc. U.K.

4 (1) This paragraph has effect for the purposes of this Schedule.

(2) “Transfer”, in relation to a security, means transfer by wayof sale, exchange, gift or otherwise.

[F169 (2A) But (notwithstanding sub-paragraph (2) above) “transfer”does not include a transfer made ona conversion of a security into sharecapital in a company.]

(3) Where an agreement for the transfer of a security is made, it istransferred, and the person to whom it is agreed to be transferred becomesentitled to it, when the agreement is made and not on a later transfer madepursuant to the agreement; and “entitled”, “transfer” and cognateexpressions shall be construed accordingly.

(4) A person holds a security at a particular time if he is entitled to it atthe time.

(5) A person acquires a security when he becomes entitled to it; and “acquisition” shall be construed accordingly.

(6) If an agreement is conditional (whether on the exercise of an option orotherwise) for the purposes of sub-paragraph (3) above it is made when thecondition is exercised.

Textual Amendments

F169 Finance Act 1990 (c. 29), s. 56, Sch. 10 para. 27(2),29(1)–deemed always to have had effect

Charge to tax on transfer U.K.

5 (1) This paragraph applies if—

(a) there is a transfer of a deep gain security on or after 14th March 1989(irrespective of when the person making the transfer acquired it), and

(b) the amount obtained on transfer exceeds the amount paid on acquisition.

(2) In such a case—

(a) an amount equal to the difference between those two amounts, less theamount of any costs, shall be treated as income of the person making thetransfer,

(b) the income shall be chargeable to tax under Case III or Case IV (as thecase may be) of Schedule D,

(c) the income shall be treated as arising in the year of assessment in whichthe transfer takes place, and

(d) notwithstanding anything in sections 64 to 67 of the Taxes Act 1988, thetax shall be computed on the income arising in the year of assessment forwhich the computation is made.

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph—

(a) the amount obtained on transfer is the amount obtained, in respect of thetransfer, by the person making it,

(b) the amount paid on acquisition is the amount paid by that person inrespect of his acquisition of the security (or his last acquisition of itbefore the transfer), and

(c) costs are the costs incurred by that person in connection with thetransfer and with his acquisition of the security (or his last acquisition ofit before the transfer).

(4) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (3)(a) above the person making thetransfer shall be treated as obtaining in respect of it—

(a) any amount he actually obtains in respect of it, and

(b) any amount he is entitled to obtain, but does not obtain, in respect ofit.

(5) Sub-paragraph (4) above shall not apply where paragraph 7, 8 or 9 belowapplies.

[F170 Exchange gains and losses] U.K.

Textual Amendments

F170 Sch. 11 para. 5A and crossheading inserted (27.7.1993) by 1993 c. 34, s. 170, Sch. 18 para.7

F171 5A (1) This paragraph applies where—

(a) there is a transfer or redemption of a deep gain security, and

(b) the person making the transfer or (as the case may be) the person who was entitled to the security immediately before redemption is a qualifying company.

(2) For the purposes of paragraph 5 above the amount treated as income—

(a) shall be increased by the amount of any non-trading exchange loss, or the aggregate of the amounts of any non-trading exchange losses, accruing to the company as regards the underlying right for any accrual period or periods constituting or falling within the holding period;

(b) shall (after taking account of paragraph (a) above) be reduced by the amount of any non-trading exchange gain, or the aggregate of the amounts of any non-trading exchange gains, accruing to the company as regards the underlying right for any accrual period or periods constituting or falling within the holding period.

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph—

(a) the underlying right is the right to settlement under the debt on the security;

(b) “accrual period” and “qualifying company” have the same meanings as in Chapter II of Part II of the Finance Act 1993;

(c) the question whether a non-trading exchange gain or loss accrues to the company as regards the underlying right for an accrual period shall be decided in accordance with that Chapter.

(4) For the purposes of this paragraph the holding period is the period which—

(a) begins when the company acquired (or last acquired) the security before the transfer or redemption, and

(b) ends when the transfer or redemption is made.

Textual Amendments

F171 Sch. 11 para. 5A inserted (27.7.1993) by 1993 c. 34, s. 170, Sch. 18 para.7

Redemption U.K.

6 (1) Paragraph 5 above applies where there is a redemption of a deep gainsecurity as well as where there is a transfer.

(2) In its application by virtue of sub-paragraph (1) above, paragraph 5 aboveshall have effect as if—

(a) references to the person making the transfer were to the person who wasentitled to the security immediately before redemption, and

(b) other references to transfer were to redemption.

Death U.K.

7 (1) Where an individual who is entitled to a security dies, for the purposesof this Schedule—

(a) he shall be treated as transferring it to his personal representativesimmediately before his death, and

(b) he shall be treated as obtaining in respect of the transfer an amountequal to the market value of the security at the time of the transfer.

(2) Where a security is transferred by personal representatives to a legatee,for the purposes of paragraph 5 above they shall be treated as obtaining inrespect of the transfer an amount equal to the market value of the securityat the time of the transfer.

(3) In sub-paragraph (2) above “legatee” includes any person taking (whether beneficiallyor as trustee) under a testamentary disposition or on an intestacy or partialintestacy, including any person taking by virtue of an appropriation by thepersonal representatives in or towards satisfaction of a legacy or otherinterest or share in the deceased’s property.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C72 Sch. 11 para. 7(1) excluded (27.7.1993 with effect for the year 1992-93 and subsequent years of assessment) by 1993 c. 34, ss. 176(3)(c), 184(3)

Connected persons U.K.

8 (1) This paragraph applies where a security is transferred from one person toanother (whether or not on or after 14th March 1989) and they are connectedwith each other.

(2) For the purposes of paragraph 5 above—

(a) the person making the transfer shall be treated as obtaining in respectof it an amount equal to the market value of the security at the time of thetransfer, and

(b) the person to whom the transfer is made shall be treated as paying inrespect of his acquisition of the security an amount equal to that marketvalue.

(3) Section 839 of the Taxes Act 1988 (connected persons) shall apply for thepurposes of this paragraph.

Market value U.K.

9 (1) This paragraph applies where a security is transferred from one person toanother (whether or not on or after 14th March 1989) and—

(a) the transfer is made for a consideration which consists of or includesconsideration not in money or money’s worth, or

(b) the transfer is made otherwise than by way of a bargain made at arm’slength.

(2) For the purposes of paragraph 5 above—

(a) the person making the transfer shall be treated as obtaining in respectof it an amount equal to the market value of the security at the time of thetransfer, and

(b) the person to whom the transfer is made shall be treated as paying inrespect of his acquisition of the security an amount equal to that marketvalue.

Underwriters U.K.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

F172 10

Textual Amendments

F172 Sch. 11 para. 10 repealed (27.7.1993 with effect for the year 1994 and subsequent underwriting years) by 1993 c. 34, s. 213, Sch. 23 Pt. III(12) Note 2

Trustees U.K.

11 (1) Where on a transfer or redemption of a security by trustees an amount istreated as income chargeable to tax by virtue of paragraph 5 above, the rateat which it is chargeable shall be [F173 the rate applicable to trusts] for the year of assessment in which the transfer ismade.

(2) Where the trustees are trustees of a scheme to which section 469 of theTaxes Act 1988 applies, sub-paragraph (1) above shall not apply if or to theextent that the amount is treated as income in the accounts of the scheme.

Textual Amendments

F173 Words in Sch. 11 para. 11(1) substituted (27.7.1993 with effect for the year 1993-94 and subsequent years of assessment) by 1993 c. 34, s. 79, Sch. 6 paras.20, 25(1)

Foreign currency U.K.

12 (1) Where, for the purposes of paragraph 5 above and apart from thisparagraph, the amount obtained on transfer would be an amount expressed in acurrency other than sterling, it shall be treated for those purposes as thesterling equivalent on the day of the transfer of the amount so expressed.

(2) Where, for the purposes of paragraph 5 above and apart from thisparagraph, the amount paid on acquisition would be an amount expressed in acurrency other than sterling, it shall be treated for those purposes as thesterling equivalent on the day of the acquisition of the amount so expressed.

(3) Where, for the purposes of paragraph 5 above and apart from thisparagraph, the amount of the costs incurred by a person in connection with atransfer would be an amount expressed in a currency other than sterling, itshall be treated for those purposes as the sterling equivalent on the day ofthe transfer of the amount so expressed.

(4) Where, for the purposes of paragraph 5 above and apart from thisparagraph, the amount of the costs incurred by a person in connection with anacquisition would be an amount expressed in a currency other than sterling,it shall be treated for those purposes as the sterling equivalent on the dayof the acquisition of the amount so expressed.

(5) In sub-paragraphs (1) and (3) above “transfer” includes “redemption”.

(6) For the purposes of this paragraph the sterling equivalent of an amounton a particular day is the sterling equivalent calculated by reference to theLondon closing rate of exchange for that day.

Receipts in United Kingdom U.K.

13 (1) Sub-paragraph (2) below applies where—

(a) by virtue of paragraph 5(2) above an amount is treated as income of aperson and as chargeable to tax under Case IV of Schedule D, and

(b) the person satisfies the Board, on a claim in that behalf, that he is notdomiciled in the United Kingdom, or that (being a Commonwealth citizen or acitizen of the Republic of Ireland) he is not ordinarily resident in theUnited Kingdom.

(2) In such a case—

(a) any amounts received in the United Kingdom in respect of the amounttreated as income shall be treated as income arising in the year of assessmentin which they are so received, and

(b) paragraph 5(2) above shall have effect with the substitution of paragraph(a) above for paragraph 5(2)(c).

(3) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above—

(a) there shall be treated as received in the United Kingdom all amounts paid,used or enjoyed in, or in any manner or form transmitted or brought to, theUnited Kingdom, and

(b) subsections (6) to (9) of section 65 of the Taxes Act 1988 shall apply asthey apply for the purposes of subsection (5) of that section.

Retirement benefit schemes U.K.

14 In a case where—

(a) paragraph 5 above would apply (apart from this paragraph) to a transferor redemption of a security, and

(b) immediately before the transfer or redemption was made the security washeld for the purposes of an exempt approved scheme (within the meaning ofChapter I of Part XIV of the Taxes Act 1988),

that paragraph shall not apply to the transfer or redemption.

Charities U.K.

15 (1) In a case where—

(a) paragraph 5 above would apply (apart from this paragraph) to a transferor redemption of a security,

(b) immediately before the transfer or redemption was made the security washeld by a charity, and

(c) the amount which would (apart from this paragraph) be treated as incomeby virtue of paragraph 5 above is applicable and applied for charitablepurposes,

that paragraph shall not apply to the transfer or redemption.

(2) In this paragraph “charity” has the same meaning as in section 506 of the TaxesAct 1988.

Stock lending U.K.

16 In a case where—

(a) a security is the subject of a transfer which falls within section 129(3)of the Taxes Act 1988, and

(b) paragraph 5 above would apply to the transfer (apart from this paragraph),

that paragraph shall not apply to the transfer.

Accrued income scheme U.K.

17 In a case where—

(a) a security is the subject of a transfer to which paragraph 5 aboveapplies, and

(b) apart from this paragraph, the transfer would be a transfer for thepurposes of sections 710 to 728 of the Taxes Act 1988,

the transfer shall not be a transfer for those purposes.

Other provisions excluded U.K.

18 In a case where paragraph 5 above applies to the redemption of a security,sections 123 and 348 to 350 of the Taxes Act 1988 shall not apply to anyproceeds of the redemption.

Identification of securities U.K.

19 Section [F174 108 of the M116 Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992] shall apply to theidentification, for the purposes of this Schedule, of deep gain securitiestransferred or redeemed as it applies to the identification, for the purposesof capital gains tax, of deep discount securities disposed of.

Textual Amendments

F174 Words in Sch. 11 para. 19 substituted (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch. 10 para. 19(6)(b) (with ss. 60, 101(1), 201(3))

Marginal Citations

M116 1992 c. 12.

[F175 Early redemption: special rules] U.K.

Textual Amendments

F175 Sch. 11 para 19A and cross heading inserted (retrospectively and deemed always to have had effect) by Finance (No. 2) Act 1992 (c. 48), s. 33, Sch. 7 paras4, 7, 8

F176 19A (1) Sub-paragraph (2) below applies where—

(a) a security is issued on or after 13th November 1991,

(b) it would be a deep gain security apart from paragraph 1(3B) or (3E) above,

(c) it is redeemed before maturity, and

(d) immediately before redemption it was held by a person connected with the person who issued it.

(2) As regards the redemption, paragraphs 5 to 19 above shall have effect as if—

(a) the security were a deep gain security, and

(b) it had been acquired as such (whatever the time it was acquired).

(3) Sub-paragraph (4) below applies where—

(a) the conditions set out in sub-paragraph (1)(a) to (c) above are fulfilled,

(b) the security was transferred in the period ending with redemption and beginning with the day falling one year before the day of redemption, and

(c) the transfer was by a person connected with the person who issued the security.

(4) As regards the transfer, paragraphs 5 to 19 above shall have effect as if—

(a) the security were a deep gain security, and

(b) it had been acquired as such (whatever the time it was acquired).

(5) Section 839 of the Taxes Act 1988 (connected persons) shall apply for the purposes of this paragraph.

Textual Amendments

F176 Sch. 11 para 19A and cross heading inserted (retrospectively and deemed always to have had effect) by Finance (No. 2) Act 1992 (c. 48), s. 33, Sch. 7 paras4, 7, 8

Gilts: special rules U.K.

20 (1) In a case where—

(a) securities have been issued under a prospectus under which no securitieswere issued before 14th March 1989,

(b) some of the securities issued under the prospectus are gilt-edgedsecurities which are would-be deep gain securities,

(c) some of the securities issued under the prospectus are gilt-edgedsecurities which are not would-be deep gain securities, and

(d) there is a time when the aggregate nominal value of the securities fallingwithin paragraph (b) above (at that time) exceeds the aggregate nominal valueof the securities falling within paragraph (c) above (at that time),

sub-paragraph (2) below shall apply in relation to any gilt-edgedsecurity which has been or is issued under the prospectus at any time (whetherbefore, at or after the time mentioned in paragraph (d) above).

(2) As regards any event occurring in relation to the security after the timementioned in sub-paragraph (1)(d) above, paragraphs 5 to 19 above shall haveeffect as if—

(a) the security were a deep gain security, and

(b) it had been acquired as such (whatever the time it was acquired).

(3) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (1) above a would-be deep gain securityis a security which would be a deep gain security apart from paragraph 1(6)above.

(4) In sub-paragraph (1) above “gilt-edged security” has the same meaning as in paragraph1 above.

(5) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above events, in relation to asecurity, include anything constituting a transfer or acquisition for thepurposes of this Schedule.

Non-gilts: special rules U.K.

21 (1) In a case where—

(a) all the securities issued on the occasion of the original issue under aparticular prospectus (whatever the time of the issue) are neither gilt-edgedsecurities nor deep gain securities,

(b) some of the securities issued under the prospectus are not gilt-edgedsecurities but are new would-be deep gain securities, and

(c) there is a time when the aggregate nominal value of the securities fallingwithin paragraph (b) above (at that time) exceeds the aggregate nominal valueof the securities which (looking at the state of affairs at that time) havebeen issued under the prospectus and are neither gilt-edged securities nor newwould-be deep gain securities,

sub-paragraph (2) below shall apply in relation to any security which isnot a gilt-edged security but which has been or is issued under the prospectusat any time (whether before, at or after the time mentioned in paragraph (c)above).

(2) As regards any event occurring in relation to the security after the timementioned in sub-paragraph (1)(c) above, paragraphs 5 to 19 above shall haveeffect as if—

(a) the security were a deep gain security, and

(b) it had been acquired as such (whatever the time it was acquired).

(3) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (1) above [F177 , and subject to paragraph 21A below,] a new would-be deep gain security is a security which—

(a) would be a deep gain security apart from paragraph 1(7) above, and

(b) was issued on or after 14th March 1989.

(4) In sub-paragraph (1) above “gilt-edged security” has the same meaning as in paragraph1 above.

(5) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above events, in relation to asecurity, include anything constituting a transfer or acquisition for thepurposes of this Schedule.

Textual Amendments

F177 Words in Sch. 11 para. 21(3) inserted (retrospectively and deemed always to have had effect) by Finance (No. 2) Act 1992 (c. 48), s. 33, Sch. 7 paras. 5(1), 7, 8

[F178 21A (1) A security which (apart from this paragraph) would be a new would-be deep gain security for the purposes of paragraph 21(1) above is not such a security if the following three conditions are fulfilled.

(2) The first condition is that all the securities issued on the occasion of the original issue were issued before 13th November 1991.

(3) The second condition is that the security is issued on or after 13th November 1991.

(4) The third condition is that, even if paragraph 1(7) above did not prevent the security being a deep gain security, it would nevertheless not be a deep gain security if for the purposes of paragraph 1(2) above “redemption” did not include any redemption which may be made before maturity otherwise than in pursuance of the exercise by the person who holds the security for the time being of an option exercisable only on the effluxion of time or the happening of an event which (judged at the time of the security’s issue) is certain or likely to occur.]

Textual Amendments

F178 Sch. 11 para. 21A inserted (retrospectively and deemed always to have had effect) by Finance (No. 2) Act 1992 (c. 48), s. 33, Sch. 7 paras. 5(2), 7, 8

Indexed securities: special rules U.K.

22 (1) Sub-paragraph (2) below applies where—

(a) a qualifying indexed security has been issued,

(b) the person by whom it was issued and the person for the time being holdingit make an agreement, on or after 14th March 1989, varying the terms underwhich it is held, and

(c) the terms as varied are such that, had the security been issued on thoseterms, it would be a deep gain security.

(2) As regards any event occurring in relation to the security after theagreement is made, paragraphs 5 to 19 above shall have effect as if—

(a) the security were a deep gain security, and

(b) it had been acquired as such (whatever the time it was acquired).

(3) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above events, in relation to asecurity, include anything constituting a transfer or acquisition for thepurposes of this Schedule.

(4) In this paragraph “qualifying indexed security” has the meaning given byparagraph 2 above.

[F179 Convertible securities: special rules (1)] U.K.

Textual Amendments

F179 Finance Act 1990 (c. 29), s. 56, Sch. 10 paras. 27(3), 29(4)on and after 9 June 1989

22A (1) Sub-paragraph (2) below applies where—

(a) a security is a qualifying convertible security, for the purposes ofSchedule 10 to the Finance Act 1990, at the time of its issue,

(b) apart from paragraph 21 of Schedule 4 to the Taxes Act 1988, it would bea deep discount security at that time, and

(c) at a later time it ceases to be a qualifying convertible security for thepurposes of Schedule 10 to the Finance Act 1990.

(2) As regards any event occurring in relation to the security after the timementioned in sub-paragraph (1)(c) above, paragraphs 5 to 19 above shall haveeffect as if—

(a) the security were a deep gain security, and

(b) it had been acquired as such (whatever the time it was acquired).

(3) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above events, in relation to asecurity, include anything constituting a transfer or acquisition for thepurposes of this Schedule.

Convertible securities: special rules (2) U.K.

22B (1) In a case where—

(a) a security is a qualifying convertible security, for the purposes ofSchedule 10 to the Finance Act 1990, at the time of its issue, and

(b) apart from this sub-paragraph it would be a deep gain security at thattime,

then (subject to sub-paragraph(3) below) the security shall be treated,at the time of its issue and at all subsequent times, as not being a deep gainsecurity.

(2) Sub-paragraph (3) below applies where—

(a) sub-paragraph (1) above applies in the case of a security, and

(b) at a time after its issue it ceases to be a qualifying convertiblesecurity for the purposes of Schedule 10 to the Finance Act 1990.

(3) As regards any event occurring in relation to the security after the timementioned in sub-paragraph (2)(b) above, paragraphs 5 to 19 above shall haveeffect as if—

(a) the security were a deep gain security, and

(b) it had been acquired as such (whatever the time it was acquired).

(4) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (3)above events, in relation to asecurity, include anything constituting a transfer or acquisition for thepurposes of this Schedule.

[F180 No particular redemption date: special rule] U.K.

Textual Amendments

F180 Sch. 11 para 22C and cross heading inserted (retrospectively and deemed always to have had effect) by Finance (No. 2) Act 1992 (c. 48), s. 33, Sch. 7 paras6, 7, 8

F181 22C (1) This paragraph applies to a security whose terms contain no particular date by which it is to be redeemed.

(2) In the case of such a security the following expressions, wherever they appear in this Schedule, shall be construed as if the words “before maturity” were omitted—

(a) the expression “redemption which may be made before maturity”;

(b) the expression “redemption before maturity”;

(c) the expression “redeemed before maturity”.

Textual Amendments

F181 Sch. 11 para 22C and cross heading inserted (retrospectively and deemed always to have had effect) by Finance (No. 2) Act 1992 (c. 48), s. 33, Sch. 7 paras6, 7, 8

Power to modify U.K.

23 (1) The Treasury may make regulations amending paragraph 2 above so as to doone or more of the following—

(a) vary any condition for the time being set out in that paragraph;

(b) omit any condition for the time being so set out;

(c) add a new condition to any for the time being so set out;

(d) substitute a condition or conditions for any condition or conditions forthe time being so set out.

(2) Regulations under sub-paragraph (1) above—

(a) shall be made by statutory instrument subject to annulment in pursuanceof a resolution of the House of Commons,

(b) shall apply where there is a transfer within the meaning of this Schedule,or a redemption, on or after such day as may be specified in the regulations,and

(c) may include such supplementary, incidental, consequential or transitionalprovisions as appear to the Treasury to be necessary or expedient.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C70 Sch. 11 modified (27.7.1993) by 1993 c. 34, ss. 65(2)(4)(7)(8), 66(1)

Sch. 11 applied (27.7.1993) by 1993 c. 34, ss. 164(12), (with s. 165)

Section 94.

SCHEDULE 11 U.K. Deep Gain Securities

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C74 Sch. 11 modified (27.7.1993) by 1993 c. 34, ss. 65(2)(4)(7)(8), 66(1)

Sch. 11 applied (27.7.1993) by 1993 c. 34, ss. 164(12), (with s. 165)

Deep gain securities U.K.

1 (1) For the purposes of this Schedule a deep gain security is a redeemable security (whenever issued) which fulfils the first and second conditions.

(2) The first condition is that, taking the security at the time it is issuedand assuming redemption, the amount payable on redemption might constitute adeep gain; and if the security is capable of redemption on one of a number ofoccasions, this condition is fulfilled if it is fulfilled as regards any oneof them.

(3) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above “redemption” does not include any redemption which may be made before maturity only at the option of the person who issued the security(and no other person).

[F161 (3A) In the case of a security issued before 13th November 1991, for the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above “redemption” does not include any redemption which may be made before maturity otherwise than in pursuance of the exercise by the person who holds the security for the time being of an option exercisable only on the effluxion of time or the happening of an event which (judged at the time of the security’s issue) is certain or likely to occur.

(3B) In the case of a security issued on or after 13th November 1991, for the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above “redemption” does not include any redemption which may be made before maturity otherwise than at the option of the person who holds the security for the time being and as regards which the following conditions are fulfilled (judged at the time of the security’s issue)—

(a) the event occasioning redemption is such that, if it occurred and there was no provision for redemption, the interests of the person holding the security at the time of the occurrence might be adversely affected,

(b) the event occasioning redemption is neither certain nor likely to occur,

(c) the event occasioning redemption is not one of a number of events occasioning or allowing redemption before maturity at least one of which is certain or likely to occur, and

(d) the obtaining of a tax advantage by any person is not the main benefit, or one of the main benefits, that might be expected to accrue from the provision for redemption.

(3C) The condition set out in sub-paragraph (3B)(a) above is fulfilled if it is fulfilled by reference to any one potential holder, whether or not it is fulfilled by reference to other potential holders.

(3D) In a case where—

(a) the security is one which under the terms of issue can be converted into or exchanged for a security of a different kind, and

(b) it falls to be decided whether the condition set out in paragraph (b) or (c) of sub-paragraph (3B) above is fulfilled,

the condition concerned shall not be treated as fulfilled unless it is fulfilled having regard only to circumstances in which (judged at the time of the security’s issue) the right to convert or exchange cannot be or is unlikely to be exercised.

(3E) In the case of a security issued on or after 13th November 1991, for the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above “redemption” does not include any redemption which may be made before maturity at the option of the person who holds the security for the time being and as regards which the following conditions are fulfilled (judged at the time of the security’s issue)—

(a) the event allowing the option to be exercised is such that, if it occurred and there was no provision for redemption, the interests of the person holding the security at the time of the occurrence might be adversely affected,

(b) the event allowing the option to be exercised is neither certain nor likely to occur,

(c) the event allowing the option to be exercised is not one of a number of events occasioning or allowing redemption before maturity at least one of which is certain or likely to occur, and

(d) the obtaining of a tax advantage by any person is not the main benefit, or one of the main benefits, that might be expected to accrue from the provision for redemption.

(3F) The condition set out in sub-paragraph (3E)(a) above is fulfilled if it is fulfilled by reference to any one potential holder, whether or not it is fulfilled by reference to other potential holders.

(3G) In a case where—

(a) the security is one which under the terms of issue can be converted into or exchanged for a security of a different kind, and

(b) it falls to be decided whether the condition set out in paragraph (b) or (c) of sub-paragraph (3E) above is fulfilled,

the condition concerned shall not be treated as fulfilled unless it is fulfilled having regard only to circumstances in which (judged at the time of the security’s issue) the right to convert or exchange cannot be or is unlikely to be exercised.]

(4) The second condition is that the security—

(a) is not a deep discount security (either because the amount payable onredemption is not known at issue or for some other reason),

(b) is not a share in a company,

(c) is not a qualifying indexed security,

(d) is not a convertible security, and

(e) does not fall within sub-paragraph (5), (6) or (7) below.

(5) A security falls within this sub-paragraph if it is a gilt-edged securityand—

(a) it was issued before 14th March 1989, or

(b) it was issued on or after that date but was issued under the sameprospectus as any gilt-edged security issued before that date.

(6) A security falls within this sub-paragraph if it is a gilt-edged securityand—

(a) it was issued under a prospectus under which no securities were issuedbefore 14th March 1989,

(b) it was issued otherwise than on the occasion of the original issue underthe prospectus, and

(c) all the securities issued on the occasion of the original issue under theprospectus are gilt-edged securities which are not deep gain securities.

(7) A security falls within this sub-paragraph if it is not a gilt-edgedsecurity and was issued (at whatever time) under the same prospectus as anyother security which was issued before the security in question and which isnot a deep gain security.

(8) For the purposes of this paragraph—

(a) a deep discount security is a security which is a deep discount securityfor the purposes of Schedule 4 to the Taxes Act 1988,

(b) “qualifying indexed security” has the meaning given byparagraph 2 below, and

(c) a gilt-edged security is a security which is a gilt-edged security for thepurposes of the M115 [F162 Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992] .

(9) For the purposes of this paragraph the amount payable on redemption of asecurity constitutes a deep gain if the issue price is less than the amountso payable, and the amount by which it is less represents more than—

(a) 15 per cent. of the amount so payable, or

(b) half Y per cent. of the amount so payable, where Y is the number ofcomplete years between the date of issue and the redemption date.

(10) For the purposes of this paragraph the amount payable on redemption doesnot include any amount payable by way of interest.

Textual Amendments

F161 Sch. 11 para. 1(3A)-(3G) substituted (retrospectively and deemed always to have had effect) for para. 1(3A) by Finance (No. 2) Act 1992 (c. 48), s. 33, Sch. 7 paras. 2, 7, 8

F162 Words in Sch. 11 para. 1(8)(c) substituted (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the substituting Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch. 10 para. 19(6)(a) (with s. 60, 101(1), 201(3))

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C71 See Finance Act 1990 (c. 29), s. 56, Sch. 10para. 11(4)–definition employed for purposes of Finance Act1990 (c. 29), Sch. 10–convertible securities

Marginal Citations

M115 1992 c. 12.

Qualifying indexed securities U.K.

2 (1) For the purposes of paragraph 1 above a qualifying indexed security is asecurity which fulfils each of the conditions set out below.

(2) The first condition is that—

(a) the security is denominated in sterling and under the terms of issue theamount payable on redemption is determined by reference to the movement of theretail prices index,

(b) the security is denominated in a currency other than sterling and underthe terms of issue the amount payable on redemption is determined by referenceto any similar general index of prices which is published by the government,or by an agent of the government, of the territory in whose currency thesecurity is denominated, or

(c) [F163 the security was quoted in the official list of arecognised stock exchange at the time it was issued], and under the terms of issue the amount payable on redemption isdetermined by reference to the movement of a published index of prices ofshares quoted in the official list of a recognised stock exchange.

(3) The second condition is that the terms of issue make no provision forconversion into, or redemption in, a currency other than that in which thesecurity is denominated on issue.

(4) The third condition is that under the terms of issue—

(a) interest is payable on the security,

(b) not more than one year can elapse between the day of issue and the firstday on which interest becomes payable, or between any day on which interestbecomes payable and the next day on which it becomes payable,

(c) the interest payable is determined by reference to a rate which is notless than a reasonable commercial rate (judged by reference to the date ofissue and by reference to securities of a similar nature to the one inquestion), and

(d) the interest payable is also determined by reference to the movement ofthe index by reference to which the amount payable on redemption isdetermined.

(5) The fourth condition is that where that index is applied to determine theamount payable on redemption or to determine interest it must, under the termsof issue, be applied precisely and without restriction.

(6) The fifth condition is that—

(a) the security is expressed to be issued for a definite period stated on theface of the security, and

(b) the period so stated commences with the day of issue and is five years ormore.

(7) The sixth condition is that the terms of issue contain no provisionenabling the person who holds the security for the time being to require anyof the following before the expiry of a period which commences with the dayof issue and which is five years or more—

(a) the security to be repurchased by the person who issued it;

(b) the security to be purchased by a person other than the person who issuedit;

(c) the security to be converted into another kind of security;

(d) the security to be redeemed in circumstances other than any of thequalifying circumstances (set out in sub-paragraph (13) below).

(8) The seventh condition is that, where the issue is handled by an agent forthe person making the issue or by an underwriter, the terms on which the agentor underwriter offers the security—

(a) contain no provision for the security to be repurchased by the person whoissued it, converted into another kind of security, or redeemed, before theexpiry of a period which commences with the day of issue and which is fiveyears or more, and

(b) contain no provision enabling the person who holds the security for thetime being to require the security to be purchased, by a person other than theperson who issued it, before the expiry of a period which commences with theday of issue and which is five years or more.

[F164 (8A) If a security was issued before 9th June 1989, was not quoted in theofficial list of a recognised stock exchange at the time it was issued, butwas quoted in such a list on 8th June 1989, for the purposes of subparagraph(2)(c) above it shall be deemed to have been quoted in that list at the timeit was issued.

(8B) If a security was issued on or after 9th June 1989, and was quoted in theofficial list of a recognised stock exchange at a time aftet it was issued butbefore the end of the qualifying period, for the purposes of sub-paragraph(2)(c) above it shall be deemed to have been quoted in that list at the timeit was issued; and the qualifying period is the period of one month beginningwith the day on which the security was issued]

(9) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (5) above “redemption” does not include any redemption which may bemade before maturity only at the option of the person who issued the security(and no other person).

(10) In a case where the amount payable on redemption, or the amount ofinterest, is under the terms of issue determined by reference to the movementof the index for a period (a notional period) in place of a later actualperiod (a process commonly known as lagging) the fourth condition shall betreated as fulfilled if the following rules are fulfilled—

(a) under the terms of issue the notional period must start not more thaneight months before the actual period starts and must end not more than eightmonths before the actual period ends, and

(b) where the index is applied for the notional period it must, under theterms of issue, be applied precisely and without restriction.

(11) In a case where the terms of issue contain provision for the amountpayable on redemption to be not less than an amount stated in the terms, theprovision shall not prevent the fourth condition being fulfilled if—

(a) the security was issued before 9th June 1989, and

(b) the amount stated does not constitute a deep gain (within the meaninggiven by paragraph 1(9) above).

[F164 (11A) In a case where the terms of issue contain provision for the amountpayable on redemption to be not less than a specified percentage of the issueprice, the provision shall not prevent the fourth condition being fulfilledif the specified percentage is not greater than 10.]

(12) In a case where—

(a) the terms of issue contain provision for the amount payable on redemptionin any of the qualifying circumstances (set out in sub-paragraph (13) below)to be not less than an amount stated in the terms, and

(b) the security was issued before 9th June 1989,

the provision shall not prevent the fourth condition being fulfilled.

[F165 (12A) In a case where—

(a) the terms of issue contain provision for the amount payable on redemptionin any of the qualifying circumstances (set out in sub-paragraph (13) below)to be not more than the issue price, and

(b) the security was issued on or after 9th June 1989,

the provision shall not prevent the fourth condition being fulfilled.]

(13) For the purposes of sub-paragraphs (7) [F166 , (12) and (12A)] above the following are qualifying circumstances—

(a) there is a fundamental change in the rules governing the index and thechange would be detrimental to the interests of the person who holds thesecurity for the time being;

(b) the index ceases to be published without being replaced by a comparableindex;

[F167 (c) in the case of a security issued before 13th November 1991, any circumstances except circumstances in which the person who holds the security for the time being exercises an option exercisable only on the effluxion of time or the happening of an event which (judged at the time of the security’s issue) is certain or likely to occur;

(d) in the case of a security issued on or after 13th November 1991, any circumstances for redemption which may be made before maturity otherwise than at the option of the person who holds the security for the time being and as regards which the conditions set out in paragraph 1(3B) above are fulfilled (judged at the time of the security’s issue and read subject to paragraph 1(3C) and (3D) above);

(e) in the case of a security issued on or after 13th November 1991, any circumstances for redemption which may be made before maturity at the option of the person who holds the security for the time being and as regards which the conditions set out in paragraph 1(3E) above are fulfilled (judged at the time of the security’s issue and read subject to paragraph 1(3F) and (3G) above).]

(14) In a case where an issue is handled by an agent for the person making theissue, or by an underwriter, for the purposes of sub-paragraphs (2) to (5) and(10) above the terms of issue shall be taken to include any terms on which theagent or underwriter offers the security.

(15) For the purposes of this paragraph the amount payable on redemption doesnot include any amount payable by way of interest.

(16) For the purposes of this paragraph “control” (in relation to acompany) shall be construed in accordance with section 840 of the Taxes Act1988.

Textual Amendments

F163 Finance Act 1990 (c. 29), s. 58(2)(7)–deemedalways to have had effect. Previously

“the security was issued before9th June 1989 and was quoted in the official list of a recognised stockexchange on 8th June 1989”

F164 Finance Act 1990 (c. 29), s. 58(3)(4)respectively–deemed always to have had effect (subs. (7))

F165 Finance Act 1990 (c. 29), s. 58(5)(7)–deemedalways to have had effect

F166 Finance Act 1990 (c. 29), s. 58(6)(a)(7)–deemedalways to have had effect. Previously

“and (12)”

F167 Sch. 11 para. 2(13)(c)-(e) substituted(retrospectively and deemed always to have had effect) for sub-para. (13)(c)(d) by Finance (No. 2) Act 1992 (c. 48), s. 33, Sch. 7 paras.3, 7, 8

Convertible securities U.K.

3 (1) For the purposes of paragraph 1 above a security is a convertible securityif—

(a) it was issued by a company before 9th June 1989,

(b) under the terms of issue it can be converted into or exchanged for sharecapital in a company (whether or not the company is the one which issued thesecurity), and

(c) the condition set out in sub-paragraph (2) below is fulfilled.

(2) The condition is that—

(a) at some time in the qualifying period the security was quoted in theofficial list of a recognised stock exchange,

(b) at some time in that period relevant share capital was so quoted, or

(c) each of paragraphs (a) and (b) above is satisfied (though not necessarilyas regards the same time).

(3) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above the qualifying period is theperiod of one month beginning with the day on which the security was issued.

(4) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above relevant share capital isshare capital in the company into whose share capital the security can beconverted or for whose share capital the security can be exchanged; andrelevant share capital need not be share capital into or for which thesecurity can be converted or exchanged.

(5) References in this paragraph to share capital are to share capital bywhatever name called.

Meaning of transfer etc. U.K.

4 (1) This paragraph has effect for the purposes of this Schedule.

(2) “Transfer”, in relation to a security, means transfer by wayof sale, exchange, gift or otherwise.

[F169 (2A) But (notwithstanding sub-paragraph (2) above) “transfer”does not include a transfer made ona conversion of a security into sharecapital in a company.]

(3) Where an agreement for the transfer of a security is made, it istransferred, and the person to whom it is agreed to be transferred becomesentitled to it, when the agreement is made and not on a later transfer madepursuant to the agreement; and “entitled”, “transfer” and cognateexpressions shall be construed accordingly.

(4) A person holds a security at a particular time if he is entitled to it atthe time.

(5) A person acquires a security when he becomes entitled to it; and “acquisition” shall be construed accordingly.

(6) If an agreement is conditional (whether on the exercise of an option orotherwise) for the purposes of sub-paragraph (3) above it is made when thecondition is exercised.

Textual Amendments

F169 Finance Act 1990 (c. 29), s. 56, Sch. 10 para. 27(2),29(1)–deemed always to have had effect

Charge to tax on transfer U.K.

5 (1) This paragraph applies if—

(a) there is a transfer of a deep gain security on or after 14th March 1989(irrespective of when the person making the transfer acquired it), and

(b) the amount obtained on transfer exceeds the amount paid on acquisition.

(2) In such a case—

(a) an amount equal to the difference between those two amounts, less theamount of any costs, shall be treated as income of the person making thetransfer,

(b) the income shall be chargeable to tax under Case III or Case IV (as thecase may be) of Schedule D,

(c) the income shall be treated as arising in the year of assessment in whichthe transfer takes place, and

(d) notwithstanding anything in sections 64 to 67 of the Taxes Act 1988, thetax shall be computed on the income arising in the year of assessment forwhich the computation is made.

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph—

(a) the amount obtained on transfer is the amount obtained, in respect of thetransfer, by the person making it,

(b) the amount paid on acquisition is the amount paid by that person inrespect of his acquisition of the security (or his last acquisition of itbefore the transfer), and

(c) costs are the costs incurred by that person in connection with thetransfer and with his acquisition of the security (or his last acquisition ofit before the transfer).

(4) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (3)(a) above the person making thetransfer shall be treated as obtaining in respect of it—

(a) any amount he actually obtains in respect of it, and

(b) any amount he is entitled to obtain, but does not obtain, in respect ofit.

(5) Sub-paragraph (4) above shall not apply where paragraph 7, 8 or 9 belowapplies.

Redemption U.K.

6 (1) Paragraph 5 above applies where there is a redemption of a deep gainsecurity as well as where there is a transfer.

(2) In its application by virtue of sub-paragraph (1) above, paragraph 5 aboveshall have effect as if—

(a) references to the person making the transfer were to the person who wasentitled to the security immediately before redemption, and

(b) other references to transfer were to redemption.

Death U.K.

7 (1) Where an individual who is entitled to a security dies, for the purposesof this Schedule—

(a) he shall be treated as transferring it to his personal representativesimmediately before his death, and

(b) he shall be treated as obtaining in respect of the transfer an amountequal to the market value of the security at the time of the transfer.

(2) Where a security is transferred by personal representatives to a legatee,for the purposes of paragraph 5 above they shall be treated as obtaining inrespect of the transfer an amount equal to the market value of the securityat the time of the transfer.

(3) In sub-paragraph (2) above “legatee” includes any person taking (whether beneficiallyor as trustee) under a testamentary disposition or on an intestacy or partialintestacy, including any person taking by virtue of an appropriation by thepersonal representatives in or towards satisfaction of a legacy or otherinterest or share in the deceased’s property.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C72 Sch. 11 para. 7(1) excluded (27.7.1993 with effect for the year 1992-93 and subsequent years of assessment) by 1993 c. 34, ss. 176(3)(c), 184(3)

Connected persons U.K.

8 (1) This paragraph applies where a security is transferred from one person toanother (whether or not on or after 14th March 1989) and they are connectedwith each other.

(2) For the purposes of paragraph 5 above—

(a) the person making the transfer shall be treated as obtaining in respectof it an amount equal to the market value of the security at the time of thetransfer, and

(b) the person to whom the transfer is made shall be treated as paying inrespect of his acquisition of the security an amount equal to that marketvalue.

(3) Section 839 of the Taxes Act 1988 (connected persons) shall apply for thepurposes of this paragraph.

Market value U.K.

9 (1) This paragraph applies where a security is transferred from one person toanother (whether or not on or after 14th March 1989) and—

(a) the transfer is made for a consideration which consists of or includesconsideration not in money or money’s worth, or

(b) the transfer is made otherwise than by way of a bargain made at arm’slength.

(2) For the purposes of paragraph 5 above—

(a) the person making the transfer shall be treated as obtaining in respectof it an amount equal to the market value of the security at the time of thetransfer, and

(b) the person to whom the transfer is made shall be treated as paying inrespect of his acquisition of the security an amount equal to that marketvalue.

Underwriters U.K.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

F172 10

Textual Amendments

F172 Sch. 11 para. 10 repealed (27.7.1993 with effect for the year 1994 and subsequent underwriting years) by 1993 c. 34, s. 213, Sch. 23 Pt. III(12) Note 2

Trustees U.K.

11 (1) Where on a transfer or redemption of a security by trustees an amount istreated as income chargeable to tax by virtue of paragraph 5 above, the rateat which it is chargeable shall be [F173 the rate applicable to trusts] for the year of assessment in which the transfer ismade.

(2) Where the trustees are trustees of a scheme to which section 469 of theTaxes Act 1988 applies, sub-paragraph (1) above shall not apply if or to theextent that the amount is treated as income in the accounts of the scheme.

Textual Amendments

F173 Words in Sch. 11 para. 11(1) substituted (27.7.1993 with effect for the year 1993-94 and subsequent years of assessment) by 1993 c. 34, s. 79, Sch. 6 paras.20, 25(1)

Foreign currency U.K.

12 (1) Where, for the purposes of paragraph 5 above and apart from thisparagraph, the amount obtained on transfer would be an amount expressed in acurrency other than sterling, it shall be treated for those purposes as thesterling equivalent on the day of the transfer of the amount so expressed.

(2) Where, for the purposes of paragraph 5 above and apart from thisparagraph, the amount paid on acquisition would be an amount expressed in acurrency other than sterling, it shall be treated for those purposes as thesterling equivalent on the day of the acquisition of the amount so expressed.

(3) Where, for the purposes of paragraph 5 above and apart from thisparagraph, the amount of the costs incurred by a person in connection with atransfer would be an amount expressed in a currency other than sterling, itshall be treated for those purposes as the sterling equivalent on the day ofthe transfer of the amount so expressed.

(4) Where, for the purposes of paragraph 5 above and apart from thisparagraph, the amount of the costs incurred by a person in connection with anacquisition would be an amount expressed in a currency other than sterling,it shall be treated for those purposes as the sterling equivalent on the dayof the acquisition of the amount so expressed.

(5) In sub-paragraphs (1) and (3) above “transfer” includes “redemption”.

(6) For the purposes of this paragraph the sterling equivalent of an amounton a particular day is the sterling equivalent calculated by reference to theLondon closing rate of exchange for that day.

Receipts in United Kingdom U.K.

13 (1) Sub-paragraph (2) below applies where—

(a) by virtue of paragraph 5(2) above an amount is treated as income of aperson and as chargeable to tax under Case IV of Schedule D, and

(b) the person satisfies the Board, on a claim in that behalf, that he is notdomiciled in the United Kingdom, or that (being a Commonwealth citizen or acitizen of the Republic of Ireland) he is not ordinarily resident in theUnited Kingdom.

(2) In such a case—

(a) any amounts received in the United Kingdom in respect of the amounttreated as income shall be treated as income arising in the year of assessmentin which they are so received, and

(b) paragraph 5(2) above shall have effect with the substitution of paragraph(a) above for paragraph 5(2)(c).

(3) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above—

(a) there shall be treated as received in the United Kingdom all amounts paid,used or enjoyed in, or in any manner or form transmitted or brought to, theUnited Kingdom, and

(b) subsections (6) to (9) of section 65 of the Taxes Act 1988 shall apply asthey apply for the purposes of subsection (5) of that section.

Retirement benefit schemes U.K.

14 In a case where—

(a) paragraph 5 above would apply (apart from this paragraph) to a transferor redemption of a security, and

(b) immediately before the transfer or redemption was made the security washeld for the purposes of an exempt approved scheme (within the meaning ofChapter I of Part XIV of the Taxes Act 1988),

that paragraph shall not apply to the transfer or redemption.

Charities U.K.

15 (1) In a case where—

(a) paragraph 5 above would apply (apart from this paragraph) to a transferor redemption of a security,

(b) immediately before the transfer or redemption was made the security washeld by a charity, and

(c) the amount which would (apart from this paragraph) be treated as incomeby virtue of paragraph 5 above is applicable and applied for charitablepurposes,

that paragraph shall not apply to the transfer or redemption.

(2) In this paragraph “charity” has the same meaning as in section 506 of the TaxesAct 1988.

Stock lending U.K.

16 In a case where—

(a) a security is the subject of a transfer which falls within section 129(3)of the Taxes Act 1988, and

(b) paragraph 5 above would apply to the transfer (apart from this paragraph),

that paragraph shall not apply to the transfer.

Accrued income scheme U.K.

17 In a case where—

(a) a security is the subject of a transfer to which paragraph 5 aboveapplies, and

(b) apart from this paragraph, the transfer would be a transfer for thepurposes of sections 710 to 728 of the Taxes Act 1988,

the transfer shall not be a transfer for those purposes.

Other provisions excluded U.K.

18 In a case where paragraph 5 above applies to the redemption of a security,sections 123 and 348 to 350 of the Taxes Act 1988 shall not apply to anyproceeds of the redemption.

Identification of securities U.K.

19 Section [F174 108 of the M116 Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992] shall apply to theidentification, for the purposes of this Schedule, of deep gain securitiestransferred or redeemed as it applies to the identification, for the purposesof capital gains tax, of deep discount securities disposed of.

Textual Amendments

F174 Words in Sch. 11 para. 19 substituted (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch. 10 para. 19(6)(b) (with ss. 60, 101(1), 201(3))

Marginal Citations

M116 1992 c. 12.

[F175 Early redemption: special rules] U.K.

Textual Amendments

F175 Sch. 11 para 19A and cross heading inserted (retrospectively and deemed always to have had effect) by Finance (No. 2) Act 1992 (c. 48), s. 33, Sch. 7 paras4, 7, 8

F176 19A (1) Sub-paragraph (2) below applies where—

(a) a security is issued on or after 13th November 1991,

(b) it would be a deep gain security apart from paragraph 1(3B) or (3E) above,

(c) it is redeemed before maturity, and

(d) immediately before redemption it was held by a person connected with the person who issued it.

(2) As regards the redemption, paragraphs 5 to 19 above shall have effect as if—

(a) the security were a deep gain security, and

(b) it had been acquired as such (whatever the time it was acquired).

(3) Sub-paragraph (4) below applies where—

(a) the conditions set out in sub-paragraph (1)(a) to (c) above are fulfilled,

(b) the security was transferred in the period ending with redemption and beginning with the day falling one year before the day of redemption, and

(c) the transfer was by a person connected with the person who issued the security.

(4) As regards the transfer, paragraphs 5 to 19 above shall have effect as if—

(a) the security were a deep gain security, and

(b) it had been acquired as such (whatever the time it was acquired).

(5) Section 839 of the Taxes Act 1988 (connected persons) shall apply for the purposes of this paragraph.

Textual Amendments

F176 Sch. 11 para 19A and cross heading inserted (retrospectively and deemed always to have had effect) by Finance (No. 2) Act 1992 (c. 48), s. 33, Sch. 7 paras4, 7, 8

Gilts: special rules U.K.

20 (1) In a case where—

(a) securities have been issued under a prospectus under which no securitieswere issued before 14th March 1989,

(b) some of the securities issued under the prospectus are gilt-edgedsecurities which are would-be deep gain securities,

(c) some of the securities issued under the prospectus are gilt-edgedsecurities which are not would-be deep gain securities, and

(d) there is a time when the aggregate nominal value of the securities fallingwithin paragraph (b) above (at that time) exceeds the aggregate nominal valueof the securities falling within paragraph (c) above (at that time),

sub-paragraph (2) below shall apply in relation to any gilt-edgedsecurity which has been or is issued under the prospectus at any time (whetherbefore, at or after the time mentioned in paragraph (d) above).

(2) As regards any event occurring in relation to the security after the timementioned in sub-paragraph (1)(d) above, paragraphs 5 to 19 above shall haveeffect as if—

(a) the security were a deep gain security, and

(b) it had been acquired as such (whatever the time it was acquired).

(3) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (1) above a would-be deep gain securityis a security which would be a deep gain security apart from paragraph 1(6)above.

(4) In sub-paragraph (1) above “gilt-edged security” has the same meaning as in paragraph1 above.

(5) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above events, in relation to asecurity, include anything constituting a transfer or acquisition for thepurposes of this Schedule.

Non-gilts: special rules U.K.

21 (1) In a case where—

(a) all the securities issued on the occasion of the original issue under aparticular prospectus (whatever the time of the issue) are neither gilt-edgedsecurities nor deep gain securities,

(b) some of the securities issued under the prospectus are not gilt-edgedsecurities but are new would-be deep gain securities, and

(c) there is a time when the aggregate nominal value of the securities fallingwithin paragraph (b) above (at that time) exceeds the aggregate nominal valueof the securities which (looking at the state of affairs at that time) havebeen issued under the prospectus and are neither gilt-edged securities nor newwould-be deep gain securities,

sub-paragraph (2) below shall apply in relation to any security which isnot a gilt-edged security but which has been or is issued under the prospectusat any time (whether before, at or after the time mentioned in paragraph (c)above).

(2) As regards any event occurring in relation to the security after the timementioned in sub-paragraph (1)(c) above, paragraphs 5 to 19 above shall haveeffect as if—

(a) the security were a deep gain security, and

(b) it had been acquired as such (whatever the time it was acquired).

(3) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (1) above [F177 , and subject to paragraph 21A below,] a new would-be deep gain security is a security which—

(a) would be a deep gain security apart from paragraph 1(7) above, and

(b) was issued on or after 14th March 1989.

(4) In sub-paragraph (1) above “gilt-edged security” has the same meaning as in paragraph1 above.

(5) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above events, in relation to asecurity, include anything constituting a transfer or acquisition for thepurposes of this Schedule.

Textual Amendments

F177 Words in Sch. 11 para. 21(3) inserted (retrospectively and deemed always to have had effect) by Finance (No. 2) Act 1992 (c. 48), s. 33, Sch. 7 paras. 5(1), 7, 8

[F178 21A (1) A security which (apart from this paragraph) would be a new would-be deep gain security for the purposes of paragraph 21(1) above is not such a security if the following three conditions are fulfilled.

(2) The first condition is that all the securities issued on the occasion of the original issue were issued before 13th November 1991.

(3) The second condition is that the security is issued on or after 13th November 1991.

(4) The third condition is that, even if paragraph 1(7) above did not prevent the security being a deep gain security, it would nevertheless not be a deep gain security if for the purposes of paragraph 1(2) above “redemption” did not include any redemption which may be made before maturity otherwise than in pursuance of the exercise by the person who holds the security for the time being of an option exercisable only on the effluxion of time or the happening of an event which (judged at the time of the security’s issue) is certain or likely to occur.]

Textual Amendments

F178 Sch. 11 para. 21A inserted (retrospectively and deemed always to have had effect) by Finance (No. 2) Act 1992 (c. 48), s. 33, Sch. 7 paras. 5(2), 7, 8

Indexed securities: special rules U.K.

22 (1) Sub-paragraph (2) below applies where—

(a) a qualifying indexed security has been issued,

(b) the person by whom it was issued and the person for the time being holdingit make an agreement, on or after 14th March 1989, varying the terms underwhich it is held, and

(c) the terms as varied are such that, had the security been issued on thoseterms, it would be a deep gain security.

(2) As regards any event occurring in relation to the security after theagreement is made, paragraphs 5 to 19 above shall have effect as if—

(a) the security were a deep gain security, and

(b) it had been acquired as such (whatever the time it was acquired).

(3) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above events, in relation to asecurity, include anything constituting a transfer or acquisition for thepurposes of this Schedule.

(4) In this paragraph “qualifying indexed security” has the meaning given byparagraph 2 above.

[F179 Convertible securities: special rules (1)] U.K.

Textual Amendments

F179 Finance Act 1990 (c. 29), s. 56, Sch. 10 paras. 27(3), 29(4)on and after 9 June 1989

22A (1) Sub-paragraph (2) below applies where—

(a) a security is a qualifying convertible security, for the purposes ofSchedule 10 to the Finance Act 1990, at the time of its issue,

(b) apart from paragraph 21 of Schedule 4 to the Taxes Act 1988, it would bea deep discount security at that time, and

(c) at a later time it ceases to be a qualifying convertible security for thepurposes of Schedule 10 to the Finance Act 1990.

(2) As regards any event occurring in relation to the security after the timementioned in sub-paragraph (1)(c) above, paragraphs 5 to 19 above shall haveeffect as if—

(a) the security were a deep gain security, and

(b) it had been acquired as such (whatever the time it was acquired).

(3) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above events, in relation to asecurity, include anything constituting a transfer or acquisition for thepurposes of this Schedule.

Convertible securities: special rules (2) U.K.

22B (1) In a case where—

(a) a security is a qualifying convertible security, for the purposes ofSchedule 10 to the Finance Act 1990, at the time of its issue, and

(b) apart from this sub-paragraph it would be a deep gain security at thattime,

then (subject to sub-paragraph(3) below) the security shall be treated,at the time of its issue and at all subsequent times, as not being a deep gainsecurity.

(2) Sub-paragraph (3) below applies where—

(a) sub-paragraph (1) above applies in the case of a security, and

(b) at a time after its issue it ceases to be a qualifying convertiblesecurity for the purposes of Schedule 10 to the Finance Act 1990.

(3) As regards any event occurring in relation to the security after the timementioned in sub-paragraph (2)(b) above, paragraphs 5 to 19 above shall haveeffect as if—

(a) the security were a deep gain security, and

(b) it had been acquired as such (whatever the time it was acquired).

(4) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (3)above events, in relation to asecurity, include anything constituting a transfer or acquisition for thepurposes of this Schedule.

[F180 No particular redemption date: special rule] U.K.

Textual Amendments

F180 Sch. 11 para 22C and cross heading inserted (retrospectively and deemed always to have had effect) by Finance (No. 2) Act 1992 (c. 48), s. 33, Sch. 7 paras6, 7, 8

F181 22C (1) This paragraph applies to a security whose terms contain no particular date by which it is to be redeemed.

(2) In the case of such a security the following expressions, wherever they appear in this Schedule, shall be construed as if the words “before maturity” were omitted—

(a) the expression “redemption which may be made before maturity”;

(b) the expression “redemption before maturity”;

(c) the expression “redeemed before maturity”.

Textual Amendments

F181 Sch. 11 para 22C and cross heading inserted (retrospectively and deemed always to have had effect) by Finance (No. 2) Act 1992 (c. 48), s. 33, Sch. 7 paras6, 7, 8

Power to modify U.K.

23 (1) The Treasury may make regulations amending paragraph 2 above so as to doone or more of the following—

(a) vary any condition for the time being set out in that paragraph;

(b) omit any condition for the time being so set out;

(c) add a new condition to any for the time being so set out;

(d) substitute a condition or conditions for any condition or conditions forthe time being so set out.

(2) Regulations under sub-paragraph (1) above—

(a) shall be made by statutory instrument subject to annulment in pursuanceof a resolution of the House of Commons,

(b) shall apply where there is a transfer within the meaning of this Schedule,or a redemption, on or after such day as may be specified in the regulations,and

(c) may include such supplementary, incidental, consequential or transitionalprovisions as appear to the Treasury to be necessary or expedient.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C74 Sch. 11 modified (27.7.1993) by 1993 c. 34, ss. 65(2)(4)(7)(8), 66(1)

Sch. 11 applied (27.7.1993) by 1993 c. 34, ss. 164(12), (with s. 165)

Section 94.

SCHEDULE 11 U.K. Deep Gain Securities

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C75 Sch. 11 modified (27.7.1993) by 1993 c. 34, ss. 65(2)(4)(7)(8), 66(1)

Sch. 11 applied (27.7.1993) by 1993 c. 34, ss. 164(12), (with s. 165)

Deep gain securities U.K.

1 (1) For the purposes of this Schedule a deep gain security is a redeemable security (whenever issued) which fulfils the first and second conditions.

(2) The first condition is that, taking the security at the time it is issuedand assuming redemption, the amount payable on redemption might constitute adeep gain; and if the security is capable of redemption on one of a number ofoccasions, this condition is fulfilled if it is fulfilled as regards any oneof them.

(3) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above “redemption” does not include any redemption which may be made before maturity only at the option of the person who issued the security(and no other person).

[F161 (3A) In the case of a security issued before 13th November 1991, for the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above “redemption” does not include any redemption which may be made before maturity otherwise than in pursuance of the exercise by the person who holds the security for the time being of an option exercisable only on the effluxion of time or the happening of an event which (judged at the time of the security’s issue) is certain or likely to occur.

(3B) In the case of a security issued on or after 13th November 1991, for the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above “redemption” does not include any redemption which may be made before maturity otherwise than at the option of the person who holds the security for the time being and as regards which the following conditions are fulfilled (judged at the time of the security’s issue)—

(a) the event occasioning redemption is such that, if it occurred and there was no provision for redemption, the interests of the person holding the security at the time of the occurrence might be adversely affected,

(b) the event occasioning redemption is neither certain nor likely to occur,

(c) the event occasioning redemption is not one of a number of events occasioning or allowing redemption before maturity at least one of which is certain or likely to occur, and

(d) the obtaining of a tax advantage by any person is not the main benefit, or one of the main benefits, that might be expected to accrue from the provision for redemption.

(3C) The condition set out in sub-paragraph (3B)(a) above is fulfilled if it is fulfilled by reference to any one potential holder, whether or not it is fulfilled by reference to other potential holders.

(3D) In a case where—

(a) the security is one which under the terms of issue can be converted into or exchanged for a security of a different kind, and

(b) it falls to be decided whether the condition set out in paragraph (b) or (c) of sub-paragraph (3B) above is fulfilled,

the condition concerned shall not be treated as fulfilled unless it is fulfilled having regard only to circumstances in which (judged at the time of the security’s issue) the right to convert or exchange cannot be or is unlikely to be exercised.

(3E) In the case of a security issued on or after 13th November 1991, for the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above “redemption” does not include any redemption which may be made before maturity at the option of the person who holds the security for the time being and as regards which the following conditions are fulfilled (judged at the time of the security’s issue)—

(a) the event allowing the option to be exercised is such that, if it occurred and there was no provision for redemption, the interests of the person holding the security at the time of the occurrence might be adversely affected,

(b) the event allowing the option to be exercised is neither certain nor likely to occur,

(c) the event allowing the option to be exercised is not one of a number of events occasioning or allowing redemption before maturity at least one of which is certain or likely to occur, and

(d) the obtaining of a tax advantage by any person is not the main benefit, or one of the main benefits, that might be expected to accrue from the provision for redemption.

(3F) The condition set out in sub-paragraph (3E)(a) above is fulfilled if it is fulfilled by reference to any one potential holder, whether or not it is fulfilled by reference to other potential holders.

(3G) In a case where—

(a) the security is one which under the terms of issue can be converted into or exchanged for a security of a different kind, and

(b) it falls to be decided whether the condition set out in paragraph (b) or (c) of sub-paragraph (3E) above is fulfilled,

the condition concerned shall not be treated as fulfilled unless it is fulfilled having regard only to circumstances in which (judged at the time of the security’s issue) the right to convert or exchange cannot be or is unlikely to be exercised.]

(4) The second condition is that the security—

(a) is not a deep discount security (either because the amount payable onredemption is not known at issue or for some other reason),

(b) is not a share in a company,

(c) is not a qualifying indexed security,

(d) is not a convertible security, and

(e) does not fall within sub-paragraph (5), (6) or (7) below.

(5) A security falls within this sub-paragraph if it is a gilt-edged securityand—

(a) it was issued before 14th March 1989, or

(b) it was issued on or after that date but was issued under the sameprospectus as any gilt-edged security issued before that date.

(6) A security falls within this sub-paragraph if it is a gilt-edged securityand—

(a) it was issued under a prospectus under which no securities were issuedbefore 14th March 1989,

(b) it was issued otherwise than on the occasion of the original issue underthe prospectus, and

(c) all the securities issued on the occasion of the original issue under theprospectus are gilt-edged securities which are not deep gain securities.

(7) A security falls within this sub-paragraph if it is not a gilt-edgedsecurity and was issued (at whatever time) under the same prospectus as anyother security which was issued before the security in question and which isnot a deep gain security.

(8) For the purposes of this paragraph—

(a) a deep discount security is a security which is a deep discount securityfor the purposes of Schedule 4 to the Taxes Act 1988,

(b) “qualifying indexed security” has the meaning given byparagraph 2 below, and

(c) a gilt-edged security is a security which is a gilt-edged security for thepurposes of the M115 [F162 Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992] .

(9) For the purposes of this paragraph the amount payable on redemption of asecurity constitutes a deep gain if the issue price is less than the amountso payable, and the amount by which it is less represents more than—

(a) 15 per cent. of the amount so payable, or

(b) half Y per cent. of the amount so payable, where Y is the number ofcomplete years between the date of issue and the redemption date.

(10) For the purposes of this paragraph the amount payable on redemption doesnot include any amount payable by way of interest.

Textual Amendments

F161 Sch. 11 para. 1(3A)-(3G) substituted (retrospectively and deemed always to have had effect) for para. 1(3A) by Finance (No. 2) Act 1992 (c. 48), s. 33, Sch. 7 paras. 2, 7, 8

F162 Words in Sch. 11 para. 1(8)(c) substituted (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the substituting Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch. 10 para. 19(6)(a) (with s. 60, 101(1), 201(3))

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C71 See Finance Act 1990 (c. 29), s. 56, Sch. 10para. 11(4)–definition employed for purposes of Finance Act1990 (c. 29), Sch. 10–convertible securities

Marginal Citations

M115 1992 c. 12.

Qualifying indexed securities U.K.

2 (1) For the purposes of paragraph 1 above a qualifying indexed security is asecurity which fulfils each of the conditions set out below.

(2) The first condition is that—

(a) the security is denominated in sterling and under the terms of issue theamount payable on redemption is determined by reference to the movement of theretail prices index,

(b) the security is denominated in a currency other than sterling and underthe terms of issue the amount payable on redemption is determined by referenceto any similar general index of prices which is published by the government,or by an agent of the government, of the territory in whose currency thesecurity is denominated, or

(c) [F163 the security was quoted in the official list of arecognised stock exchange at the time it was issued], and under the terms of issue the amount payable on redemption isdetermined by reference to the movement of a published index of prices ofshares quoted in the official list of a recognised stock exchange.

(3) The second condition is that the terms of issue make no provision forconversion into, or redemption in, a currency other than that in which thesecurity is denominated on issue.

(4) The third condition is that under the terms of issue—

(a) interest is payable on the security,

(b) not more than one year can elapse between the day of issue and the firstday on which interest becomes payable, or between any day on which interestbecomes payable and the next day on which it becomes payable,

(c) the interest payable is determined by reference to a rate which is notless than a reasonable commercial rate (judged by reference to the date ofissue and by reference to securities of a similar nature to the one inquestion), and

(d) the interest payable is also determined by reference to the movement ofthe index by reference to which the amount payable on redemption isdetermined.

(5) The fourth condition is that where that index is applied to determine theamount payable on redemption or to determine interest it must, under the termsof issue, be applied precisely and without restriction.

(6) The fifth condition is that—

(a) the security is expressed to be issued for a definite period stated on theface of the security, and

(b) the period so stated commences with the day of issue and is five years ormore.

(7) The sixth condition is that the terms of issue contain no provisionenabling the person who holds the security for the time being to require anyof the following before the expiry of a period which commences with the dayof issue and which is five years or more—

(a) the security to be repurchased by the person who issued it;

(b) the security to be purchased by a person other than the person who issuedit;

(c) the security to be converted into another kind of security;

(d) the security to be redeemed in circumstances other than any of thequalifying circumstances (set out in sub-paragraph (13) below).

(8) The seventh condition is that, where the issue is handled by an agent forthe person making the issue or by an underwriter, the terms on which the agentor underwriter offers the security—

(a) contain no provision for the security to be repurchased by the person whoissued it, converted into another kind of security, or redeemed, before theexpiry of a period which commences with the day of issue and which is fiveyears or more, and

(b) contain no provision enabling the person who holds the security for thetime being to require the security to be purchased, by a person other than theperson who issued it, before the expiry of a period which commences with theday of issue and which is five years or more.

[F164 (8A) If a security was issued before 9th June 1989, was not quoted in theofficial list of a recognised stock exchange at the time it was issued, butwas quoted in such a list on 8th June 1989, for the purposes of subparagraph(2)(c) above it shall be deemed to have been quoted in that list at the timeit was issued.

(8B) If a security was issued on or after 9th June 1989, and was quoted in theofficial list of a recognised stock exchange at a time aftet it was issued butbefore the end of the qualifying period, for the purposes of sub-paragraph(2)(c) above it shall be deemed to have been quoted in that list at the timeit was issued; and the qualifying period is the period of one month beginningwith the day on which the security was issued]

(9) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (5) above “redemption” does not include any redemption which may bemade before maturity only at the option of the person who issued the security(and no other person).

(10) In a case where the amount payable on redemption, or the amount ofinterest, is under the terms of issue determined by reference to the movementof the index for a period (a notional period) in place of a later actualperiod (a process commonly known as lagging) the fourth condition shall betreated as fulfilled if the following rules are fulfilled—

(a) under the terms of issue the notional period must start not more thaneight months before the actual period starts and must end not more than eightmonths before the actual period ends, and

(b) where the index is applied for the notional period it must, under theterms of issue, be applied precisely and without restriction.

(11) In a case where the terms of issue contain provision for the amountpayable on redemption to be not less than an amount stated in the terms, theprovision shall not prevent the fourth condition being fulfilled if—

(a) the security was issued before 9th June 1989, and

(b) the amount stated does not constitute a deep gain (within the meaninggiven by paragraph 1(9) above).

[F164 (11A) In a case where the terms of issue contain provision for the amountpayable on redemption to be not less than a specified percentage of the issueprice, the provision shall not prevent the fourth condition being fulfilledif the specified percentage is not greater than 10.]

(12) In a case where—

(a) the terms of issue contain provision for the amount payable on redemptionin any of the qualifying circumstances (set out in sub-paragraph (13) below)to be not less than an amount stated in the terms, and

(b) the security was issued before 9th June 1989,

the provision shall not prevent the fourth condition being fulfilled.

[F165 (12A) In a case where—

(a) the terms of issue contain provision for the amount payable on redemptionin any of the qualifying circumstances (set out in sub-paragraph (13) below)to be not more than the issue price, and

(b) the security was issued on or after 9th June 1989,

the provision shall not prevent the fourth condition being fulfilled.]

(13) For the purposes of sub-paragraphs (7) [F166 , (12) and (12A)] above the following are qualifying circumstances—

(a) there is a fundamental change in the rules governing the index and thechange would be detrimental to the interests of the person who holds thesecurity for the time being;

(b) the index ceases to be published without being replaced by a comparableindex;

[F167 (c) in the case of a security issued before 13th November 1991, any circumstances except circumstances in which the person who holds the security for the time being exercises an option exercisable only on the effluxion of time or the happening of an event which (judged at the time of the security’s issue) is certain or likely to occur;

(d) in the case of a security issued on or after 13th November 1991, any circumstances for redemption which may be made before maturity otherwise than at the option of the person who holds the security for the time being and as regards which the conditions set out in paragraph 1(3B) above are fulfilled (judged at the time of the security’s issue and read subject to paragraph 1(3C) and (3D) above);

(e) in the case of a security issued on or after 13th November 1991, any circumstances for redemption which may be made before maturity at the option of the person who holds the security for the time being and as regards which the conditions set out in paragraph 1(3E) above are fulfilled (judged at the time of the security’s issue and read subject to paragraph 1(3F) and (3G) above).]

(14) In a case where an issue is handled by an agent for the person making theissue, or by an underwriter, for the purposes of sub-paragraphs (2) to (5) and(10) above the terms of issue shall be taken to include any terms on which theagent or underwriter offers the security.

(15) For the purposes of this paragraph the amount payable on redemption doesnot include any amount payable by way of interest.

(16) For the purposes of this paragraph “control” (in relation to acompany) shall be construed in accordance with section 840 of the Taxes Act1988.

Textual Amendments

F163 Finance Act 1990 (c. 29), s. 58(2)(7)–deemedalways to have had effect. Previously

“the security was issued before9th June 1989 and was quoted in the official list of a recognised stockexchange on 8th June 1989”

F164 Finance Act 1990 (c. 29), s. 58(3)(4)respectively–deemed always to have had effect (subs. (7))

F165 Finance Act 1990 (c. 29), s. 58(5)(7)–deemedalways to have had effect

F166 Finance Act 1990 (c. 29), s. 58(6)(a)(7)–deemedalways to have had effect. Previously

“and (12)”

F167 Sch. 11 para. 2(13)(c)-(e) substituted(retrospectively and deemed always to have had effect) for sub-para. (13)(c)(d) by Finance (No. 2) Act 1992 (c. 48), s. 33, Sch. 7 paras.3, 7, 8

Convertible securities U.K.

3 (1) For the purposes of paragraph 1 above a security is a convertible securityif—

(a) it was issued by a company before 9th June 1989,

(b) under the terms of issue it can be converted into or exchanged for sharecapital in a company (whether or not the company is the one which issued thesecurity), and

(c) the condition set out in sub-paragraph (2) below is fulfilled.

(2) The condition is that—

(a) at some time in the qualifying period the security was quoted in theofficial list of a recognised stock exchange,

(b) at some time in that period relevant share capital was so quoted, or

(c) each of paragraphs (a) and (b) above is satisfied (though not necessarilyas regards the same time).

(3) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above the qualifying period is theperiod of one month beginning with the day on which the security was issued.

(4) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above relevant share capital isshare capital in the company into whose share capital the security can beconverted or for whose share capital the security can be exchanged; andrelevant share capital need not be share capital into or for which thesecurity can be converted or exchanged.

(5) References in this paragraph to share capital are to share capital bywhatever name called.

[F168 Issue price] U.K.

Textual Amendments

F168 Sch. 11 para. 3A inserted by Finance Act 1991 (c. 31, SIF 63:1), s. 54, Sch. 12 para.4.

[3A (1) This paragraph applies where—

(a) securities (old securities) of a particular kind are issued by way of the original issue of securities of that kind,

(b) on a later occasion securities (new securities) of the same kind are issued,

(c) a sum (the extra return) is payable in respect of each new security, by the person issuing it, to reflect the fact that interest is accruing on the old securities,

(d) the issue price of each new security includes an element (whether or not separately identified) representing payment for the extra return, and

(e) the extra return is equal to the amount of interest payable for the relevant period on each old security.

(2) In such a case, the issue price of each new security shall be deemed for the purposes of paragraph 1(9) above to be its actual issue price less an amount equal to the extra return payable in respect of the security.

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph securities are of the same kind if they are treated as being of the same kind by the practice of a recognised stock exchange or would be so treated if dealt with on such a stock exchange.

(4) For the purposes of this paragraph the relevant period is the period beginning with the day following the relevant day and ending with the day on which the new securities are issued.

(5) For the purposes of this paragraph the relevant day is—

(a) the last (or only) interest payment day to fall in respect of the old securities before the day on which the new securities are issued, or

(b) the day on which the old securities were issued, in a case where no interest payment day fell in respect of them before the day on which the new securities are issued;

and an interest payment day, in relation to the old securities, is a day on which interest is payable under them.]

Meaning of transfer etc. U.K.

4 (1) This paragraph has effect for the purposes of this Schedule.

(2) “Transfer”, in relation to a security, means transfer by wayof sale, exchange, gift or otherwise.

[F169 (2A) But (notwithstanding sub-paragraph (2) above) “transfer”does not include a transfer made ona conversion of a security into sharecapital in a company.]

(3) Where an agreement for the transfer of a security is made, it istransferred, and the person to whom it is agreed to be transferred becomesentitled to it, when the agreement is made and not on a later transfer madepursuant to the agreement; and “entitled”, “transfer” and cognateexpressions shall be construed accordingly.

(4) A person holds a security at a particular time if he is entitled to it atthe time.

(5) A person acquires a security when he becomes entitled to it; and “acquisition” shall be construed accordingly.

(6) If an agreement is conditional (whether on the exercise of an option orotherwise) for the purposes of sub-paragraph (3) above it is made when thecondition is exercised.

Textual Amendments

F169 Finance Act 1990 (c. 29), s. 56, Sch. 10 para. 27(2),29(1)–deemed always to have had effect

Charge to tax on transfer U.K.

5 (1) This paragraph applies if—

(a) there is a transfer of a deep gain security on or after 14th March 1989(irrespective of when the person making the transfer acquired it), and

(b) the amount obtained on transfer exceeds the amount paid on acquisition.

(2) In such a case—

(a) an amount equal to the difference between those two amounts, less theamount of any costs, shall be treated as income of the person making thetransfer,

(b) the income shall be chargeable to tax under Case III or Case IV (as thecase may be) of Schedule D,

(c) the income shall be treated as arising in the year of assessment in whichthe transfer takes place, and

(d) notwithstanding anything in sections 64 to 67 of the Taxes Act 1988, thetax shall be computed on the income arising in the year of assessment forwhich the computation is made.

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph—

(a) the amount obtained on transfer is the amount obtained, in respect of thetransfer, by the person making it,

(b) the amount paid on acquisition is the amount paid by that person inrespect of his acquisition of the security (or his last acquisition of itbefore the transfer), and

(c) costs are the costs incurred by that person in connection with thetransfer and with his acquisition of the security (or his last acquisition ofit before the transfer).

(4) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (3)(a) above the person making thetransfer shall be treated as obtaining in respect of it—

(a) any amount he actually obtains in respect of it, and

(b) any amount he is entitled to obtain, but does not obtain, in respect ofit.

(5) Sub-paragraph (4) above shall not apply where paragraph 7, 8 or 9 belowapplies.

Redemption U.K.

6 (1) Paragraph 5 above applies where there is a redemption of a deep gainsecurity as well as where there is a transfer.

(2) In its application by virtue of sub-paragraph (1) above, paragraph 5 aboveshall have effect as if—

(a) references to the person making the transfer were to the person who wasentitled to the security immediately before redemption, and

(b) other references to transfer were to redemption.

Death U.K.

7 (1) Where an individual who is entitled to a security dies, for the purposesof this Schedule—

(a) he shall be treated as transferring it to his personal representativesimmediately before his death, and

(b) he shall be treated as obtaining in respect of the transfer an amountequal to the market value of the security at the time of the transfer.

(2) Where a security is transferred by personal representatives to a legatee,for the purposes of paragraph 5 above they shall be treated as obtaining inrespect of the transfer an amount equal to the market value of the securityat the time of the transfer.

(3) In sub-paragraph (2) above “legatee” includes any person taking (whether beneficiallyor as trustee) under a testamentary disposition or on an intestacy or partialintestacy, including any person taking by virtue of an appropriation by thepersonal representatives in or towards satisfaction of a legacy or otherinterest or share in the deceased’s property.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C72 Sch. 11 para. 7(1) excluded (27.7.1993 with effect for the year 1992-93 and subsequent years of assessment) by 1993 c. 34, ss. 176(3)(c), 184(3)

Connected persons U.K.

8 (1) This paragraph applies where a security is transferred from one person toanother (whether or not on or after 14th March 1989) and they are connectedwith each other.

(2) For the purposes of paragraph 5 above—

(a) the person making the transfer shall be treated as obtaining in respectof it an amount equal to the market value of the security at the time of thetransfer, and

(b) the person to whom the transfer is made shall be treated as paying inrespect of his acquisition of the security an amount equal to that marketvalue.

(3) Section 839 of the Taxes Act 1988 (connected persons) shall apply for thepurposes of this paragraph.

Market value U.K.

9 (1) This paragraph applies where a security is transferred from one person toanother (whether or not on or after 14th March 1989) and—

(a) the transfer is made for a consideration which consists of or includesconsideration not in money or money’s worth, or

(b) the transfer is made otherwise than by way of a bargain made at arm’slength.

(2) For the purposes of paragraph 5 above—

(a) the person making the transfer shall be treated as obtaining in respectof it an amount equal to the market value of the security at the time of thetransfer, and

(b) the person to whom the transfer is made shall be treated as paying inrespect of his acquisition of the security an amount equal to that marketvalue.

Underwriters U.K.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U.K.

F172 10

Textual Amendments

F172 Sch. 11 para. 10 repealed (27.7.1993 with effect for the year 1994 and subsequent underwriting years) by 1993 c. 34, s. 213, Sch. 23 Pt. III(12) Note 2

Trustees U.K.

11 (1) Where on a transfer or redemption of a security by trustees an amount istreated as income chargeable to tax by virtue of paragraph 5 above, the rateat which it is chargeable shall be [F173 the rate applicable to trusts] for the year of assessment in which the transfer ismade.

(2) Where the trustees are trustees of a scheme to which section 469 of theTaxes Act 1988 applies, sub-paragraph (1) above shall not apply if or to theextent that the amount is treated as income in the accounts of the scheme.

Textual Amendments

F173 Words in Sch. 11 para. 11(1) substituted (27.7.1993 with effect for the year 1993-94 and subsequent years of assessment) by 1993 c. 34, s. 79, Sch. 6 paras.20, 25(1)

Foreign currency U.K.

12 (1) Where, for the purposes of paragraph 5 above and apart from thisparagraph, the amount obtained on transfer would be an amount expressed in acurrency other than sterling, it shall be treated for those purposes as thesterling equivalent on the day of the transfer of the amount so expressed.

(2) Where, for the purposes of paragraph 5 above and apart from thisparagraph, the amount paid on acquisition would be an amount expressed in acurrency other than sterling, it shall be treated for those purposes as thesterling equivalent on the day of the acquisition of the amount so expressed.

(3) Where, for the purposes of paragraph 5 above and apart from thisparagraph, the amount of the costs incurred by a person in connection with atransfer would be an amount expressed in a currency other than sterling, itshall be treated for those purposes as the sterling equivalent on the day ofthe transfer of the amount so expressed.

(4) Where, for the purposes of paragraph 5 above and apart from thisparagraph, the amount of the costs incurred by a person in connection with anacquisition would be an amount expressed in a currency other than sterling,it shall be treated for those purposes as the sterling equivalent on the dayof the acquisition of the amount so expressed.

(5) In sub-paragraphs (1) and (3) above “transfer” includes “redemption”.

(6) For the purposes of this paragraph the sterling equivalent of an amounton a particular day is the sterling equivalent calculated by reference to theLondon closing rate of exchange for that day.

Receipts in United Kingdom U.K.

13 (1) Sub-paragraph (2) below applies where—

(a) by virtue of paragraph 5(2) above an amount is treated as income of aperson and as chargeable to tax under Case IV of Schedule D, and

(b) the person satisfies the Board, on a claim in that behalf, that he is notdomiciled in the United Kingdom, or that (being a Commonwealth citizen or acitizen of the Republic of Ireland) he is not ordinarily resident in theUnited Kingdom.

(2) In such a case—

(a) any amounts received in the United Kingdom in respect of the amounttreated as income shall be treated as income arising in the year of assessmentin which they are so received, and

(b) paragraph 5(2) above shall have effect with the substitution of paragraph(a) above for paragraph 5(2)(c).

(3) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above—

(a) there shall be treated as received in the United Kingdom all amounts paid,used or enjoyed in, or in any manner or form transmitted or brought to, theUnited Kingdom, and

(b) subsections (6) to (9) of section 65 of the Taxes Act 1988 shall apply asthey apply for the purposes of subsection (5) of that section.

Retirement benefit schemes U.K.

14 In a case where—

(a) paragraph 5 above would apply (apart from this paragraph) to a transferor redemption of a security, and

(b) immediately before the transfer or redemption was made the security washeld for the purposes of an exempt approved scheme (within the meaning ofChapter I of Part XIV of the Taxes Act 1988),

that paragraph shall not apply to the transfer or redemption.

Charities U.K.

15 (1) In a case where—

(a) paragraph 5 above would apply (apart from this paragraph) to a transferor redemption of a security,

(b) immediately before the transfer or redemption was made the security washeld by a charity, and

(c) the amount which would (apart from this paragraph) be treated as incomeby virtue of paragraph 5 above is applicable and applied for charitablepurposes,

that paragraph shall not apply to the transfer or redemption.

(2) In this paragraph “charity” has the same meaning as in section 506 of the TaxesAct 1988.

Stock lending U.K.

16 In a case where—

(a) a security is the subject of a transfer which falls within section 129(3)of the Taxes Act 1988, and

(b) paragraph 5 above would apply to the transfer (apart from this paragraph),

that paragraph shall not apply to the transfer.

Accrued income scheme U.K.

17 In a case where—

(a) a security is the subject of a transfer to which paragraph 5 aboveapplies, and

(b) apart from this paragraph, the transfer would be a transfer for thepurposes of sections 710 to 728 of the Taxes Act 1988,

the transfer shall not be a transfer for those purposes.

Other provisions excluded U.K.

18 In a case where paragraph 5 above applies to the redemption of a security,sections 123 and 348 to 350 of the Taxes Act 1988 shall not apply to anyproceeds of the redemption.

Identification of securities U.K.

19 Section [F174 108 of the M116 Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992] shall apply to theidentification, for the purposes of this Schedule, of deep gain securitiestransferred or redeemed as it applies to the identification, for the purposesof capital gains tax, of deep discount securities disposed of.

Textual Amendments

F174 Words in Sch. 11 para. 19 substituted (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch. 10 para. 19(6)(b) (with ss. 60, 101(1), 201(3))

Marginal Citations

M116 1992 c. 12.

[F175 Early redemption: special rules] U.K.

Textual Amendments

F175 Sch. 11 para 19A and cross heading inserted (retrospectively and deemed always to have had effect) by Finance (No. 2) Act 1992 (c. 48), s. 33, Sch. 7 paras4, 7, 8

F176 19A (1) Sub-paragraph (2) below applies where—

(a) a security is issued on or after 13th November 1991,

(b) it would be a deep gain security apart from paragraph 1(3B) or (3E) above,

(c) it is redeemed before maturity, and

(d) immediately before redemption it was held by a person connected with the person who issued it.

(2) As regards the redemption, paragraphs 5 to 19 above shall have effect as if—

(a) the security were a deep gain security, and

(b) it had been acquired as such (whatever the time it was acquired).

(3) Sub-paragraph (4) below applies where—

(a) the conditions set out in sub-paragraph (1)(a) to (c) above are fulfilled,

(b) the security was transferred in the period ending with redemption and beginning with the day falling one year before the day of redemption, and

(c) the transfer was by a person connected with the person who issued the security.

(4) As regards the transfer, paragraphs 5 to 19 above shall have effect as if—

(a) the security were a deep gain security, and

(b) it had been acquired as such (whatever the time it was acquired).

(5) Section 839 of the Taxes Act 1988 (connected persons) shall apply for the purposes of this paragraph.

Textual Amendments

F176 Sch. 11 para 19A and cross heading inserted (retrospectively and deemed always to have had effect) by Finance (No. 2) Act 1992 (c. 48), s. 33, Sch. 7 paras4, 7, 8

Gilts: special rules U.K.

20 (1) In a case where—

(a) securities have been issued under a prospectus under which no securitieswere issued before 14th March 1989,

(b) some of the securities issued under the prospectus are gilt-edgedsecurities which are would-be deep gain securities,

(c) some of the securities issued under the prospectus are gilt-edgedsecurities which are not would-be deep gain securities, and

(d) there is a time when the aggregate nominal value of the securities fallingwithin paragraph (b) above (at that time) exceeds the aggregate nominal valueof the securities falling within paragraph (c) above (at that time),

sub-paragraph (2) below shall apply in relation to any gilt-edgedsecurity which has been or is issued under the prospectus at any time (whetherbefore, at or after the time mentioned in paragraph (d) above).

(2) As regards any event occurring in relation to the security after the timementioned in sub-paragraph (1)(d) above, paragraphs 5 to 19 above shall haveeffect as if—

(a) the security were a deep gain security, and

(b) it had been acquired as such (whatever the time it was acquired).

(3) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (1) above a would-be deep gain securityis a security which would be a deep gain security apart from paragraph 1(6)above.

(4) In sub-paragraph (1) above “gilt-edged security” has the same meaning as in paragraph1 above.

(5) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above events, in relation to asecurity, include anything constituting a transfer or acquisition for thepurposes of this Schedule.

Non-gilts: special rules U.K.

21 (1) In a case where—

(a) all the securities issued on the occasion of the original issue under aparticular prospectus (whatever the time of the issue) are neither gilt-edgedsecurities nor deep gain securities,

(b) some of the securities issued under the prospectus are not gilt-edgedsecurities but are new would-be deep gain securities, and

(c) there is a time when the aggregate nominal value of the securities fallingwithin paragraph (b) above (at that time) exceeds the aggregate nominal valueof the securities which (looking at the state of affairs at that time) havebeen issued under the prospectus and are neither gilt-edged securities nor newwould-be deep gain securities,

sub-paragraph (2) below shall apply in relation to any security which isnot a gilt-edged security but which has been or is issued under the prospectusat any time (whether before, at or after the time mentioned in paragraph (c)above).

(2) As regards any event occurring in relation to the security after the timementioned in sub-paragraph (1)(c) above, paragraphs 5 to 19 above shall haveeffect as if—

(a) the security were a deep gain security, and

(b) it had been acquired as such (whatever the time it was acquired).

(3) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (1) above [F177 , and subject to paragraph 21A below,] a new would-be deep gain security is a security which—

(a) would be a deep gain security apart from paragraph 1(7) above, and

(b) was issued on or after 14th March 1989.

(4) In sub-paragraph (1) above “gilt-edged security” has the same meaning as in paragraph1 above.

(5) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above events, in relation to asecurity, include anything constituting a transfer or acquisition for thepurposes of this Schedule.

Textual Amendments

F177 Words in Sch. 11 para. 21(3) inserted (retrospectively and deemed always to have had effect) by Finance (No. 2) Act 1992 (c. 48), s. 33, Sch. 7 paras. 5(1), 7, 8

[F178 21A (1) A security which (apart from this paragraph) would be a new would-be deep gain security for the purposes of paragraph 21(1) above is not such a security if the following three conditions are fulfilled.

(2) The first condition is that all the securities issued on the occasion of the original issue were issued before 13th November 1991.

(3) The second condition is that the security is issued on or after 13th November 1991.

(4) The third condition is that, even if paragraph 1(7) above did not prevent the security being a deep gain security, it would nevertheless not be a deep gain security if for the purposes of paragraph 1(2) above “redemption” did not include any redemption which may be made before maturity otherwise than in pursuance of the exercise by the person who holds the security for the time being of an option exercisable only on the effluxion of time or the happening of an event which (judged at the time of the security’s issue) is certain or likely to occur.]

Textual Amendments

F178 Sch. 11 para. 21A inserted (retrospectively and deemed always to have had effect) by Finance (No. 2) Act 1992 (c. 48), s. 33, Sch. 7 paras. 5(2), 7, 8

Indexed securities: special rules U.K.

22 (1) Sub-paragraph (2) below applies where—

(a) a qualifying indexed security has been issued,

(b) the person by whom it was issued and the person for the time being holdingit make an agreement, on or after 14th March 1989, varying the terms underwhich it is held, and

(c) the terms as varied are such that, had the security been issued on thoseterms, it would be a deep gain security.

(2) As regards any event occurring in relation to the security after theagreement is made, paragraphs 5 to 19 above shall have effect as if—

(a) the security were a deep gain security, and

(b) it had been acquired as such (whatever the time it was acquired).

(3) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above events, in relation to asecurity, include anything constituting a transfer or acquisition for thepurposes of this Schedule.

(4) In this paragraph “qualifying indexed security” has the meaning given byparagraph 2 above.

[F179 Convertible securities: special rules (1)] U.K.

Textual Amendments

F179 Finance Act 1990 (c. 29), s. 56, Sch. 10 paras. 27(3), 29(4)on and after 9 June 1989

22A (1) Sub-paragraph (2) below applies where—

(a) a security is a qualifying convertible security, for the purposes ofSchedule 10 to the Finance Act 1990, at the time of its issue,

(b) apart from paragraph 21 of Schedule 4 to the Taxes Act 1988, it would bea deep discount security at that time, and

(c) at a later time it ceases to be a qualifying convertible security for thepurposes of Schedule 10 to the Finance Act 1990.

(2) As regards any event occurring in relation to the security after the timementioned in sub-paragraph (1)(c) above, paragraphs 5 to 19 above shall haveeffect as if—

(a) the security were a deep gain security, and

(b) it had been acquired as such (whatever the time it was acquired).

(3) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) above events, in relation to asecurity, include anything constituting a transfer or acquisition for thepurposes of this Schedule.

Convertible securities: special rules (2) U.K.

22B (1) In a case where—

(a) a security is a qualifying convertible security, for the purposes ofSchedule 10 to the Finance Act 1990, at the time of its issue, and

(b) apart from this sub-paragraph it would be a deep gain security at thattime,

then (subject to sub-paragraph(3) below) the security shall be treated,at the time of its issue and at all subsequent times, as not being a deep gainsecurity.

(2) Sub-paragraph (3) below applies where—

(a) sub-paragraph (1) above applies in the case of a security, and

(b) at a time after its issue it ceases to be a qualifying convertiblesecurity for the purposes of Schedule 10 to the Finance Act 1990.

(3) As regards any event occurring in relation to the security after the timementioned in sub-paragraph (2)(b) above, paragraphs 5 to 19 above shall haveeffect as if—

(a) the security were a deep gain security, and

(b) it had been acquired as such (whatever the time it was acquired).

(4) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (3)above events, in relation to asecurity, include anything constituting a transfer or acquisition for thepurposes of this Schedule.

[F180 No particular redemption date: special rule] U.K.

Textual Amendments

F180 Sch. 11 para 22C and cross heading inserted (retrospectively and deemed always to have had effect) by Finance (No. 2) Act 1992 (c. 48), s. 33, Sch. 7 paras6, 7, 8

F181 22C (1) This paragraph applies to a security whose terms contain no particular date by which it is to be redeemed.

(2) In the case of such a security the following expressions, wherever they appear in this Schedule, shall be construed as if the words “before maturity” were omitted—

(a) the expression “redemption which may be made before maturity”;

(b) the expression “redemption before maturity”;

(c) the expression “redeemed before maturity”.

Textual Amendments

F181 Sch. 11 para 22C and cross heading inserted (retrospectively and deemed always to have had effect) by Finance (No. 2) Act 1992 (c. 48), s. 33, Sch. 7 paras6, 7, 8

Power to modify U.K.

23 (1) The Treasury may make regulations amending paragraph 2 above so as to doone or more of the following—

(a) vary any condition for the time being set out in that paragraph;

(b) omit any condition for the time being so set out;

(c) add a new condition to any for the time being so set out;

(d) substitute a condition or conditions for any condition or conditions forthe time being so set out.

(2) Regulations under sub-paragraph (1) above—

(a) shall be made by statutory instrument subject to annulment in pursuanceof a resolution of the House of Commons,

(b) shall apply where there is a transfer within the meaning of this Schedule,or a redemption, on or after such day as may be specified in the regulations,and

(c) may include such supplementary, incidental, consequential or transitionalprovisions as appear to the Treasury to be necessary or expedient.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C75 Sch. 11 modified (27.7.1993) by 1993 c. 34, ss. 65(2)(4)(7)(8), 66(1)

Sch. 11 applied (27.7.1993) by 1993 c. 34, ss. 164(12), (with s. 165)

Section 107.

SCHEDULE 12 U.K. Close Companies

Part I U.K. Administrative Provisions

Interpretation U.K.

1 In this Part of this Schedule “the relevant provisions”means—

(a) sections 13A, 231 and 419 to 422 of the Taxes Act 1988, and

(b) Chapter III of Part XI of that Act (as it has effect in relation toaccounting periods beginning before 1st April 1989).

Provision of information by company U.K.

2 U.K. The inspector may, by notice, require any company which is, or appears tohim to be, a close company to furnish him within such time (not being lessthan 30 days) as may be specified in the notice with such particulars as hethinks necessary for the purposes of the relevant provisions.

Provision of information by shareholders U.K.

3 (1) If for the purposes of the relevant provisions any person in whose nameany shares are registered is so required by notice by the inspector, he shallstate whether or not he is the beneficial owner of the shares and, if not thebeneficial owner of the shares, shall furnish the name and address of theperson or persons on whose behalf the shares are registered in his name. U.K.

(2) This paragraph shall apply in relation to loan capital as it applies inrelation to shares.

Information about bearer securities U.K.

4 (1) The inspector may, for the purposes of the relevant provisions, by noticerequire— U.K.

(a) any company which appears to him to be a close company to furnish him withparticulars of any bearer securities issued by the company, and the names andaddresses of the persons to whom the securities were issued and the respectiveamounts issued to each person, and

(b) any person to whom bearer securities were issued by the company, or to orthrough whom such securities were subsequently sold or transferred, to furnishhim with such further information as he may require with a view to enablinghim to ascertain the names and addresses of the persons beneficiallyinterested in the securities.

(2) In this paragraph—

• “loan creditor” has the same meaning as in Part XI of theTaxes Act 1988, and

• “securities” includes shares, stock, bonds, debentures anddebenture stock and also any promissory note or other instrument evidencingindebtedness to a loan creditor of the company.

Part II U.K. Amendments Connected with Repeal of Chapter III of Part XI of Taxes Act1988

The Taxes Management Act 1970 (c.9) U.K.

5 U.K. In the first column of the Table in section 98 of the Taxes Management Act1970 (penalty for failure to give particulars etc.) there shall be added atthe end— “ Paragraphs 2 to 4 of Schedule 12 to the Finance Act 1989. ”

The Capital Gains Tax Act 1979 (c.14) U.K.

F182 6 U.K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Textual Amendments

F182 Sch. 12 para. 6 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch.12 (with ss. 201(3), Sch. 11 paras. 22, 26(2), 27)

The Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 (c.1) U.K.

7 U.K. In section 13 of the Taxes Act 1988 (small companies’ rate) in subsection(9) for the words “paragraph 17 of Schedule 19” there shall besubstituted the words “paragraphs 2 to 4 of Schedule 12 to the Finance Act1989”.

8 (1) In section 168(11) of the Taxes Act 1988 (cases in which a person has amaterial interest in a company for the purposes of Chapter II of Part V ofthat Act) for the words from “in a company” to the end of paragraph (b)there shall be substituted— “in a company if he, either on his own or with one or more associates,or if any associate of his with or without such other associates,— U.K.

(a) is the beneficial owner of, or able, directly or through the medium ofother companies, or by any other indirect means to control, more than 5 percent. of the ordinary share capital of the company, or

(b) in the case of a close company, possesses, or is entitled to acquire, suchrights as would, in the event of the winding-up of the company or in any othercircumstances, give an entitlement to receive more than 5 per cent. of theassets which would then be available for distribution among the participators.”and at the end there shall be added the words “ , and “participator” has the meaning given by section 417(1) ”.

(2) This paragraph shall have effect in relation to accounting periodsbeginning after 31st March 1989.

9 (1) In section 187(3) of the Taxes Act 1988 (cases in which a person has amaterial interest in a company for the purposes of sections 185 to 187 of, andSchedules 9 and 10 to, that Act) for the words from “in a company” to theend of paragraph (b) there shall be substituted— “in a company if he, either on his own or with one or more associates,or if any associate of his with or without such other associates,— U.K.

(a) is the beneficial owner of, or able, directly or through the medium ofother companies, or by any other indirect means to control, more than 25 percent., or in the case of a share option scheme which is not a savings-relatedshare option scheme more than 10 per cent., of the ordinary share capital ofthe company, or

(b) where the company is a close company, possesses, or is entitled toacquire, such rights as would, in the event of the winding-up of the companyor in any other circumstances, give an entitlement to receive more than 25 percent., or in the case of a share option scheme which is not a savings-relatedshare option scheme more than 10 per cent., of the assets which would then beavailable for distribution among the participators.”and at the end there shall be added the words “ and “participator” has the meaning given by section 417(1) ”.

(2) This paragraph shall have effect in relation to accounting periodsbeginning after 31st March 1989.

10 (1) In section 214 of the Taxes Act 1988 (chargeable payments connected withexempt distributions) in subsection (1)(c) for the words from “338(2)(a)”to “Schedule 19” there shall be substituted the words “and338(2)(a)”. U.K.

(2) This paragraph shall have effect in relation to accounting periodsbeginning after 31st March 1989, except in any case where section 427(4) ofthe Taxes Act 1988 has effect by virtue of section 103(2) of this Act.

11 U.K. In section 234 of the Taxes Act 1988 (information relating todistributions) in subsection (9) for the words from “paragraph 17” to “that Schedule” there shall be substituted the words “paragraphs 2 to4 of Schedule 12 to the Finance Act 1989 for the purposes of the relevantprovisions (as defined in paragraph 1 of that Schedule)”.

12 (1) Section 360 of the Taxes Act 1988 (loan to buy interest in a closecompany) shall be amended in accordance with this paragraph. U.K.

(2) In subsection (1)(a) for the words from “satisfying” to “424(4)”there shall be substituted the words “complying with section 13A(2)”.

(3) In subsections (2)(a) and (3)(a) for the words “satisfy any of theconditions of section 424(4)” there shall be substituted the words “comply with section 13A(2)”.

(4) This paragraph shall have effect in relation to interest paid on or afterthe day on which this Act is passed (and, accordingly, the conditions ofsection 424(4) of the Taxes Act 1988 shall continue to have effect for thepurposes of section 360 of that Act in relation to interest paid before thatday).

13 (1) Section 360A of the Taxes Act 1988 (cases in which a person has a materialinterest in a company for the purposes of section 360(2)(a)) shall be amendedin accordance with this paragraph. U.K.

(2) In subsection (1) for the words from “in a company” onwards thereshall be substituted— “in a company if he, either on his own or with one or more associates,or if any associate of his with or without such other associates,—

(a) is the beneficial owner of, or able, directly or through the medium ofother companies, or by any other indirect means to control, more than 5 percent. of the ordinary share capital of the company, or

(b) possesses, or is entitled to acquire, such rights as would, in the eventof the winding-up of the company or in any other circumstances, give anentitlement to receive more than 5 per cent. of the assets which would thenbe available for distribution among the participators.”

(3) In subsection (10) after the word “section” there shall be insertedthe words “ “participator” has the meaning given by section 417(1)and”.

(4) This paragraph shall have effect in relation to accounting periodsbeginning after 31st March 1989.

14 (1) In section 576 of the Taxes Act 1988 (which relates to relief for losseson certain unquoted shares) in subsection (5), for paragraph (a) of thedefinition of “trading company” there shall be substituted— U.K.

“(a) a company whose business consists wholly or mainly of the carrying on ofa trade or trades”.

(2) This paragraph shall have effect in relation to disposals made after 31stMarch 1989.

15 (1) In section 623 of the Taxes Act 1988 (meaning of “relevant earnings” for the purposes of Chapter III of PartXIV of that Act) in subsection (2) for the words “(construed in accordancewith paragraph 7 of Schedule 19)” there shall be substituted the words “(that is to say, income which, if the company were an individual, would notbe earned income)”. U.K.

(2) This paragraph shall have effect in relation to accounting periodsbeginning after 31st March 1989.

16 (1) In section 644 of the Taxes Act 1988 (meaning of “relevant earnings” for the purposes of Chapter IV of PartXIV of that Act) in subsection (6) for the definition of “investmentincome” there shall be substituted— U.K.

““investment income” means income which, if the company werean individual, would not be earned income.”

(2) This paragraph shall have effect in relation to accounting periodsbeginning after 31st March 1989.

17 U.K. In section 745 of the Taxes Act 1988 (power to obtain information for thepurposes of Chapter III of Part XVII of that Act) in subsection (4) for thewords from “trading” onwards there shall be substituted the words “companies whose business consists wholly or mainly of the carrying on ofa trade or trades.”

18 (1) Paragraph 7 of Schedule 8 to the Taxes Act 1988 (cases in which a personhas a material interest in a company for the purposes of a profit-related payscheme) shall be amended in accordance with this paragraph. U.K.

(2) In sub-paragraph (2) for the words from “in a company” onwards thereshall be substituted— “in a company if he, either on his own or with one or more associates,or if any associate of his with or without such other associates,—

(a) is the beneficial owner of, or able, directly or through the medium ofother companies, or by any other indirect means to control, more than 25 percent. of the ordinary share capital of the company, or

(b) in the case of a close company, possesses, or is entitled to acquire, suchrights as would, in the event of the winding-up of the company or in any othercircumstances, give an entitlement to receive more than 25 per cent. of theassets which would then be available for distribution among the participators”.

(3) In sub-paragraph (3) the second “and” shall be omitted and after thedefinition of “control” there shall be inserted “and

“participator” has the meaning given by section 417(1)”.

(4) This paragraph shall have effect in relation to accounting periodsbeginning after 31st March 1989.

Section 121.

SCHEDULE 13 U.K. Capital Allowances: Miscellaneous Amendments

1–26 U.K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F183

Textual Amendments

F183 Sch. 13 paras. 1–26, 28–30 repealed by Capital Allowance Act 1990 (c. 1), s. 164(4)(5), Sch. 2

Patent rights U.K.

27 (1) Section 521 of the Taxes Act 1988 shall be amended as follows.

(2) In subsection (5) (which limits allowable expenditure in the case ofcertain sales entered into between connected persons or for the purpose ofobtaining an allowance)—

(a) the words “within the terms of section 839” shall be omitted, and

(b) for the words “the disposal value” onwards there shall be substitutedthe words “the relevant amount determined in accordance with subsection (6)below”.

(3) After subsection (5) there shall be added—

“(6) The relevant amount referred to in subsection (5) above is—

(a) in a case in which, by virtue of subsections (2) to (4) above, a disposalvalue falls to be brought into account by reason of the sale, an amount equalto that disposal value,

(b) in a case in which no disposal value falls to be brought into account asmentioned in paragraph (a) above, but the seller receives on the sale acapital sum in respect of which he is chargeable to tax in accordance withsection 524, an amount equal to that sum,

(c) in any other case, an amount equal to whichever of the following is thesmallest—

(i) the price which the rights would have fetched if sold in the open market,

(ii) where capital expenditure was incurred by the seller on acquiring therights, the amount of that expenditure,

(iii) where capital expenditure was incurred by any person connected with theseller on acquiring the rights, the amount of the expenditure incurred by thatperson.

(7) Section 839 (connected persons) shall apply for the purposes of thissection.”

(4) This paragraph shall have effect in relation to expenditure incurred onor after the day on which this Act is passed.

28–30 U.K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F184

Textual Amendments

F184 Sch. 13 paras. 1–26, 28–30 repealed by Capital Allowance Act 1990 (c. 1), s. 164(4)(5), Sch. 2

F185 SCHEDULE 14 U.K.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Textual Amendments

F185 Sch. 14 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch.12 (with s. 201(3), Sch. 11 paras. 22, 26(2), 27)

F192 SCHEDULE 15 U.K.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Textual Amendments

F192 Sch. 15 repealed (6.3.1992 with effect as mentioned in s. 289(1)(2) of the repealing Act) by Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (c. 12), ss. 289, 290, Sch.12 (with s. 201(3), Sch. 11 paras. 22, 26(2), 27)

Section 181.

[F198 SCHEDULE 16 U.K. Broadcasting: Additional Payments by Programme Contractors

Textual Amendments

F198 S. 181, Sch. 16 repealed (prosp. as mentioned in S.I. 1990/2347, art. 3(3)) by Broadcasting Act 1990 (c. 42, SIF 96), ss. 127-129, 134, 203(3), 204(2), Schs. 9-12, Sch. 21

Part I U.K. Amendments of the Principal Sections

1 (1) Section 32 of the M117 Broadcasting Act 1981 (rentalpayments by programme contractors) shall be amended as follows. U.K.

(2) In subsection (1)(b), after the word “amounts” there shall beinserted the words “in respect of profits and in respect of advertisingrevenue”.

(3) In subsection (2)(b), after the word “amounts” there shall beinserted the words “in respect of profits”.

(4) In subsection (4), for the word “Table”, where it first occurs, thereshall be substituted the word “Tables” and the following Tables shall besubstituted for the Table in that subsection—

“TABLE A

RATES OF ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS IN RESPECT OF ADVERTISING REVENUE

	Rate for determining amount of additional payments
For so much of the advertising revenue for the accounting period as does not exceed the free slice for advertising revenue.	Nil
For so much of the advertising revenue for the accounting period as exceedsthe free slice for advertising revenue.	The relevant revenue rate except where the rate is nil

For the purposes of this Table—

(a) a nil rate, instead of the relevant revenue rate, is applicable in thecase of persons who are DBS programme contractors or DBS teletext contractors;

(b) the relevant revenue rate is 10 per cent; and

(c) the free slice for advertising revenue is £15 million or, in thecase of a TV programme contractor, that amount with the addition of thepayments payable by him in pursuance of section 13(2).

TABLE B

RATES OF ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS IN RESPECT OF PROFITS

For so much of the profits for the accounting period after deducting anyamount payable under Table A as does not exceed the free slice for profits.	Nil
For so much of the profits for the accounting period after deducting anyamount payable under Table A as exceeds the free slice for profits.	The relevant profits rate except where the rate is nil.

For the purposes of this Table—

(a) a nil rate, instead of the relevant profits rate, is applicable in thecase of—

(i) programme contractors who provide local sound broadcasts, and

(ii) DBS programme contractors or DBS teletext contractors;

(b) the relevant profits rate is 25 per cent; and

(c) the free slice for profits is £2 million.”

(5) Subsection (4A) shall be omitted.

(6) In subsection (5), for the words “relevant sum mentioned in subsection(4A)” there shall be substituted the words “relevant sum mentioned in theTables above”.

(7) In subsection (7), after the words “additional payments” there shallbe inserted the words “in respect of profits”.

(8) In subsection (8), for the words “any of the provisions of subsections(4), (4A)” there shall be substituted the words “any of the provisionsof subsections (4)”.

(9) For subsection (9) there shall be substituted the followingsubsections—

“(9) The power of the Secretary of State under subsection (8) shall includepower to amend the provisions in question as there mentioned—

(a) only in their application in relation to the additional payments mentionedin subsection (1)(b); or

(b) only in their application in relation to the additional payments mentionedin subsection (2)(b); or

(c) differently in their application as mentioned in paragraphs (a) and (b)respectively; or

(d) only in their application in relation to additional payments in respectof advertising revenue; or

(e) only in their application in relation to additional payments in respectof profits; or

(f) differently in their application as mentioned in paragraphs (d) and (e)respectively.

(9A) In the application of the provisions mentioned in subsection (8) inrelation to the additional payments mentioned in subsection (1)(b), the powerof the Secretary of State under subsection (8) shall also include power toamend those provisions as mentioned in subsection (8)—

(a) only in relation to persons who are TV programme contractors (includingpersons who are both TV programme contractors and teletext contractors); or

(b) only in relation to persons who are DBS programme contractors (includingpersons who are both DBS programme contractors and teletext contractors); or

(c) only in relation to persons who are teletext contractors (other than DBSteletext contractors) but are not TV or DBS programme contractors; or

(d) only in relation to persons who are DBS teletext contractors but are notTV or DBS programme contractors; or

(e) differently in relation to persons within paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d)respectively.”

Marginal Citations

M117 1981 c. 68.

2 (1) Section 33 of the M118 Broadcasting Act 1981 (supplementalprovisions) shall be amended as follows. U.K.

(2) In subsection (1), for the words “advertising receipts” there shallbe substituted the words “advertising revenue”.

(3) In subsection (2), for the words “advertising receipts” there shallbe substituted the words “advertising revenue” and for the words “thosereceipts derive” there shall be substituted the words “the revenuederives”.

(4) In subsection (3)(c), for the words “advertising receipts” thereshall be substituted the words “advertising revenue” and for the word “derive” there shall be substituted the word “derives”.

Marginal Citations

M118 1981 c. 68.

3 (1) Section 34 of the Broadcasting Act 1981 (instalments payable on accountby programme contractors for their accounting periods) shall be amended asfollows. U.K.

(2) In subsection (3)(c), for the words “receipts are” there shall besubstituted the words “revenue is”.

4 (1) Section 35 of the M119 Broadcasting Act 1981 (provision forsupplementing additional payments) shall be amended as follows. U.K.

(2) In subsection (1)—

(a) in paragraph (a), after the words “additional payments” there shallbe inserted the words “in respect of profits”;

(b) in paragraph (b)(ii), the words “in the case of second categoryprofits,” shall be omitted; and

(c) at the end, there shall be added the words “in respect of profits of hisfor that period”.

Marginal Citations

M119 1981 c. 68.

Part II U.K. Provisions Inserted as Schedule 4 to the Broadcasting Act 1981

“Schedule 4 U.K. Rental Payments

Advertising revenue U.K.

1 (1) The advertising revenue of a programme contractor for an accounting periodshall be computed in accordance with this paragraph.

(2) Advertising revenue shall consist of the payments received or to bereceived by the programme contractor in consideration of the insertion ofadvertisements in programmes provided by the programme contractor andbroadcast in the United Kingdom by the Authority.

(3) In the application of this Schedule in relation to the additional paymentsmentioned in section 32(1)(b), the advertising revenue of a programmecontractor other than a teletext contractor who is not a TV programmecontractor includes payments received or to be received by him inconsideration of the insertion of programmes consisting of advertisementsprovided by him for broadcasting on the Fourth Channel and so broadcast.

(4) If, in connection with the insertion of advertisements which are paid forby payments constituting advertising revenue, any payments are made to theprogramme contractor to meet any additional payments, those payments shall beregarded as made in consideration of the insertion of the advertisements inquestion.

(5) In the case of an advertisement inserted in a programme under arrangementsmade between a programme contractor and a person acting as advertising agent,the amount of any receipt by the programme contractor which represents apayment by the advertiser from which the advertising agent has deducted anyamount by way of commission shall, except in a case falling withinsub-paragraph (6), be the amount of the payment by the advertiser after thededuction of the commission.

(6) If the amount deducted by way of commission as mentioned in sub-paragraph(5) exceeds 15 per cent. of the payment by the advertiser, the amount of thereceipt shall be the amount of that payment less 15 per cent.

(7) Any contract shall provide that where for any insertion of anadvertisement a programme contractor receives or is entitled to an entireconsideration not solely referable to that insertion, the advertising revenueshall be calculated by reference to so much only of the consideration as isreferable to that insertion according to an apportionment made in such manneras the contract may provide.

Profits U.K.

2 (1) The profits of a programme contractor for an accounting period shall becomputed in accordance with this paragraph.

(2) The profits shall consist of the excess of relevant income over relevantexpenditure.

(3) “Relevant income” means—

(a) in relation to a programme contractor other than a DBS programmecontractor or a DBS teletext contractor, income which accrues to thecontractor in connection (directly or indirectly) with—

(i) the provision by the contractor of programmes for broadcasting on ITV, theFourth Channel or a local sound broadcasting service, or

(ii) the provision by the contractor, for broadcasting, distribution or showingin the United Kingdom, of programmes provided by him for broadcasting on ITV,the Fourth Channel or a local sound broadcasting service;

(b) in relation to a DBS programme contractor or DBS teletext contractor,income which accrues to the contractor in connection (directly or indirectly)with—

(i) the provision by the contractor to the Authority, in accordance with theterms of his contract as a DBS programme contractor or (as the case may be)DBS teletext contractor, of programmes for broadcasting in the Authority’s DBSservice to which his contract with the Authority relates, or

(ii) the provision by the contractor, for broadcasting, distribution or showingin the United Kingdom, of programmes broadcast in the Authority’s DBS service.

(4) Without prejudice to the generality of sub-paragraph (3), “relevant income” includes—

(a) all revenue which is advertising revenue for the purposes of thisparagraph; and

(b) such part of any income which—

(i) accrues to any subsidiary of or company related to the programmecontractor or to the contractor’s holding company, and

(ii) would be relevant income of that contractor if he and the subsidiary orrelated company or his holding company were a single programme contractor,

as, in the opinion of the Authority, should be attributed to thecontractor as reflecting his financial interest in the subsidiary or therespective financial interests of the holding company in the contractor andthe company related to the contractor or the financial interest of the holdingcompany in the contractor, as the case may be.

(5) For the purposes of this paragraph advertising revenue includes—

(a) in relation to a DBS programme contractor, payments received or to bereceived by him in respect of charges made for the reception of programmesprovided by him and broadcast in a DBS service;

(b) in relation to a teletext contractor, payments received or to be receivedby him in respect of charges made for the reception of programmes provided byhim and broadcast in a DBS or additional teletext service.

(6) “Relevant expenditure” means any expenditure of the programmecontractor which is properly chargeable to revenue account and which isincurred in connection with the provision by him of programmes of a kindmentioned in sub-paragraph (3).

(7) Without prejudice to the generality of sub-paragraph (6), “relevant expenditure” includes—

(a) expenditure in connection with the sale of rights to insert advertisementsin programmes; and

(b) such part of any expenditure which—

(i) is incurred by any subsidiary of or company related to the programmecontractor or by the contractor’s holding company, and

(ii) would be relevant expenditure of that contractor if he and the subsidiaryor related company or his holding company were a single programme contractor,

as, in the opinion of the Authority, should be attributed to thecontractor as reflecting his financial interest in the subsidiary or therespective financial interests of the holding company in the contractor andthe company related to the contractor or the financial interest of the holdingcompany in the contractor, as the case may be;

(c) in the case of a DBS programme contractor or a teletext contractor, anyexpenditure incurred in connection with the collection of charges for thereception of programmes provided by him and broadcast in a DBS service or ina DBS or additional teletext service, as the case may be; and

(d) in the case of a DBS programme or DBS teletext contractor, any expenditureincurred in connection with the provision of the satellite transponder.

(8) In ascertaining relevant income or relevant expenditure no account shallbe taken of interest on any loan.

(9) Items of relevant income and items of relevant expenditure shall beattributed to accounting periods in accordance with the foregoing provisionsof this Schedule.

(10) In this paragraph “programme” means—

(a) in the application of this Schedule in relation to the additional paymentsmentioned in section 32(1)(b), a television programme; and

(b) in the application of this Schedule in relation to the additional paymentsmentioned in section 32(2)(b), a local sound broadcast.

Carry forward of losses U.K.

3 (1) Where, in any accounting period, the relevant expenditure of a programmecontractor exceeds his relevant income, the excess shall be carried forwardto the following accounting period and treated as relevant expenditure forthat period for the purpose of computing his profits for that period.

(2) When a programme contractor’s contract with the Authority comes to an end,no losses incurred at any time during the currency of that contract may becarried forward under this paragraph and set against income attributable toany subsequent contract between him and the Authority.

Computation of profits of programme contractors U.K.

4 (1) It shall be the duty of the Authority—

(a) to draw up, and from time to time review, a statement setting out theprinciples to be followed in ascertaining, for any accounting period, aprogramme contractor’s—

(i) advertising revenue, and

(ii) relevant income and relevant expenditure for the purpose of computing hisprofits;

(b) in computing the advertising revenue and the profits of a programmecontractor for any accounting period, to take account of that statement(including any revision thereof which has taken effect before the end of thatperiod).

(2) A statement under this paragraph may set out different principles for TVprogramme contractors, DBS programme contractors, programme contractors forthe provision of local sound broadcasting and teletext contractors.

(3) Before drawing up or revising a statement under this paragraph theAuthority shall consult the Secretary of State and the Treasury.

(4) The Authority shall—

(a) publish the statement drawn up under this paragraph and every revision ofthat statement; and

(b) transmit a copy of the statement, and of every revision of it, to theSecretary of State;

and the Secretary of State shall lay copies of the statement and of everysuch revision before each House of Parliament.

(5) The principles relating to advertising revenue and to profits may be setout in separate statements under this paragraph; and where this is done itsprovisions apply to each statement.

Disputes U.K.

5 (1) For the purposes of the principal sections and this Schedule—

(a) the amount of any advertising revenue, or

(b) the amount of any profits, or

(c) the amount of any additional payments, or of an instalment of additionalpayments,

shall, in the event of a disagreement between the Authority and theprogramme contractor, be the amount determined by the Authority.

(2) No determination of the Authority under this paragraph shall be called inquestion in any court of law, or be the subject of any arbitration; butnothing in this sub-paragraph shall prevent the bringing of proceedings forjudicial review.

Accounting periods U.K.

6 (1) Subject to the provisions of this Schedule, each period for which a bodycorporate which is a programme contractor makes up a profit and loss accountwhich is laid before the body corporate in general meeting shall be anaccounting period, whether that period is a year or not.

(2) If part of the said period for which a profit and loss account is made upfalls before, and part after—

(a) the commencement of a relevant order under section 32, or

(b) the time when the programme contractor begins or ceases to provideprogrammes for broadcasting by the Authority,

the two parts shall be treated as separate accounting periods.

In paragraph (a) “relevant order” means, in theapplication of this Schedule in relation to the additional payments mentionedin subsection (1)(b) or (as the case may be) subsection (2)(b) of section 32,an order having effect in relation to those payments.

(3) Where two parts of such a period as is mentioned in sub-paragraph (1) fallto be divided from each other under sub-paragraph (2)(a), section 32(4) shallhave effect as if the profits and advertising revenue for each part were theprofits and advertising revenue for the whole multiplied by—

where X and Y are respectively the number of weeks in that part and thenumber of weeks in the other part, counting (in each case) an odd four daysor more as a week.

(4) If sub-paragraph (2)(b) would produce an accounting period of three monthsor less, that period shall be added on to the accounting period (if any) whichprecedes or succeeds it (and which does not fall to be divided from it undersub-paragraph (2)(b)).

(5) A contract which varies another contract may modify the precedingprovisions of this paragraph.

(6) Nothing in this paragraph shall create an accounting period during whichthe programme contractor is not providing programmes for broadcasting by theAuthority.

7 If a programme contractor is not a body corporate the contractor’saccounting periods shall be such as the Authority may direct, or as may beprovided in the contract.

Information U.K.

8 (1) Every contract shall impose on the contractor such requirements withrespect to the furnishing of information to the Authority as appear to theAuthority, after consultation with the Secretary of State, to berequisite—

(a) for enabling the Authority to perform their functions under the provisionsof the principal sections and this Schedule, and

(b) for enabling the Authority to furnish to the Secretary of State suchinformation as he may require for the purpose of determining whether, and inwhat manner, to exercise his powers of making orders under the saidprovisions.

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of sub-paragraph (1), the duty imposedon the Authority by that sub-paragraph includes the duty to impose, so far asis reasonably practicable, such requirements as will enable the Authority todetermine the amounts (if any) which, in relation to any programme contractor,are to be treated as advertising revenue and relevant income and relevantexpenditure for the computation of profits by virtue, respectively, ofparagraphs 1 and 2.

(3) It shall be the duty of the Authority to furnish to the Secretary of Statesuch information (whether obtained from contractors or otherwise) as is intheir possession and is required by the Secretary of State for the purpose ofdetermining whether, and in what manner, to exercise his powers of makingorders under the said provisions.

9 It shall be the duty of the Authority in framing any contract to includeterms ensuring that the Authority will have the right to inspect accounts andrecords—

(a) of the programme contractor, and

(b) of any subsidiary of the programme contractor,

for the purpose of discharging their functions under the principalsections and this Schedule.

Interpretation U.K.

10 (1) In this Schedule, and in the principal sections, except where the contextotherwise requires—

• “accounting period” shall be construed in accordance withparagraph 6;

• “additional payments” and “contract”—

(a) in the application of this Schedule and the principal sections in relationto the additional payments mentioned in section 32(1)(b), mean respectivelyadditional payments payable by virtue of that paragraph and a contract betweenthe Authority and a programme contractor under which television programmes areto be provided by the programme contractor, and

(b) in their application in relation to the additional payments mentioned insection 32(2)(b), mean respectively additional payments payable by virtue ofthat paragraph and a contract between the Authority and a programme contractorunder which local sound broadcasts are to be provided by the programmecontractor;

• “related”, in relation to a company and a programmecontractor, means that another person (whether alone or jointly with one ormore persons and whether directly or indirectly) holds, or is beneficiallyentitled to, 50 per cent or more of the equity share capital, or possesses 50per cent or more of the voting power, in the company and in the programmecontractor and “holding company” means that other person; and

• “subsidiary”, in relation to any person, means a company inwhich that person (whether alone or jointly with one or more persons andwhether directly or indirectly) holds, or is beneficially entitled to, 10 percent or more of the equity share capital, or possesses 10 per cent or more ofthe voting power.

(2) In this Schedule “payment” includes any valuableconsideration, and references to revenue and receipts and expenditure shallbe construed accordingly.”

Part III U.K. Transitional Provisions

1 (1) In this paragraph— U.K.

• “new statutory provisions” means the provisions of the M120 Broadcasting Act 1981 as amended by this Act; and

• “existing statutory provisions” means the provisions of thatAct as they had effect immediately before the coming into force of section181.

(2) Any contract between the Authority and a programme contractor which is inforce immediately before the day on which section 181 of this Act comes intoforce shall, until it is varied or superseded by a further contract betweenthem or expires or is otherwise terminated (whichever first occurs), be deemedto be modified by virtue of this Schedule so as—

(a) to substitute provisions in conformity with the new statutory provisionsfor so much of the contract as is in accordance with the existing statutoryprovisions and is not in conformity with the new statutory provisions, and

(b) to incorporate in the contract such additional provisions as a contractbetween the Authority and a programme contractor is required to include inaccordance with the new statutory provisions;

and (subject to paragraph 5 of Schedule 4 to the 1981 Act) any provisionsof the contract which provide for arbitration as to any matters contained inthe contract in accordance with the existing statutory provisions shall beconstrued as making the like provision for arbitration in relation to mattersdeemed to be included in the contract by virtue of this sub-paragraph.

(3) Where it appears to the Authority that the new statutory provisions callfor the inclusion of additional terms in any such contract, but do not affordsufficient particulars of what those terms should be, the Authority may, afterconsulting the programme contractor, decide what those terms are to be.

(4) This paragraph shall not be taken to have effect in relation to anycontract entered into by a programme contractor and any person other than theAuthority before the day on which section 181 of this Act comes into force.

Marginal Citations

M120 1981 c. 68.

2 U.K. Where any accounting period of a programme contractor begins before 1stJanuary 1990 and ends after 31st December 1989, the additional paymentspayable by the programme contractor in relation to that accounting periodunder section 32 of the M121 Broadcasting Act 1981 shall be theaggregate of—

(a) the amounts payable by him on the assumption that section 181 of this Actwas not in force at any time during the accounting period, multipliedby—

and

(b) the amounts payable by him on the assumption that that section was inforce throughout the accounting period, multiplied by—

where (taking any odd four days or more as a week)—

• X is the number of weeks in the accounting period falling before 1stJanuary 1990, and

• Y is the number of weeks in the accounting period falling after 31stDecember 1989.

Marginal Citations

M121 1981 c. 68.

3 U.K. Where, under the existing statutory provisions, any excess of firstcategory expenditure over first category income of a programme contractorwould have been carried forward and treated as relevant first categoryexpenditure of his for an accounting period ending after 31st December 1989if those provisions had applied in relation to that period then the excessshall be carried forward and treated, under the new statutory provisions, asrelevant expenditure of the contractor for any accounting period which endsafter that date.

4 U.K. In this Part of this Schedule, references to programme contractors shallbe read as including references to teletext contractors.]

Section 187.

SCHEDULE 17 U.K. Repeals

Part I U.K. Customs and Excise

1979 c. 2.	The Customs and Excise Management Act 1979.	Section 17(5)(a).Section 147(1).
1979 c. 4.	The Alcoholic Liquor Duties Act 1979.	Section 73.
1988 c. 39.	The Finance Act 1988.	Section 11(2).

The repeals of section 147(1) of the Customs and Excise Management Act1979 and section 11(2) of the Finance Act 1988 have effect in relation tooffences committed on or after the day on which this Act is passed.

Part II U.K. Vehicles Excise Duty

1971 c. 10.	The Vehicles (Excise) Act 1971.	In Part I of Schedule 3, paragraph 5A, and in paragraph 8(2)(d) the words “any load other than”.In Part I of Schedule 4, paragraphs 12 and 13,andin paragraph 15(1) the definitions of “agricultural machine”, “fisherman’s tractor”, “mobile crane”, “recovery vehicle” and “works truck” and the word “and” preceding the last of thosedefinitions.
1971 c. 68.	The Finance Act 1971.	Section 6(1).
1972 c. 10 (N.I.).	The Vehicles (Excise) Act (Northern Ireland) 1972.	In Part I of Schedule 3, paragraph 5A, and in paragraph 8(2)(d) the words “any load other than”.In Part I of Schedule 4, paragraphs 12 and 13,andin paragraph15(1) the definitions of “agricultural machine”, “fisherman’stractor”, “mobile crane”, “recovery vehicle” and “workstruck” and the word “and” preceding the last of those definitions.
1976 c. 40.	The Finance Act 1976.	Section 14.
1982 c. 39.	The Finance Act 1982.	In Schedule 5, paragraph 16(6).
1987 c. 16.	The Finance Act 1987.	In Part II of Schedule 1, paragraph 4.
1988 c. 39.	The Finance Act 1988.	Section 4(3)(a).In Part II of Schedule 2, paragraph 3.

1 The repeals in paragraph 8 of Part I of Schedule 3 to the Vehicles(Excise) Act 1971 and paragraph 8 of Part I of Schedule 3 to the Vehicles(Excise) Act (Northern Ireland) 1972 come into force on the day on which thisAct is passed.

2 The remaining repeals have effect in relation to licences taken out after14th March 1989.

Part III U.K. Value Added Tax

1983 c. 55.	The Value Added Tax Act 1983.	In Schedule 5, Group 6 and, in Group 8A, Note (5).
1984 c. 43.	The Finance Act 1984.	In Schedule 6, Part II.
S.I. 1986/704.	The Value Added Tax (Land) Order 1986.	The whole Order.
S.I. 1986/716.	The Value Added Tax (Land) (No.2) Order 1986.	The whole Order.
S.I. 1987 /1072.	The Value Added Tax (Construction of Buildings) (No.2) Order 1987.	Article 2.

1 U.K. The repeal of Group 6 of Schedule 5 to the Value Added Tax Act 1983 haseffect in relation to supplies made on or after 1st April 1989.

2 U.K. The remaining repeals have effect in accordance with Schedule 3 to thisAct.

Part IV U.K. Income and Corporation Tax: General

1970 c. 9.	The Taxes Management Act 1970.	In section 15(11), paragraph (b) and the word “and” preceding it.
1988 c. 1.	The Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988.	In section 131(2), the words “for the same or another chargeableperiod”.In section 149(1), the words “for that period” and the words “for that or any other period”. Section 170.Section 175(3).In section 176(1), the words “(but not morethan six months)”.In section 178(2), paragraph (b) and the word “or”preceding it.Section 203(4).In section 231, in subsection (4) the words “andwhere” onwards, and subsection (5).Section 433.Section 434(4) and(5).Section 435.Section 436(3)(b).Section 507(2).In section 590(3)(d), thewords “(disregarding any excess of that remuneration over the permittedmaximum)”.Section 595(2) and (3).In section 596(3)(a), the word “either” and the words “or subsection (2)”.In section 600(1), thewords “or have been” and the words “or has at any time been”.Section635(4).In section 645, in subsection (3), the word “and” followingparagraph (a) and subsection (5).In section 655(5), the words “in caseswhere the applications are made before 1st February 1990”.Section 769(7)(b)and (c).In section 824(10), the definition of “United Kingdom estate”.InSchedule 8, in paragraph 7(1), the words “, or is an associate of a personwho has,”; in paragraph 13, in sub-paragraph (1) the word “fixed” andsub-paragraphs (2) and (3); and, in paragraph 14, sub-paragraph (2), insub-paragraph (5) the words “specified in, or” and sub-paragraph (7).InSchedule 9, in paragraph 10, paragraph (ii) of sub-paragraph (c) and the word “and” preceding it.In Schedule 23, paragraph 8.
1988 c. 39.	The Finance Act 1988.	In section 68(1), the words from “at the fixed price” to “tendered”.

1 U.K. The repeals in sections 131 and 149 and of section 170 of the Income andCorporation Taxes Act 1988 have effect in accordance with section 42 of thisAct.

2 U.K. The repeals in sections 231 and 824 of the Income and Corporation TaxesAct 1988 have effect in accordance with sections 110 and 111 of this Act.

3 U.K. The repeals in sections 433 to 435 of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act1988 have effect in accordance with section 84(5) of this Act and the repealof section 436(3)(b) of that Act has effect in accordance with section 87(5)of this Act.

4 U.K. The repeals in sections 590, 595, 596 and 600 of, and in Schedule 23 to,the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 have effect in accordance withSchedule 6 to this Act.

5 U.K. The repeals in sections 635, 645 and 655 of the Income and CorporationTaxes Act 1988 have effect in accordance with Schedule 7 to this Act.

6 U.K. The repeal of section 769(7)(b) and (c) of the Income and CorporationTaxes Act 1988 has effect in accordance with section 100 of this Act.

7 U.K. The repeal in the Finance Act 1988 has effect in relation to offers madeon or after 11th October 1988.

Part V U.K. Close Companies

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C73 Sch. 17 Pt. V restricted (retrospectively) by 1993 c. 34, s. 79(2)(a)

1970 c. 9.	The Taxes Management Act 1970.	Section 29(2).In section 31(3)(b), the words “426,”.In the Table insection 98, in the first column, the reference to paragraph 17 of Schedule 19to the principal Act.In Schedule 3, in rule 8, the words from “orrelating” to “Schedule 19 to the principal Act”.
1972 c. 41.	The Finance Act 1972.	In Schedule 24, paragraph 6.
1979 c. 14.	The Capital Gains Tax Act 1979.	In section 89(1), paragraph (b) and the word “or” preceding it.
1988 c. 1.	The Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988.	In section 127(3), paragraph (b) and the word “or” preceding it.Insection 230, the word “either”, the words from “or to” to “Schedule 19” and the words “in either case”.In section 239(7), thewords “subsections (5) to (7) of section 430 and”.In section 249(3), thewords “and paragraph 12(1) to (3) of Schedule 19”.In section 250(7), thewords “and paragraph 12 of Schedule 19”.Section 414(3).In section 416(1),the words from “except” to “Schedule 19”.Sections 423 to 430.Insection 539(1), the words “including tax under section 426”.In section681, in subsection (1), paragraph (b) and the word “and” preceding it andsubsections (2) and (3).Section 686(3) and (4).Section 687(3)(b) and (c).Insection 701(8), the words “426(3)”.Section 742(9)(d) and (10).In section825(1)(a), the words from “and any” to “430(7)(a)”.In Schedule 4,paragraph 10(3).In Schedule 8, in paragraph 7(3), the second “and”.Schedule 19.In Schedule 29, in the Table in paragraph 32, theentries relating to section 29(2) of the Taxes Management Act 1970 andsections 89(1)(b) and 136(10)(b) of the Capital Gains Tax Act 1979.
1988 c. 39.	The Finance Act 1988.	Section 102(2)(a).

1 U.K. The repeal in section 98 of the Taxes Management Act 1970 and the repealof paragraph 17 of Schedule 19 to the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988have effect on and after the day on which this Act is passed.

2 U.K. The repeal in section 89 of the Capital Gains Tax Act 1979 (and thecorresponding repeal in Schedule 29 to the Income and Corporation Taxes Act1988) have effect where the due date of issue of the share capital issued toa close company falls in an accounting period of the company beginning after31st March 1989.

3 U.K. The repeal of section 414(3) of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988has effect from 1st April 1989.

4 U.K. The repeal of sections 423 to 430 of, and Schedule 19 to, the Income andCorporation Taxes Act 1988 has effect in accordance with section 103 of thisAct.

5 U.K. The repeals in section 681 of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988have effect in relation to the income of bodies corporate for accountingperiods beginning after 31st March 1989.

6 U.K. The remaining repeals have effect in relation to accounting periodsbeginning after 31st March 1989.

Part VI U.K. Capital Allowances

1968 c. 3.	The Capital Allowances Act 1968.	Section 9(b).Section 14.Section 50.Section 67(11).In section 68, insubsections (1) and (3), the words “or forestry”, in each place wherethey occur, and in subsection (2), the words “and forestryincome”.Section 80.In section 87(4), the words “or forestry”, in bothplaces where they occur.In section 92(5), the words “allowed or” and thewords “balancing allowance or”.Section 93(1) and (2).Schedule 8.
1971 c. 68.	The Finance Act 1971.	In Schedule 8, paragraph 2 and, in paragraph 7, in sub-paragraph (1) thewords “Subject to sub-paragraph (2) below” and the words from “byreason of” to the end of paragraph (b) and sub-paragraph (2).
1978 c. 42.	The Finance Act 1978.	In Schedule 6, paragraph 8.
1980 c. 48.	The Finance Act 1980.	In section 74(6), the words from the beginning to “and”.In section75(6), the words from the beginning to “and”.
1982 c. 39.	The Finance Act 1982.	In Schedule 12, paragraph 11.
1986 c. 41.	The Finance Act 1986.	Section 56(5).In Schedule 15, in paragraphs 1 to 3, the words “orforestry”, in each place where they occur, in paragraph 7(3), the words “subject to paragraph 9 below”, and in paragraph 11, the words “andforestry income” and the words “or forestry income”.
1988 c. 1.	The Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988.	In section 521(5), the words “within the terms of section 839”.

1 U.K. The repeal in paragraph 7(1)(b) of Schedule 8 to the Finance Act 1971 haseffect in cases where machinery or plant is brought into use on or after theday on which this Act is passed.

2 U.K. The repeals in sections 68 and 87(4) of the Capital Allowances Act 1968and in paragraphs 1 to 3 and 11 of Schedule 15 to the Finance Act 1986 haveeffect in relation to chargeable periods beginning on or after 6th April 1993.

3 U.K. The repeal in section 521(5) of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988has effect in accordance with paragraph 27 of Schedule 13 to this Act.

4 U.K. The repeals of the provisions listed in sub-paragraph (5) of paragraph 28of Schedule 13 to this Act have effect in accordance with that paragraph.

Part VII U.K. Capital Gains

1973 c. 51.	The Finance Act 1973.	In section 38(3B)(a), the words “within the period of two years endingat the date of the disposal”.
1979 c. 14.	The Capital Gains Tax Act 1979.	Section 126(7)(b).Section 142A(5)(c).In Schedule 4, in paragraph 1(2), thewords “at the rate of 50 per cent.,”, in paragraph 3(1), the words from “by virtue” to “(settled property)”, in paragraph 3(2), the words “at the rate of 50 per cent.,” and in paragraph 4(4), the words “(taking account” onwards.
1980 c. 48.	The Finance Act 1980.	Section 79.
1981 c. 35.	The Finance Act 1981.	Section 78.Section 96(3)(e) and (4).
1982 c. 39.	The Finance Act 1982.	Sections 81 and 82.
1984 c. 43.	The Finance Act 1984.	Section 64(2)(a).
1984 c. 51.	The Inheritance Tax Act 1984.	In section 97(2), the words from “and in this section” to the end.
1985 c. 54.	The Finance Act 1985.	In section 70(10), paragraph (a) and the word “and” following it.
1986 c. 41.	The Finance Act 1986.	In section 58(2), paragraph (b) and the word “and” precedingit.Section 101(2).
1987 c. 51.	The Finance (No.2) Act 1987.	Section 78.
1988 c. 1.	The Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988.	In Schedule 29, in the Table in paragraph 32, the entry relating to section126(7) of the Capital Gains Tax Act 1979.

1 U.K. The repeal in the Finance Act 1973 has effect in accordance with section130 of this Act.

2 U.K. The repeal in section 142A of the Capital Gains Tax Act 1979 has effectin accordance with section 92 of this Act.

3 U.K. The repeal of section 81 of the Finance Act 1982 has effect in relationto disposals on or after 6th April 1989 or, in the case of section 81(1)(b),assets acquired on or after that date.

4 U.K. The repeal of section 64(2)(a) of the Finance Act 1984 has effect inaccordance with section 139(1) of this Act.

5 U.K. The repeal in section 97(2) of the Inheritance Tax Act 1984 has effect inaccordance with section 138(7) of this Act.

6 U.K. The repeal in the Finance (No.2) Act 1987 has effect in accordance withsection 140 of this Act.

7 U.K. The remaining repeals have effect in relation to disposals on or after14th March 1989 (except that they shall not have effect in relation to sucha disposal in a case where the enactment in question operates in consequenceof relief having been given under section 79 of the Finance Act 1980 inrespect of a disposal made before that date).

Part VIII U.K. Management

1970 c. 9.	The Taxes Management Act 1970.	Section 16(6).In section 20, subsections (4) and (5) and, in subsection(6), the words “and in relation” onwards.In section 20B(7), the wordsfrom “to a person” to “daughter”.Sections 37 to 39.In section 40(2),the words “Subject to section 41 below,”.Section 41.In section 53(1), thewords “and the reference” onwards.In section 61(5), the words “withinthe said five days” and the words from “The costs” to “thecollector, and”.Section 62(3), so far as unrepealed.Section 64(3), so faras unrepealed.Section 70(5).Section 86(6).Section 87(4) and (5).In section 98,in the Table, in column 1, in the entry relating to Part III of the TaxesManagement Act 1970, the words “, except sections 16 and 24(2)” and theentry relating to section 481(5)(k) of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act1988.In section 118(1), the definition of “neglect”.
1973 c. 51.	The Finance Act 1973.	In Schedule 16A, paragraph 10.
1975 c. 45.	The Finance (No.2) Act 1975.	In section 47(1), the words “of not less than £25”.
1976 c. 24.	The Development Land Tax Act 1976.	In Schedule 8, paragraphs 17 and 18, so far as unrepealed.
1980 c. 48.	The Finance Act 1980.	Section 62.
1982 c. 39.	The Finance Act 1982.	Section 69.
1987 c. 51.	The Finance (No.2) Act 1987.	In section 84, subsections (1) to (3) and (5) to (8).
1988 c. 1.	The Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988.	In section 824, in subsections (1)(a) and (b), the words “of not lessthan £25” and, in subsection (5), the words “of not less than£25” and paragraph (b) and the word “and” preceding it.Insection 825(2), the words “of not less than £100”.In Schedule 19A,paragraph 10.
1988 c. 39.	The Finance Act 1988.	In section 126, subsection (1) and, in subsection (4)(b), the words “and(9)”.
		In Schedule 3, paragraph 29.
1989 c. 26.	The Finance Act 1989.	Section 165(2).

1 U.K. The repeals in sections 16, 53 and 98 of the Taxes Management Act 1970have effect in accordance with section 164 of this Act.

2 U.K. The repeals in sections 20 and 20B of the Taxes Management Act 1970 andsection 126 of the Finance Act 1988 have effect with respect to notices given,or warrants issued, on or after the day on which this Act is passed.

3 U.K. The repeals of sections 37 to 39, in section 40, of section 41 and insection 118 of the Taxes Management Act 1970 and in Schedule 3 to the FinanceAct 1988 have effect in accordance with section 149 of this Act.

4 U.K. The repeals in section 61 of the Taxes Management Act 1970 come into forceon the day appointed under section 152(7) of this Act.

5 U.K. The repeals in sections 86 and 87 of the Taxes Management Act 1970, theFinance (No.2) Act 1975, the Finance Act 1980 and sections 824 and 825 of theIncome and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 have effect in accordance with section158 of this Act.

6 U.K. The repeal in the Finance Act 1982 has effect in accordance with section156(4) of this Act.

7 U.K. The repeal of subsection (2) of section 165 of this Act has effect inrelation to failures beginning on or after the day appointed under thatsubsection.

Part IX U.K. Stamp Duty: Insurance

54 & 55 Vict. c. 39.	The Stamp Act 1891.	Section 91.Section 98(1).Section 100.Section 118.In Schedule 1, paragraph(3) of the heading beginning “Bond, Covenant, or Instrument of any kindwhatsoever”, the whole of the heading beginning “Insurance”, and thewhole of the heading beginning “Policy of Life Insurance”.
4 & 5 Eliz. 2 c. 54.	The Finance Act 1956.	Section 38.
4 & 5 Eliz. 2 c. 11 (N.I.).	The Finance Act (Northern Ireland) 1956.	Section 6.
7 & 8 Eliz. 2 c. 58.	The Finance Act 1959.	In section 30(4), the words preceding paragraph (a) and the words followingparagraph (c).
7 & 8 Eliz. 2 c. 9 (N.I.).	The Finance Act (Northern Ireland) 1959.	In section 5(4), the words preceding paragraph (a) and the words followingparagraph (c).
1966 c. 18.	The Finance Act 1966.	Section 47.
1966 c. 21 (N.I.).	The Finance Act (Northern Ireland) 1966.	Section 5.
1970 c. 24.	The Finance Act 1970.	In Schedule 7, paragraphs 7(4) and 17.
1970 c. 21 (N.I.).	The Finance Act (Northern Ireland) 1970.	In Schedule 2, paragraphs 7(4) and 17.
1982 c. 39.	The Finance Act 1982.	Section 130.
1988 c. 1.	The Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988.	In Schedule 14, in paragraph 3(4) the words from “and section 100” tothe end.

These repeals have effect in accordance with section 173 of this Act.

Part X U.K. Rates of Interest

1970 c. 9.	The Taxes Management Act 1970.	Section 89.
1970 c. 24.	The Finance Act 1970.	Section 30.
1970 c. 21 (N.I.).	The Finance Act (Northern Ireland) 1970.	Section 1(1) and (2).
1973 c. 51.	The Finance Act 1973.	In Schedule 16A, in paragraph 3(4), para-graph (a) and the word “and”following it and the words “they apply”.
1975 c. 22.	The Oil Taxation Act 1975.	In Schedule 2, in the Table in paragraph 1, the entry relating to section89 of the Taxes Management Act 1970.
1975 c. 45.	The Finance (No.2) Act 1975.	Section 47(2).
1980 c. 1.	The Petroleum Revenue Tax Act 1980.	Section 2(3).
1984 c. 51.	The Inheritance Tax Act 1984.	Section 233(2) and (4).
1986 c. 41.	The Finance Act 1986.	Section 92(4) and (5).In Schedule 19, paragraph 32.
1987 c. 51.	The Finance (No.2) Act 1987.	Section 89.
1988 c. 1.	The Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988.	In section 824, subsection (1A), in subsection (2) the words “and(1A)” and in subsection (6) the words “Without prejudice to subsection(1A) above”.In section 825, subsection (2A) and in subsection (5) the words “Without prejudice to subsection (2A) above”.In Schedule 19A, inparagraph 3(4), para-graph (a) and the word “and” following it and thewords “they apply”.
1988 c. 39.	The Finance Act 1988.	In Schedule 13, paragraphs 7(b) and (f) and 8.

These repeals have effect in accordance with section 178(7) of this Act.

Part XI U.K. Broadcasting

1981 c. 68.	The Broadcasting Act 1981.	Section 32(4A).In section 35(1)(b)(ii), the words “in the case of secondcategory profits,”.
1982 c. 39.	The Finance Act 1982.	In section 144, subsections (1), (2), (4) and (5).
1984 c. 46.	The Cable and Broadcasting Act 1984.	Section 40(2).In Schedule 5, in paragraph 40, sub-paragraphs (7), (8) and(9).
1986 c. 41.	The Finance Act 1986.	In Schedule 22, paragraph 1, and paragraphs 4 to 8.

These repeals have effect on 1st January 1990.

Part XII U.K. Government Stock: Redemption

11 and 12 Geo. 5 c. 32.	The Finance Act 1921.	Sections 50 and 51.Schedule 3.
5 and 6 Geo. 6 c. 21.	The Finance Act 1942.	In Schedule 11, in Part II, the amendments of the Finance Act 1921.
9 and 10 Geo. 6 c. 64.	The Finance Act 1946.	Section 66.
1969 c. 48.	The Post Office Act 1969.	Section 108(1)(c).
1982 c. 41.	The Stock Transfer Act 1982.	Section 4.

So far as relating to stock registered in the National Savings StockRegister these repeals have effect on the coming into force of the firstregulations made by virtue of section 3(1)(bb) of the National Debt Act 1972and so far as relating to other stock and bonds they have effect on the cominginto force of the first regulations made by virtue of section 47(1)(bb) of theFinance Act 1942.

Part XIII U.K. National Savings

1971 c. 29.	The National Savings Bank Act 1971.	Section 5(2), (5), (6) and (7).In section 26(2), paragraph (b) and the word “or” preceding it.
1982 c. 39.	The Finance Act 1982.	In Schedule 20, paragraph 4(2).

These repeals, apart from the repeal of section 5(2), (5) and (6) of theNational Savings Bank Act 1971, come into force on 1st October 1989.

Part XIV U.K. Tithe Redemption

26 Geo. 5 & 1 Edw. 8 c. 43.	The Tithe Act 1936.	Section 2(1).In section 4(2), in paragraph (a) the words “the amount”onwards.Section 7.Part II.Section 31(7).In section 47(1), the definition of “interest date”.In section 47(4), the words “of any stock, or”.InSchedule 7, paragraph 3(a) of Part I, Part II, and paragraph 2 of Part III.
5 & 6 Geo. 6 c. 21.	The Finance Act 1942.	In Schedule 11, in Part I the entry relating to Redemption Stock and inPart II the amendment of the Tithe Act 1936.
14 & 15 Geo. 6 c. 62.	The Tithe Act 1951.	In section 8(2), the words from “which” to “Act”, and the words “and appended” onwards.
6 & 7 Eliz. 2 c. 55.	The Local Government Act 1958.	In Schedule 8, paragraph 15.
1968 c. 13.	The National Loans Act 1968.	In section 16(7), the words “Part II of the Tithe Act 1936”.Section16(9)(a).In section 22(3), the words “Part II of the Tithe Act 1936”.InSchedule 1, the entries relating to section 26 of the Tithe Act 1936.
1972 c. 65.	The National Debt Act 1972.	In section 15(1), the words “section 24 of the Tithe Act 1936”.
1979 c. 14.	The Capital Gains Tax Act 1979.	In Schedule 2, in Part II, the entry relating to securities issued underPart II of the Tithe Act 1936.

These repeals have effect from the day appointed under section 187(2)of this Act.